diff options
| author | Eli Zaretskii | 2019-12-23 18:00:52 +0200 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Eli Zaretskii | 2019-12-23 18:00:52 +0200 |
| commit | 64fe67beff937fe6279f073dcfe28b15a2a811f9 (patch) | |
| tree | c5a03a0e2f7fa17025c4e1951e7bae8e3e2ab9de | |
| parent | f8e83d73a259e1809020d47e920a96a1f5803f7a (diff) | |
| download | emacs-64fe67beff937fe6279f073dcfe28b15a2a811f9.tar.gz emacs-64fe67beff937fe6279f073dcfe28b15a2a811f9.zip | |
Bump Emacs version to 28.0.50
* README:
* configure.ac:
* nt/README.W32:
* msdos/sed2v2.inp:
* src/msdos.c (internal_terminal_init):
* etc/refcards/ru-refcard.tex: Bump Emacs version to 28.0.50.
* lisp/cus-edit.el (customize-changed-options-previous-release):
Bump up the value to 26.3.
* etc/NEWS.27: Renamed from NEWS.
* etc/NEWS: New file for Emacs 28.
| -rw-r--r-- | README | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | configure.ac | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/NEWS | 3413 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/NEWS.27 | 3464 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | etc/refcards/ru-refcard.tex | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | lisp/cus-edit.el | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | msdos/sed2v2.inp | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | nt/README.W32 | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | src/msdos.c | 2 |
9 files changed, 3482 insertions, 3409 deletions
| @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ Copyright (C) 2001-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | |||
| 2 | See the end of the file for license conditions. | 2 | See the end of the file for license conditions. |
| 3 | 3 | ||
| 4 | 4 | ||
| 5 | This directory tree holds version 27.0.50 of GNU Emacs, the extensible, | 5 | This directory tree holds version 28.0.50 of GNU Emacs, the extensible, |
| 6 | customizable, self-documenting real-time display editor. | 6 | customizable, self-documenting real-time display editor. |
| 7 | 7 | ||
| 8 | The file INSTALL in this directory says how to build and install GNU | 8 | The file INSTALL in this directory says how to build and install GNU |
diff --git a/configure.ac b/configure.ac index 3b6a2a6d167..a4a9c8af55d 100644 --- a/configure.ac +++ b/configure.ac | |||
| @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ dnl along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | |||
| 23 | 23 | ||
| 24 | AC_PREREQ(2.65) | 24 | AC_PREREQ(2.65) |
| 25 | dnl Note this is parsed by (at least) make-dist and lisp/cedet/ede/emacs.el. | 25 | dnl Note this is parsed by (at least) make-dist and lisp/cedet/ede/emacs.el. |
| 26 | AC_INIT(GNU Emacs, 27.0.50, bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org, , https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/) | 26 | AC_INIT(GNU Emacs, 28.0.50, bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org, , https://www.gnu.org/software/emacs/) |
| 27 | 27 | ||
| 28 | dnl Set emacs_config_options to the options of 'configure', quoted for the shell, | 28 | dnl Set emacs_config_options to the options of 'configure', quoted for the shell, |
| 29 | dnl and then quoted again for a C string. Separate options with spaces. | 29 | dnl and then quoted again for a C string. Separate options with spaces. |
| @@ -6,10 +6,10 @@ See the end of the file for license conditions. | |||
| 6 | Please send Emacs bug reports to 'bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org'. | 6 | Please send Emacs bug reports to 'bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org'. |
| 7 | If possible, use 'M-x report-emacs-bug'. | 7 | If possible, use 'M-x report-emacs-bug'. |
| 8 | 8 | ||
| 9 | This file is about changes in Emacs version 27. | 9 | This file is about changes in Emacs version 28. |
| 10 | 10 | ||
| 11 | See file HISTORY for a list of GNU Emacs versions and release dates. | 11 | See file HISTORY for a list of GNU Emacs versions and release dates. |
| 12 | See files NEWS.26, NEWS.25, ..., NEWS.18, and NEWS.1-17 for changes | 12 | See files NEWS.27, NEWS.26, ..., NEWS.18, and NEWS.1-17 for changes |
| 13 | in older Emacs versions. | 13 | in older Emacs versions. |
| 14 | 14 | ||
| 15 | You can narrow news to a specific version by calling 'view-emacs-news' | 15 | You can narrow news to a specific version by calling 'view-emacs-news' |
| @@ -22,3422 +22,31 @@ When you add a new item, use the appropriate mark if you are sure it | |||
| 22 | applies, and please also update docstrings as needed. | 22 | applies, and please also update docstrings as needed. |
| 23 | 23 | ||
| 24 | 24 | ||
| 25 | * Installation Changes in Emacs 27.1 | 25 | * Installation Changes in Emacs 28.1 |
| 26 | |||
| 27 | ** Emacs now uses GMP, the GNU Multiple Precision library. | ||
| 28 | By default, if 'configure' does not find a suitable libgmp, it | ||
| 29 | arranges for the included mini-gmp library to be built and used. | ||
| 30 | The new 'configure' option '--without-libgmp' uses mini-gmp even if a | ||
| 31 | suitable libgmp is available. | ||
| 32 | |||
| 33 | ** Emacs can now use HarfBuzz as its shaping engine. | ||
| 34 | The new configure option '--with-harfbuzz' adds support for the | ||
| 35 | HarfBuzz text shaping engine. It is on by default; use './configure | ||
| 36 | --without-harfbuzz' to build without it. The HarfBuzz text shaping is | ||
| 37 | available via new font backend drivers 'xfthb' and 'ftcrhb' for Xft | ||
| 38 | and Cairo drawings, respectively, and via the 'harfbuzz' backend on | ||
| 39 | MS-Windows. The Harfbuzz text shaping is preferred to the previously | ||
| 40 | supported ones, so the font backends that use older shaping engines | ||
| 41 | (FLT on GNU and Unix systems and Uniscribe on MS-Windows) are not | ||
| 42 | enabled by default; they can be enabled via the 'font-backend' frame | ||
| 43 | parameter or via X resources. | ||
| 44 | |||
| 45 | ** The new configure option '--with-json' adds support for JSON using | ||
| 46 | the Jansson library. It is on by default; use './configure | ||
| 47 | --with-json=no' to build without Jansson support. The new JSON | ||
| 48 | functions 'json-serialize', 'json-insert', 'json-parse-string', and | ||
| 49 | 'json-parse-buffer' are typically much faster than their Lisp | ||
| 50 | counterparts from json.el. | ||
| 51 | |||
| 52 | ** The configure option '--with-cairo' is no longer experimental. | ||
| 53 | This builds Emacs with Cairo drawing, and supports built-in printing | ||
| 54 | when Emacs is built with GTK+. | ||
| 55 | |||
| 56 | ** Emacs no longer defaults to using ImageMagick to display images, | ||
| 57 | due to security and stability concerns. To override the default, use | ||
| 58 | 'configure --with-imagemagick'. | ||
| 59 | |||
| 60 | ** Several configure options now accept an option-argument 'ifavailable'. | ||
| 61 | For example, './configure --with-xpm=ifavailable' now configures Emacs | ||
| 62 | to attempt to use libxpm but to continue building even if libxpm is | ||
| 63 | absent. The other affected options are '--with-gif', '--with-gnutls', | ||
| 64 | '--with-jpeg', '--with-png', and '--with-tiff'. | ||
| 65 | |||
| 66 | ** The etags program now uses the C library's regular expression matcher | ||
| 67 | when possible, and a compatible regex substitute otherwise. This will | ||
| 68 | let developers maintain Emacs's own regex code without having to also | ||
| 69 | support other programs. The new configure option '--without-included-regex' | ||
| 70 | forces etags to use the C library's regex matcher even if the regex | ||
| 71 | substitute ordinarily would be used to work around compatibility problems. | ||
| 72 | |||
| 73 | ** Emacs has been ported to the '-fcheck-pointer-bounds' option of GCC. | ||
| 74 | This causes Emacs to check bounds of some arrays addressed by its | ||
| 75 | internal pointers, which can be helpful when debugging the Emacs | ||
| 76 | interpreter or modules that it uses. If your platform supports it you | ||
| 77 | can enable it when configuring, e.g., './configure CFLAGS="-g3 -O2 | ||
| 78 | -mmpx -fcheck-pointer-bounds"' on Intel MPX platforms. | ||
| 79 | |||
| 80 | ** Emacs now normally uses a C pointer type instead of a C integer | ||
| 81 | type to implement Lisp_Object, which is the fundamental machine word | ||
| 82 | type internal to the Emacs Lisp interpreter. This change aims to | ||
| 83 | catch typos and supports '-fcheck-pointer-bounds'. The 'configure' | ||
| 84 | option '--enable-check-lisp-object-type' is therefore no longer as | ||
| 85 | useful and so is no longer enabled by default in developer builds, | ||
| 86 | to reduce differences between developer and production builds. | ||
| 87 | |||
| 88 | +++ | ||
| 89 | ** Emacs now uses a "portable dumper" instead of unexec. | ||
| 90 | This improves compatibility with memory allocation on modern systems, | ||
| 91 | and in particular better supports the Address Space Layout | ||
| 92 | Randomization (ASLR) feature, a security technique used by most modern | ||
| 93 | operating systems. | ||
| 94 | |||
| 95 | When built with the portable dumping support (which is the default), | ||
| 96 | Emacs looks for the 'emacs.pdmp' file, generated during the build, in | ||
| 97 | its data directory at startup, and loads the dumped state from there. | ||
| 98 | The new command-line argument '--dump-file=FILE' allows to specify a | ||
| 99 | non-default '.pdmp' file to load the state from; see the node "Initial | ||
| 100 | Options" in the Emacs manual for more information. | ||
| 101 | |||
| 102 | An Emacs started via a dump file can create a new dump file only if it | ||
| 103 | was invoked with the '-batch' option. | ||
| 104 | |||
| 105 | Although the portable dumper has been tested, it may have a bug on | ||
| 106 | unusual platforms. If you require traditional unexec dumping you can | ||
| 107 | use the configure-time option '--with-dumping=unexec'; however, please | ||
| 108 | file a bug report describing the situation, as unexec dumping is | ||
| 109 | deprecated. | ||
| 110 | |||
| 111 | +++ | ||
| 112 | ** The new configure option '--enable-checking=structs' attempts to | ||
| 113 | check that the portable dumper code has been updated to match the last | ||
| 114 | change to one of the data structures that it relies on. | ||
| 115 | |||
| 116 | +++ | ||
| 117 | ** The configure options '--enable-checking=conslist' and | ||
| 118 | '--enable-checking=xmallocoverrun' have been withdrawn. The former | ||
| 119 | made Emacs irredeemably slow, and the latter made it crash. Neither | ||
| 120 | option was useful with modern debugging tools such as AddressSanitizer. | ||
| 121 | (See etc/DEBUG for the details of using the modern replacements of the | ||
| 122 | removed configure options.) | ||
| 123 | |||
| 124 | +++ | ||
| 125 | ** The distribution tarball now has test cases; 'make check' runs them. | ||
| 126 | This is intended mostly to help developers. | ||
| 127 | |||
| 128 | --- | ||
| 129 | ** Emacs now requires GTK 2.24 and GTK 3.10 for the GTK 2 and GTK 3 | ||
| 130 | builds respectively. | ||
| 131 | |||
| 132 | ** New make target 'help' shows a summary of common make targets. | ||
| 133 | |||
| 134 | ** Emacs now builds with dynamic module support by default. Pass | ||
| 135 | '--without-modules' to 'configure' to disable dynamic module support. | ||
| 136 | 26 | ||
| 137 | 27 | ||
| 138 | * Startup Changes in Emacs 27.1 | 28 | * Startup Changes in Emacs 28.1 |
| 139 | |||
| 140 | +++ | ||
| 141 | ** Emacs now uses the XDG convention for init files. | ||
| 142 | For example, it looks for init.el in "~/.config/emacs/init.el", and | ||
| 143 | similarly for other init files. | ||
| 144 | |||
| 145 | The XDG_CONFIG_HOME environment variable (which defaults to "~/.config") | ||
| 146 | specifies the parent directory of these and other configuration files, | ||
| 147 | and will override their traditional locations (the home directory, | ||
| 148 | "~/.emacs.d", etc.). | ||
| 149 | |||
| 150 | Emacs will still look for init files in their traditional locations if | ||
| 151 | XDG_CONFIG_HOME does not exist, so invoking Emacs with | ||
| 152 | XDG_CONFIG_HOME='/nowhere' might be useful if your new-location init | ||
| 153 | files are scrambled, or if you want to force Emacs to ignore files | ||
| 154 | under XDG_CONFIG_HOME for some other reason. | ||
| 155 | |||
| 156 | +++ | ||
| 157 | ** Emacs can now be configured using an early init file. | ||
| 158 | The file is called 'early-init.el', in 'user-emacs-directory'. It is | ||
| 159 | loaded very early in the startup process: before graphical elements | ||
| 160 | such as the tool bar are initialized, and before the package manager | ||
| 161 | is initialized. The primary purpose is to allow customizing how the | ||
| 162 | package system is initialized given that initialization now happens | ||
| 163 | before loading the regular init file (see below). | ||
| 164 | |||
| 165 | We recommend against putting any customizations in this file that | ||
| 166 | don't need to be set up before initializing installed add-on packages, | ||
| 167 | because the early init file is read too early into the startup | ||
| 168 | process, and some important parts of the Emacs session, such as | ||
| 169 | 'window-system' and other GUI features, are not yet set up, which could | ||
| 170 | make some customization fail to work. | ||
| 171 | |||
| 172 | +++ | ||
| 173 | ** Installed packages are now activated *before* loading the init file. | ||
| 174 | As a result of this change, it is no longer necessary to call | ||
| 175 | 'package-initialize' in your init file. | ||
| 176 | |||
| 177 | Previously, a call to 'package-initialize' was automatically inserted | ||
| 178 | into the init file when Emacs was started. This call can now safely | ||
| 179 | be removed. Alternatively, if you want to ensure that your init file | ||
| 180 | is still compatible with earlier versions of Emacs, change it to: | ||
| 181 | |||
| 182 | (when (< emacs-major-version 27) | ||
| 183 | (package-initialize)) | ||
| 184 | |||
| 185 | However, if your init file changes the values of 'package-load-list' | ||
| 186 | or 'package-user-dir', or sets 'package-enable-at-startup' to nil then | ||
| 187 | it won't work right without some adjustment: | ||
| 188 | - You can move that code to the early init file (see above), so those | ||
| 189 | settings apply before Emacs tries to activate the packages. | ||
| 190 | - You can use the new 'package-quickstart' so activation of packages | ||
| 191 | does not need to pay attention to 'package-load-list' or | ||
| 192 | 'package-user-dir' any more. | ||
| 193 | |||
| 194 | --- | ||
| 195 | ** Emacs now notifies systemd when startup finishes or shutdown begins. | ||
| 196 | Units that are ordered after 'emacs.service' will only be started | ||
| 197 | after Emacs has finished initialization and is ready for use. | ||
| 198 | (If your Emacs is installed in a non-standard location and you copied the | ||
| 199 | emacs.service file to eg "~/.config/systemd/user/", you will need to copy | ||
| 200 | the new version of the file again.) | ||
| 201 | 29 | ||
| 202 | 30 | ||
| 203 | * Changes in Emacs 27.1 | 31 | * Changes in Emacs 28.1 |
| 204 | |||
| 205 | +++ | ||
| 206 | ** 'next/previous-multiframe-window' have been renamed. | ||
| 207 | The new names are as follows: | ||
| 208 | |||
| 209 | 'next-multiframe-window' -> 'next-window-any-frame' | ||
| 210 | 'previous-multiframe-window' -> 'previous-window-any-frame' | ||
| 211 | |||
| 212 | The old function names are maintained as aliases for backward | ||
| 213 | compatibility. | ||
| 214 | |||
| 215 | ** emacsclient | ||
| 216 | |||
| 217 | +++ | ||
| 218 | *** emacsclient now supports an 'EMACS_SOCKET_NAME' environment variable. | ||
| 219 | The command-line argument '--socket-name' overrides it. | ||
| 220 | (The same behavior as for the pre-existing 'EMACS_SERVER_FILE' variable.) | ||
| 221 | |||
| 222 | +++ | ||
| 223 | *** Emacs and emacsclient now default to "$XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/emacs" | ||
| 224 | as the directory for client/server sockets, if Emacs is running | ||
| 225 | on a platform or environment that sets the 'XDG_RUNTIME_DIR' | ||
| 226 | environment variable to indicate where session sockets should go. | ||
| 227 | To get the old, less-secure behavior, you can set the | ||
| 228 | 'EMACS_SOCKET_NAME' environment variable to an appropriate value. | ||
| 229 | |||
| 230 | --- | ||
| 231 | *** When run by root, emacsclient no longer connects to non-root sockets. | ||
| 232 | (Instead you can use Tramp methods to run root commands in a non-root Emacs.) | ||
| 233 | |||
| 234 | +++ | ||
| 235 | ** New user option 'what-cursor-show-names'. | ||
| 236 | When non-nil, 'what-cursor-position' will show the name of the character | ||
| 237 | in addition to the decimal/hex/octal representation. Default nil. | ||
| 238 | |||
| 239 | +++ | ||
| 240 | ** New function 'network-lookup-address-info'. | ||
| 241 | This does IPv4 and/or IPv6 address lookups on hostnames. | ||
| 242 | |||
| 243 | +++ | ||
| 244 | ** 'network-interface-list' can now return IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. | ||
| 245 | IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are now returned by default if available, | ||
| 246 | optionally including netmask/broadcast address information. | ||
| 247 | |||
| 248 | --- | ||
| 249 | ** Control of the threshold for using the 'distant-foreground' color. | ||
| 250 | The threshold for color distance below which the 'distant-foreground' | ||
| 251 | color of the face will be used instead of the foreground color can now | ||
| 252 | be controlled via the new variable 'face-near-same-color-threshold'. | ||
| 253 | The default value is 30000, as the previously hard-coded threshold. | ||
| 254 | |||
| 255 | +++ | ||
| 256 | ** The function 'read-passwd' uses "*" as default character to hide passwords. | ||
| 257 | |||
| 258 | ** The function 'read-answer' now accepts not only single character | ||
| 259 | answers, but also function keys like F1, character events such as C-M-h, | ||
| 260 | and control characters like C-h. | ||
| 261 | |||
| 262 | ** Lexical binding is now used when evaluating interactive Elisp forms. | ||
| 263 | More specifically, lexical-binding is now used for 'M-:', '--eval', as | ||
| 264 | well as in the "*scratch*" and "*ielm*" buffers. | ||
| 265 | |||
| 266 | --- | ||
| 267 | ** The new user option 'tooltip-resize-echo-area' avoids truncating | ||
| 268 | tooltip text on GUI frames when tooltips are displayed in the echo | ||
| 269 | area. Instead, it resizes the echo area as needed to accommodate the | ||
| 270 | full tool-tip text. | ||
| 271 | |||
| 272 | --- | ||
| 273 | ** Show mode line tooltips only if the corresponding action applies. | ||
| 274 | Customize the user option 'mode-line-default-help-echo' to restore the | ||
| 275 | old behavior where the tooltip text is also shown when the | ||
| 276 | corresponding action does not apply. | ||
| 277 | |||
| 278 | +++ | ||
| 279 | ** New hook 'server-after-make-frame-hook'. | ||
| 280 | This hook is a convenient place to perform initializations in daemon | ||
| 281 | mode which require GUI features to be available. One example is | ||
| 282 | restoration of the previous session using the desktop.el package: put | ||
| 283 | the call to 'desktop-read' in this hook, if you want the GUI settings | ||
| 284 | to be restored, or if desktop.el needs to interact with you during | ||
| 285 | restoration of the session. | ||
| 286 | |||
| 287 | +++ | ||
| 288 | ** The functions 'set-frame-height' and 'set-frame-width' are now | ||
| 289 | commands, and will set the currently selected frame to the height/ | ||
| 290 | width specified by the numeric prefix. | ||
| 291 | |||
| 292 | +++ | ||
| 293 | ** New function 'logcount' calculates an integer's Hamming weight. | ||
| 294 | |||
| 295 | +++ | ||
| 296 | ** New function 'libxml-available-p'. | ||
| 297 | This function returns non-nil if libxml support is both compiled in | ||
| 298 | and available at run time. Lisp programs should use this function to | ||
| 299 | detect built-in libxml support, instead of testing for that | ||
| 300 | indirectly, e.g., by checking that functions like | ||
| 301 | 'libxml-parse-html-region' return nil. | ||
| 302 | |||
| 303 | +++ | ||
| 304 | ** 'libxml-parse-xml-region' and 'libxml-parse-html-region' take | ||
| 305 | a parameter that's called DISCARD-COMMENTS, but it really only | ||
| 306 | discards the top-level comment. Therefore this parameter is now | ||
| 307 | obsolete, and the new utility function 'xml-remove-comments' can be | ||
| 308 | used to remove comments before calling the libxml functions to parse | ||
| 309 | the data. | ||
| 310 | |||
| 311 | +++ | ||
| 312 | ** A new DOM (the XML/HTML document structure returned by functions | ||
| 313 | such as 'libxml-parse-html-region') traversal function has been added: | ||
| 314 | 'dom-search', which takes a DOM and a predicate and returns all nodes | ||
| 315 | that match. | ||
| 316 | |||
| 317 | +++ | ||
| 318 | ** The Network Security Manager now allows more fine-grained control | ||
| 319 | of what checks to run via the 'network-security-protocol-checks' | ||
| 320 | user option. | ||
| 321 | |||
| 322 | +++ | ||
| 323 | ** TLS connections have their security tightened by default. | ||
| 324 | Most of the checks for outdated, believed-to-be-weak TLS algorithms | ||
| 325 | and ciphers are now switched on by default. (In addition, several new | ||
| 326 | TLS weaknesses are now warned about.) By default, the NSM will | ||
| 327 | flag connections using these weak algorithms and ask users whether to | ||
| 328 | allow them. To get the old behavior back (where certificates are | ||
| 329 | checked for validity, but no warnings about weak cryptography are | ||
| 330 | issued), you can either set 'network-security-protocol-checks' to nil, | ||
| 331 | or adjust the elements in that user option to only happen on the 'high' | ||
| 332 | security level (assuming you use the 'medium' level). | ||
| 333 | |||
| 334 | --- | ||
| 335 | ** New user option 'nsm-trust-local-network'. | ||
| 336 | Allows skipping Network Security Manager checks for hosts on your | ||
| 337 | local subnet(s). It defaults to nil. Usually, there should be no | ||
| 338 | need to set this non-nil, and doing that risks opening your local | ||
| 339 | network connections to attacks. So be sure you know what you are | ||
| 340 | doing before changing the value. | ||
| 341 | |||
| 342 | +++ | ||
| 343 | ** Native GnuTLS connections can now use client certificates. | ||
| 344 | Previously, this support was only available when using the external | ||
| 345 | 'gnutls-cli' command. Call 'open-network-stream' with | ||
| 346 | ':client-certificate t' to trigger looking up of per-server | ||
| 347 | certificates via 'auth-source'. | ||
| 348 | |||
| 349 | +++ | ||
| 350 | ** New user option 'network-stream-use-client-certificates'. | ||
| 351 | When non-nil, 'open-network-stream' performs lookups of client | ||
| 352 | certificates using 'auth-source' as if ':client-certificate t' were | ||
| 353 | specified iff there is no explicit ':client-certificate' parameter. | ||
| 354 | Defaults to nil. | ||
| 355 | |||
| 356 | +++ | ||
| 357 | ** New function 'fill-polish-nobreak-p', to be used in 'fill-nobreak-predicate'. | ||
| 358 | It blocks line breaking after a one-letter word, also in the case when | ||
| 359 | this word is preceded by a non-space, but non-alphanumeric character. | ||
| 360 | |||
| 361 | +++ | ||
| 362 | ** The limit on repetitions in regexps has been raised to 2^16-1. | ||
| 363 | It was previously limited to 2^15-1. For example, the following | ||
| 364 | regular expression was previously invalid, but is now accepted: | ||
| 365 | |||
| 366 | x\{32768\} | ||
| 367 | |||
| 368 | --- | ||
| 369 | ** The German prefix and postfix input methods now support Capital sharp S. | ||
| 370 | |||
| 371 | --- | ||
| 372 | ** New input methods 'hawaiian-postfix' and 'hawaiian-prefix'. | ||
| 373 | |||
| 374 | --- | ||
| 375 | ** New input methods 'georgian-qwerty' and 'georgian-nuskhuri'. | ||
| 376 | |||
| 377 | --- | ||
| 378 | ** New input methods for several variants of the Sami language. | ||
| 379 | The Sami input methods include: 'norwegian-sami-prefix', | ||
| 380 | 'bergsland-hasselbrink-sami-prefix', 'southern-sami-prefix', | ||
| 381 | 'ume-sami-prefix', 'northern-sami-prefix', 'inari-sami-prefix', | ||
| 382 | 'skolt-sami-prefix', and 'kildin-sami-prefix'. | ||
| 383 | |||
| 384 | +++ | ||
| 385 | ** In Japanese environments that do not specify encodings and are not | ||
| 386 | based on MS-Windows, the default encoding is now utf-8 instead of | ||
| 387 | japanese-iso-8bit. | ||
| 388 | |||
| 389 | +++ | ||
| 390 | ** New function 'exec-path'. | ||
| 391 | This function by default returns the value of the corresponding | ||
| 392 | user option, but can optionally return the equivalent of 'exec-path' | ||
| 393 | from a remote host. | ||
| 394 | |||
| 395 | +++ | ||
| 396 | ** The function 'executable-find' supports an optional argument REMOTE. | ||
| 397 | This triggers to search the program on the remote host as indicated by | ||
| 398 | 'default-directory'. | ||
| 399 | |||
| 400 | +++ | ||
| 401 | ** New user option 'auto-save-no-message'. | ||
| 402 | When set to t, no message will be shown when auto-saving (default | ||
| 403 | value: nil). | ||
| 404 | |||
| 405 | --- | ||
| 406 | ** The value of 'make-cursor-line-fully-visible' can now be a function. | ||
| 407 | In addition to nil or non-nil, the value can now be a predicate | ||
| 408 | function. Follow mode uses this to control scrolling of its windows | ||
| 409 | when the last screen line in a window is not fully visible. | ||
| 410 | |||
| 411 | +++ | ||
| 412 | ** New variable 'emacs-repository-branch'. | ||
| 413 | It reports the git branch from which Emacs was built. | ||
| 414 | |||
| 415 | +++ | ||
| 416 | ** New user option 'switch-to-buffer-obey-display-actions'. | ||
| 417 | When non-nil, 'switch-to-buffer' uses 'pop-to-buffer-same-window' that | ||
| 418 | respects display actions specified by 'display-buffer-alist' and | ||
| 419 | 'display-buffer-overriding-action'. | ||
| 420 | |||
| 421 | +++ | ||
| 422 | ** The option 'switch-to-visible-buffer' is now obsolete. | ||
| 423 | Customize 'switch-to-prev-buffer-skip' instead. | ||
| 424 | |||
| 425 | +++ | ||
| 426 | ** New option 'switch-to-prev-buffer-skip'. | ||
| 427 | This option allows to specify the set of buffers that may be shown by | ||
| 428 | 'switch-to-prev-buffer' and 'switch-to-next-buffer' more stringently | ||
| 429 | than the now obsolete 'switch-to-visible-buffer'. | ||
| 430 | |||
| 431 | ** New 'flex' completion style | ||
| 432 | An implementation of popular "flex/fuzzy/scatter" completion which | ||
| 433 | matches strings where the pattern appears as a subsequence. Put | ||
| 434 | simply, makes "foo" complete to both "barfoo" and "frodo". Add 'flex' | ||
| 435 | to 'completion-styles' or 'completion-category-overrides' to use it. | ||
| 436 | |||
| 437 | ** The 'completion-common-part' face is now visible by default. | ||
| 438 | |||
| 439 | +++ | ||
| 440 | ** New face attribute ':extend' to control face extension at EOL. | ||
| 441 | The new face attribute ':extend' controls whether to use the face for | ||
| 442 | displaying the empty space beyond end of line (EOL) till the edge of | ||
| 443 | the window. By default, this attribute is non-nil only for a small | ||
| 444 | number of faces, notably, 'region'; any other face that crosses end of | ||
| 445 | line will not affect the display of the empty space at EOL. This is | ||
| 446 | to make Emacs behave more like other GUI applications with respect to | ||
| 447 | displaying faces that cross line boundaries. | ||
| 448 | |||
| 449 | This attribute behaves specially when theme definitions are applied: | ||
| 450 | if the theme doesn't specify an explicit value of this attribute for a | ||
| 451 | face, the value from the original face definition is inherited. | ||
| 452 | Consequently, a theme generally shouldn't specify this attribute | ||
| 453 | unless it has a good reason to do so. | ||
| 454 | |||
| 455 | ** Connection-local variables | ||
| 456 | |||
| 457 | +++ | ||
| 458 | *** Connection-local variables are applied by default like file-local | ||
| 459 | and directory-local variables. | ||
| 460 | |||
| 461 | +++ | ||
| 462 | *** The macro 'with-connection-local-variables' has been renamed from | ||
| 463 | 'with-connection-local-profiles'. No argument PROFILES needed any longer. | ||
| 464 | |||
| 465 | --- | ||
| 466 | ** New user option 'next-error-verbose' controls when 'next-error' | ||
| 467 | outputs a message about the error locus. | ||
| 468 | |||
| 469 | --- | ||
| 470 | ** New user option 'grep-search-path' defines the directories searched for | ||
| 471 | grep hits (this used to be controlled by 'compilation-search-path'). | ||
| 472 | |||
| 473 | --- | ||
| 474 | ** New user option 'emacs-lisp-compilation-search-path' defines the | ||
| 475 | directories searched for byte-compiler error messages (this used to | ||
| 476 | be controlled by 'compilation-search-path'). | ||
| 477 | |||
| 478 | ** Multicolor fonts such as "Noto Color Emoji" can be displayed on | ||
| 479 | Emacs configured with Cairo drawing and linked with cairo >= 1.16.0. | ||
| 480 | |||
| 481 | +++ | ||
| 482 | ** Emacs now optionally displays a fill column indicator. | ||
| 483 | |||
| 484 | This is similar to what 'fill-column-indicator' package provides, but | ||
| 485 | much faster and compatible with 'show-trailing-whitespace'. | ||
| 486 | |||
| 487 | Customize the buffer-local user options 'display-fill-column-indicator' | ||
| 488 | and 'display-fill-column-indicator-character' to activate the | ||
| 489 | indicator. | ||
| 490 | |||
| 491 | The indicator is not displayed at all in minibuffer windows and | ||
| 492 | in tooltips, as it is not useful there. | ||
| 493 | |||
| 494 | There are 2 new buffer local variables and 1 face to customize this | ||
| 495 | mode they are described in the manual "(emacs) Display". | ||
| 496 | |||
| 497 | +++ | ||
| 498 | ** 'progress-reporter-update' accepts a suffix string to display. | ||
| 499 | |||
| 500 | --- | ||
| 501 | ** New user option 'xref-file-name-display' controls the display of | ||
| 502 | file names in xref buffers. | ||
| 503 | |||
| 504 | ** New user option 'byte-count-to-string-function'. | ||
| 505 | It is used for displaying file sizes and disk space in some cases. | ||
| 506 | |||
| 507 | +++ | ||
| 508 | ** Emacs now interprets RGB triplets like HTML, SVG, and CSS do. | ||
| 509 | |||
| 510 | The X convention previously used differed slightly, particularly for | ||
| 511 | RGB triplets with a single hexadecimal digit per component. | ||
| 512 | |||
| 513 | --- | ||
| 514 | ** The toolbar now shows the equivalent key binding in its tooltips. | ||
| 515 | |||
| 516 | --- | ||
| 517 | ** The File menu-bar menu was re-arranged: Print menu items moved to | ||
| 518 | submenu, and also added the new entries for tabs. | ||
| 519 | |||
| 520 | --- | ||
| 521 | ** 'scroll-lock-mode' is now bound to the 'Scroll_Lock' key globally. | ||
| 522 | Note that this key binding will not work on MS-Windows systems if | ||
| 523 | 'w32-scroll-lock-modifier' is non-nil. | ||
| 524 | |||
| 525 | --- | ||
| 526 | ** 'global-set-key', called interactively, now no longer downcases a | ||
| 527 | key binding with an upper case letter - if you can type it, you can | ||
| 528 | bind it. | ||
| 529 | |||
| 530 | +++ | ||
| 531 | ** 'read-from-minibuffer' now works with buffer-local history variables. | ||
| 532 | The HIST argument of 'read-from-minibuffer' now works correctly with | ||
| 533 | buffer-local variables. This means that different buffers can have | ||
| 534 | their own separated input history list if desired. | ||
| 535 | |||
| 536 | ** 'backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch' applies to file gid, too. | ||
| 537 | In addition to checking the file owner uid, Emacs also checks that the | ||
| 538 | group gid is not greater than backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch; | ||
| 539 | if so, backup-by-copying-when-mismatch will be forced on. | ||
| 540 | 32 | ||
| 541 | 33 | ||
| 542 | * Editing Changes in Emacs 27.1 | 34 | * Editing Changes in Emacs 28.1 |
| 543 | |||
| 544 | +++ | ||
| 545 | ** 'zap-to-char' now uses history of characters you used to zap to. | ||
| 546 | 'zap-to-char' uses the new 'read-char-from-minibuffer' function to allow | ||
| 547 | navigating through the history of characters that have been input. | ||
| 548 | This is mostly useful for characters that have complex input methods | ||
| 549 | where inputting the character again may involve many keystrokes. | ||
| 550 | |||
| 551 | +++ | ||
| 552 | ** 'save-some-buffers' now has a new action in the prompt: 'C-f' will | ||
| 553 | exit the command and switch to the buffer currently being asked about. | ||
| 554 | |||
| 555 | +++ | ||
| 556 | ** The new 'amalgamating-undo-limit' variable can be used to control | ||
| 557 | how many changes should be amalgamated when using the 'undo' command. | ||
| 558 | |||
| 559 | --- | ||
| 560 | ** The 'newline-and-indent' command (commonly bound to 'RET' in many | ||
| 561 | modes) now takes an optional numeric argument to specify how many | ||
| 562 | times is should insert newlines (and indent). | ||
| 563 | |||
| 564 | +++ | ||
| 565 | ** New command 'make-empty-file'. | ||
| 566 | |||
| 567 | --- | ||
| 568 | ** New variable 'x-wait-for-event-timeout'. | ||
| 569 | This controls how long Emacs will wait for updates to the graphical | ||
| 570 | state to take effect (making a frame visible, for example). | ||
| 571 | |||
| 572 | +++ | ||
| 573 | ** New user option 'electric-quote-replace-double'. | ||
| 574 | This option controls whether '"' is replaced in 'electric-quote-mode', | ||
| 575 | in addition to other quote characters. If non-nil, ASCII double-quote | ||
| 576 | characters that quote text "like this" are replaced by double | ||
| 577 | typographic quotes, “like this”, in text modes, and in comments in | ||
| 578 | non-text modes. | ||
| 579 | |||
| 580 | --- | ||
| 581 | ** New user option 'flyspell-case-fold-duplications'. | ||
| 582 | This option controls whether Flyspell mode considers consecutive words | ||
| 583 | to be duplicates if they are not in the same case. If non-nil, the | ||
| 584 | default, words are considered to be duplicates even if their letters' | ||
| 585 | case does not match. | ||
| 586 | |||
| 587 | --- | ||
| 588 | ** 'write-abbrev-file' now includes special properties. | ||
| 589 | 'write-abbrev-file' now writes special properties like ':case-fixed' | ||
| 590 | for abbrevs that have them. | ||
| 591 | |||
| 592 | +++ | ||
| 593 | ** 'write-abbrev-file' skips empty tables. | ||
| 594 | 'write-abbrev-file' now skips inserting a 'define-abbrev-table' form for | ||
| 595 | tables which do not have any non-system abbrevs to save. | ||
| 596 | |||
| 597 | +++ | ||
| 598 | ** The new functions and commands 'text-property-search-forward' and | ||
| 599 | 'text-property-search-backward' have been added. These provide an | ||
| 600 | interface that's more like functions like 'search-forward'. | ||
| 601 | |||
| 602 | --- | ||
| 603 | ** More commands support noncontiguous rectangular regions, namely | ||
| 604 | 'upcase-dwim', 'downcase-dwim', 'capitalize-dwim', 'capitalize-region', | ||
| 605 | 'upcase-initials-region', 'replace-string', 'replace-regexp', and | ||
| 606 | 'delimit-columns-region'. | ||
| 607 | |||
| 608 | +++ | ||
| 609 | ** When asked to visit a large file, Emacs now offers visiting it literally. | ||
| 610 | Previously, Emacs would only ask for confirmation before visiting | ||
| 611 | large files. Now it also offers a third alternative: to visit the | ||
| 612 | file literally, as in 'find-file-literally', which speeds up | ||
| 613 | navigation and editing of large files. | ||
| 614 | |||
| 615 | --- | ||
| 616 | ** 'add-dir-local-variable' now uses dotted pair notation syntax to | ||
| 617 | write alists of variables to ".dir-locals.el". This is the same | ||
| 618 | syntax that you can see in the example of a ".dir-locals.el" file in | ||
| 619 | the node "(emacs) Directory Variables" of the user manual. | ||
| 620 | |||
| 621 | +++ | ||
| 622 | ** Network connections using 'local' can now use IPv6. | ||
| 623 | 'make-network-process' now uses the correct loopback address when | ||
| 624 | asked to use ':host 'local' and ':family 'ipv6'. | ||
| 625 | |||
| 626 | +++ | ||
| 627 | ** The new function 'replace-region-contents' replaces the current | ||
| 628 | region using a given replacement-function in a non-destructive manner | ||
| 629 | (in terms of 'replace-buffer-contents'). | ||
| 630 | |||
| 631 | +++ | ||
| 632 | ** The command 'replace-buffer-contents' now has two optional | ||
| 633 | arguments mitigating performance issues when operating on huge | ||
| 634 | buffers. | ||
| 635 | |||
| 636 | +++ | ||
| 637 | ** Dragging 'C-M-mouse-1' now marks rectangular regions. | ||
| 638 | |||
| 639 | +++ | ||
| 640 | ** The command 'delete-indentation' now operates on the active region. | ||
| 641 | If the region is active, the command joins all the lines in the | ||
| 642 | region. When there's no active region, the command works on the | ||
| 643 | current and the previous or the next line, as before. | ||
| 644 | 35 | ||
| 645 | 36 | ||
| 646 | * Changes in Specialized Modes and Packages in Emacs 27.1 | 37 | * Changes in Specialized Modes and Packages in Emacs 28.1 |
| 647 | |||
| 648 | --- | ||
| 649 | ** New HTML mode skeleton 'html-id-anchor'. | ||
| 650 | This new command (which inserts an <a id="foo">_</a> skeleton) is | ||
| 651 | bound to 'C-c C-c #'. | ||
| 652 | |||
| 653 | +++ | ||
| 654 | ** New command 'font-lock-refontify'. | ||
| 655 | This is an interactive convenience function to be used when developing | ||
| 656 | font locking for a mode. It recomputes the font locking data and then | ||
| 657 | re-fontifies the buffer. | ||
| 658 | |||
| 659 | --- | ||
| 660 | ** Font Lock is smarter about fontifying unterminated strings and comments. | ||
| 661 | When you type a quote that starts a string, or a comment delimiter | ||
| 662 | that starts a comment, font-lock will not immediately refontify the | ||
| 663 | following characters in font-lock-string-face or | ||
| 664 | font-lock-comment-face. Instead, it will delay the fontification | ||
| 665 | beyond the current line to give you a chance to close the string or | ||
| 666 | comment. This is controlled by the new customizable variable | ||
| 667 | 'jit-lock-antiblink-grace', which specifies the delay in seconds. The | ||
| 668 | default is 2 seconds; set to nil to get back the old behavior. | ||
| 669 | |||
| 670 | --- | ||
| 671 | ** The 'C' command in 'tar-mode' will now preserve the timestamp of | ||
| 672 | the extracted file if the new user option 'tar-copy-preserve-time' is | ||
| 673 | non-nil. | ||
| 674 | |||
| 675 | --- | ||
| 676 | ** 'autoconf-mode' is now used instead of 'm4-mode' for the | ||
| 677 | acinclude.m4/aclocal.m4/acsite.m4 files. | ||
| 678 | |||
| 679 | --- | ||
| 680 | ** On GNU/Linux, 'M-x battery' will now list all batteries, no matter | ||
| 681 | what they're named, and the 'battery-linux-sysfs-regexp' variable has | ||
| 682 | been removed. | ||
| 683 | |||
| 684 | ** The 'list-processes' command now includes port numbers in the | ||
| 685 | network connection information (in addition to the host name). | ||
| 686 | |||
| 687 | ** The 'cl' package is now officially deprecated in favor of 'cl-lib'. | ||
| 688 | |||
| 689 | --- | ||
| 690 | ** desktop | ||
| 691 | *** When called interactively with a prefix arg 'C-u', 'desktop-read' | ||
| 692 | now prompts the user for the directory containing the desktop file. | ||
| 693 | |||
| 694 | +++ | ||
| 695 | ** display-line-numbers-mode | ||
| 696 | |||
| 697 | *** New faces 'line-number-major-tick' and 'line-number-minor-tick', | ||
| 698 | and user options 'display-line-numbers-major-tick' and | ||
| 699 | 'display-line-numbers-minor-tick' can be used to highlight the line | ||
| 700 | numbers of lines multiple of certain numbers. | ||
| 701 | |||
| 702 | *** New variable 'display-line-numbers-offset', when non-zero, adds | ||
| 703 | an offset to absolute line numbers. | ||
| 704 | |||
| 705 | +++ | ||
| 706 | ** winner | ||
| 707 | *** A new user option, 'winner-boring-buffers-regexp', has been added. | ||
| 708 | |||
| 709 | ** table | ||
| 710 | ** 'table-generate-source' and friends now support outputting wiki and | ||
| 711 | mediawiki format tables. | ||
| 712 | |||
| 713 | --- | ||
| 714 | ** telnet-mode | ||
| 715 | *** Reverting a buffer in 'telnet-mode' will restart a closed connection. | ||
| 716 | |||
| 717 | ** goto-addr | ||
| 718 | *** A way to more conveniently specify what URI address schemes that | ||
| 719 | should be ignored have been added via the | ||
| 720 | 'goto-address-uri-schemes-ignored' variable. | ||
| 721 | |||
| 722 | +++ | ||
| 723 | ** tex-mode | ||
| 724 | *** 'latex-noindent-commands' controls indentation of certain commands. | ||
| 725 | You can use this new user option to control indentation of arguments of | ||
| 726 | \emph, \footnote, and similar commands. | ||
| 727 | |||
| 728 | ** byte compiler | ||
| 729 | *** 'byte-compile-dynamic' is now obsolete. | ||
| 730 | This is because on the one hand it suffers from misbehavior in corner | ||
| 731 | cases that have plagued it for years, and on the other experiments indicated | ||
| 732 | that it doesn't bring any measurable benefit. | ||
| 733 | |||
| 734 | --- | ||
| 735 | *** The 'g' keystroke in *Compile-Log* buffers has been bound to a new | ||
| 736 | command that will recompile the file previously compiled with 'M-x | ||
| 737 | byte-compile-file' and the like. | ||
| 738 | |||
| 739 | ** compile.el | ||
| 740 | --- | ||
| 741 | *** In 'compilation-error-regexp-alist', 'line' (and 'end-line') can | ||
| 742 | be functions. | ||
| 743 | +++ | ||
| 744 | *** 'compilation-context-lines' can now take the value t; this is like | ||
| 745 | nil, but instead of scrolling the current line to the top of the | ||
| 746 | screen when there is no left fringe, it inserts a visible arrow before | ||
| 747 | column zero. | ||
| 748 | --- | ||
| 749 | *** The new 'compilation-transform-file-match-alist' user option can | ||
| 750 | be used to transform file name matches compilation output, and remove | ||
| 751 | known false positives being recognized as warnings/errors. | ||
| 752 | |||
| 753 | ** cl-lib.el | ||
| 754 | +++ | ||
| 755 | *** 'cl-defstruct' has a new ':noinline' argument to prevent inlining | ||
| 756 | its functions. | ||
| 757 | |||
| 758 | +++ | ||
| 759 | *** 'cl-defstruct' slots accept a ':documentation' property. | ||
| 760 | |||
| 761 | --- | ||
| 762 | *** 'cl-values-list' will now signal an error if its argument isn't a list. | ||
| 763 | |||
| 764 | ** doc-view.el | ||
| 765 | *** New commands 'doc-view-presentation' and 'doc-view-fit-window-to-page'. | ||
| 766 | *** Added support for password-protected PDF files | ||
| 767 | |||
| 768 | *** A new user option 'doc-view-pdftotext-program-args' has been added | ||
| 769 | to allow controlling how the conversion to text is done. | ||
| 770 | |||
| 771 | ** Ido | ||
| 772 | *** New user option 'ido-big-directories' to mark directories whose | ||
| 773 | names match certain regular expressions as big. Ido won't attempt to | ||
| 774 | list the contents of such directories when completing file names. | ||
| 775 | |||
| 776 | ** Minibuffer | ||
| 777 | |||
| 778 | +++ | ||
| 779 | *** A new user option, 'minibuffer-beginning-of-buffer-movement', has | ||
| 780 | been introduced to allow controlling how the 'M-<' command works in | ||
| 781 | the minibuffer. If non-nil, point will move to the end of the prompt | ||
| 782 | (if point is after the end of the prompt). | ||
| 783 | |||
| 784 | +++ | ||
| 785 | *** When the minibuffer is active, echo-area messages are displayed at | ||
| 786 | the end of the minibuffer instead of hiding the minibuffer by the echo | ||
| 787 | area display. The new option 'minibuffer-message-clear-timeout' | ||
| 788 | controls how messages displayed in this situation are removed from the | ||
| 789 | minibuffer. | ||
| 790 | |||
| 791 | --- | ||
| 792 | *** Minibuffer now uses 'minibuffer-message' to display error messages | ||
| 793 | at the end of the active minibuffer. | ||
| 794 | |||
| 795 | +++ | ||
| 796 | *** 'y-or-n-p' now uses the minibuffer to read 'y' or 'n' answer. | ||
| 797 | |||
| 798 | *** Some commands that previously used read-char-choice now read | ||
| 799 | a character using the minibuffer by read-char-from-minibuffer. | ||
| 800 | |||
| 801 | ** map.el | ||
| 802 | *** Now also understands plists. | ||
| 803 | *** Now defined via generic functions that can be extended via 'cl-defmethod'. | ||
| 804 | *** Deprecate the 'map-put' macro in favor of a new 'map-put!' function. | ||
| 805 | *** 'map-contains-key' now returns a boolean rather than the key. | ||
| 806 | *** Deprecate the 'testfn' args of 'map-elt' and 'map-contains-key'. | ||
| 807 | *** New generic function 'map-insert'. | ||
| 808 | |||
| 809 | +++ | ||
| 810 | *** The 'type' arg can be a list '(hash-table :key1 VAL1 :key2 VAL2 ...)' | ||
| 811 | |||
| 812 | ** seq.el | ||
| 813 | New convenience functions 'seq-first' and 'seq-rest' give easy access | ||
| 814 | to respectively the first and all but the first elements of sequences. | ||
| 815 | |||
| 816 | The new predicate function 'seq-contains-p' should be used instead of | ||
| 817 | the now obsolete 'seq-contains'. | ||
| 818 | |||
| 819 | --- | ||
| 820 | ** Follow mode | ||
| 821 | In the current follow group of windows, "ghost" cursors are no longer | ||
| 822 | displayed in the non-selected follow windows. To get the old behavior | ||
| 823 | back, customize 'follow-hide-ghost-cursors' to nil. | ||
| 824 | |||
| 825 | +++ | ||
| 826 | ** New variable 'warning-fill-column' for 'display-warning'. | ||
| 827 | |||
| 828 | ** Windmove | ||
| 829 | |||
| 830 | *** 'windmove-create-window' when non-nil makes a new window on moving off | ||
| 831 | the edge of the frame. | ||
| 832 | |||
| 833 | *** Windmove supports directional window display and selection. | ||
| 834 | The new command 'windmove-display-default-keybindings' binds default | ||
| 835 | keys with provided modifiers (by default, Shift-Meta) to the commands | ||
| 836 | that display the next buffer in the window at the specified direction. | ||
| 837 | This is like 'windmove-default-keybindings' that binds keys to commands | ||
| 838 | that select the window in the specified direction, but additionally it | ||
| 839 | displays the buffer from the next command in that window. For example, | ||
| 840 | 'S-M-right C-h i' displays the "*Info*" buffer in the right window, | ||
| 841 | creating the window if necessary. A special key can be customized to | ||
| 842 | display the buffer in the same window, for example, 'S-M-0 C-h e' | ||
| 843 | displays the "*Messages*" buffer in the same window. 'S-M-t C-h C-n' | ||
| 844 | displays NEWS in a new tab. | ||
| 845 | |||
| 846 | *** Windmove also supports directional window deletion. | ||
| 847 | The new command 'windmove-delete-default-keybindings' binds default | ||
| 848 | keys with provided prefix (by default, 'C-x') and modifiers (by default, | ||
| 849 | 'Shift') to the commands that delete the window in the specified | ||
| 850 | direction. For example, 'C-x S-down' deletes the window below. | ||
| 851 | With a prefix arg 'C-u', also kills the buffer in that window. | ||
| 852 | With 'M-0', deletes the selected window and selects the window | ||
| 853 | that was in the specified direction. | ||
| 854 | |||
| 855 | *** New command 'windmove-swap-states-in-direction' binds default keys | ||
| 856 | to the commands that swap the states of the selected window with the | ||
| 857 | window in the specified direction. | ||
| 858 | |||
| 859 | *** Windmove code no longer used is now obsolete. That includes the | ||
| 860 | user option 'windmove-window-distance-delta' and the functions | ||
| 861 | 'windmove-coord-add', 'windmove-constrain-to-range', | ||
| 862 | 'windmove-constrain-around-range', 'windmove-frame-edges', | ||
| 863 | 'windmove-constrain-loc-for-movement', 'windmove-wrap-loc-for-movement', | ||
| 864 | 'windmove-reference-loc' and 'windmove-other-window-loc'. | ||
| 865 | |||
| 866 | ** Octave mode | ||
| 867 | The mode is automatically enabled in files that start with the | ||
| 868 | 'function' keyword. | ||
| 869 | |||
| 870 | ** project.el | ||
| 871 | |||
| 872 | *** New commands 'project-search' and 'project-query-replace-regexp'. | ||
| 873 | |||
| 874 | *** New user option 'project-read-file-name-function'. | ||
| 875 | |||
| 876 | ** Etags | ||
| 877 | |||
| 878 | +++ | ||
| 879 | *** 'next-file' is now an obsolete alias of 'tags-next-file'. | ||
| 880 | |||
| 881 | *** 'tags-loop-revert-buffers' is an obsolete alias of | ||
| 882 | 'fileloop-revert-buffers'. | ||
| 883 | |||
| 884 | *** The 'tags-loop-continue' function along with the | ||
| 885 | 'tags-loop-operate' and 'tags-loop-scan' variables are now obsolete; | ||
| 886 | use the new 'fileloop-initialize' and 'fileloop-continue' functions | ||
| 887 | instead. | ||
| 888 | |||
| 889 | +++ | ||
| 890 | *** etags is now able to read Zstandard-compressed files. | ||
| 891 | |||
| 892 | ** bibtex | ||
| 893 | |||
| 894 | --- | ||
| 895 | *** New commands 'bibtex-next-entry' and 'bibtex-previous-entry'. | ||
| 896 | In 'bibtex-mode-map', 'forward-paragraph' and 'backward-paragraph' are | ||
| 897 | remapped to these, respectively. | ||
| 898 | |||
| 899 | ** Dired | ||
| 900 | |||
| 901 | --- | ||
| 902 | *** On systems that support suid/guid files, Dired now fontifies the | ||
| 903 | permissions of such files with a special face 'dired-set-id'. | ||
| 904 | |||
| 905 | +++ | ||
| 906 | *** New command 'dired-create-empty-file'. | ||
| 907 | |||
| 908 | +++ | ||
| 909 | *** New command and keystroke 'dired-number-of-marked-files' bound to | ||
| 910 | '* N'. | ||
| 911 | |||
| 912 | *** The marking commands now report how many files were marked by the | ||
| 913 | command itself, not how many files are marked in total. | ||
| 914 | |||
| 915 | --- | ||
| 916 | *** A new face, 'dired-special', is used to highlight sockets, named | ||
| 917 | pipes, block devices and character devices. | ||
| 918 | |||
| 919 | +++ | ||
| 920 | *** The new user option 'dired-create-destination-dirs' controls whether | ||
| 921 | 'dired-do-copy' and 'dired-rename-file' should create non-existent | ||
| 922 | directories in the destination. | ||
| 923 | |||
| 924 | +++ | ||
| 925 | *** 'dired-dwim-target' can be customized to prefer either the next window, | ||
| 926 | or one of the most recently visited windows with a Dired buffer. | ||
| 927 | |||
| 928 | *** When the new user option 'dired-vc-rename-file' is non-nil, | ||
| 929 | Dired performs file renaming using underlying version control system. | ||
| 930 | |||
| 931 | ** Find-Dired | ||
| 932 | |||
| 933 | *** New user option 'find-dired-refine-function'. | ||
| 934 | The default value is 'find-dired-sort-by-filename'. | ||
| 935 | |||
| 936 | *** New sorting options for the user option 'find-ls-option'. | ||
| 937 | |||
| 938 | --- | ||
| 939 | *** Zstandard compression is now supported for 'dired-do-compress' and | ||
| 940 | 'dired-do-compress-to'. | ||
| 941 | |||
| 942 | ** Change Logs and VC | ||
| 943 | |||
| 944 | --- | ||
| 945 | *** New user option 'vc-tor'. | ||
| 946 | When non-nil, this option causes the VC commands to communicate with | ||
| 947 | the repository via Tor's proxy, using the 'torsocks' wrapper script. | ||
| 948 | The default is nil. | ||
| 949 | |||
| 950 | +++ | ||
| 951 | *** New command 'log-edit-generate-changelog-from-diff', bound to 'C-c C-w'. | ||
| 952 | This generates ChangeLog entries from the VC fileset diff. | ||
| 953 | |||
| 954 | *** 'vc-dir' now shows a button allowing you to hide the stash list. | ||
| 955 | Controlled by user option 'vc-git-show-stash'. Default t means show | ||
| 956 | the entire list as before. An integer value limits the list length | ||
| 957 | (but still allows you to show the entire list via the button). | ||
| 958 | |||
| 959 | *** Recording ChangeLog entries doesn't require an actual file. | ||
| 960 | If a ChangeLog file doesn't exist, and if the new user option | ||
| 961 | 'add-log-dont-create-changelog-file' is non-nil (which is the | ||
| 962 | default), commands such as 'C-x 4 a' will add log entries to a | ||
| 963 | suitable named temporary buffer. (An existing ChangeLog file will | ||
| 964 | still be used if it exists.) Set the user option to nil to get the | ||
| 965 | previous behavior of always creating a buffer that visits a ChangeLog | ||
| 966 | file. | ||
| 967 | |||
| 968 | *** New user option 'vc-find-revision-no-save'. | ||
| 969 | With non-nil, 'vc-find-revision' doesn't write the created buffer to file. | ||
| 970 | |||
| 971 | --- | ||
| 972 | *** 'vc-dir-ignore' now takes a prefix argument to ignore all marked files. | ||
| 973 | |||
| 974 | *** New user option 'vc-git-grep-template'. | ||
| 975 | This new user option allows customizing the default arguments passed to | ||
| 976 | 'git-grep' when 'vc-git-grep' is used. | ||
| 977 | |||
| 978 | *** Command 'vc-git-stash' now respects marks in the "*vc-dir*" buffer. | ||
| 979 | When some files are marked, only those are stashed. | ||
| 980 | When no files are marked, all modified files are stashed, as before. | ||
| 981 | |||
| 982 | *** 'vc-git-stash' has now been bound to the 'C' keystroke in the | ||
| 983 | stash headers. | ||
| 984 | |||
| 985 | *** Some stash keybindings are now available in the stash button. | ||
| 986 | 'vc-git-stash' and 'vc-git-stash-snapshot' can now be run using 'C' | ||
| 987 | and 'S' respectively, including when there are no stashes. | ||
| 988 | |||
| 989 | *** The new hook 'vc-retrieve-tag-hook' runs after retrieving a tag. | ||
| 990 | |||
| 991 | --- | ||
| 992 | *** 'vc-hg' now invokes 'smerge-mode' when visiting files. | ||
| 993 | Code that attempted to invoke 'smerge-mode' when visiting an Hg file | ||
| 994 | with conflicts existed in earlier versions of Emacs, but incorrectly | ||
| 995 | never detected a conflict due to invalid assumptions about cached | ||
| 996 | values. | ||
| 997 | |||
| 998 | +++ | ||
| 999 | *** The Hg (Mercurial) back-end now supports 'vc-region-history'. | ||
| 1000 | The 'C-x v h' command now works in buffers that visit files controlled | ||
| 1001 | by Hg. | ||
| 1002 | |||
| 1003 | +++ | ||
| 1004 | *** The Hg (Mercurial) back-end now prompts for revision to merge when | ||
| 1005 | you invoke 'C-x v m' ('vc-merge'). | ||
| 1006 | |||
| 1007 | --- | ||
| 1008 | *** The Hg (Mercurial) back-end now use tags, branches and bookmarks | ||
| 1009 | instead of revision numbers as completion candidates when it prompts | ||
| 1010 | for a revision. | ||
| 1011 | |||
| 1012 | +++ | ||
| 1013 | *** 'C-u C-x v D' ('vc-root-version-diff') prompts for two revisions | ||
| 1014 | and compares their entire trees. | ||
| 1015 | |||
| 1016 | *** New user option 'vc-hg-revert-switches' specifies switches to pass | ||
| 1017 | to Hg revert. | ||
| 1018 | |||
| 1019 | *** 'C-x v M D' ('vc-diff-mergebase') and 'C-x v M L' ('vc-log-mergebase') | ||
| 1020 | print diffs and logs between the merge base (common ancestor) of two | ||
| 1021 | given revisions. | ||
| 1022 | |||
| 1023 | +++ | ||
| 1024 | *** The new 'd' command ('vc-dir-clean-files') in 'vc-dir-mode' | ||
| 1025 | buffers will delete the marked files (or if no files are marked, the | ||
| 1026 | file under point). This command does not notify the VC backend, and | ||
| 1027 | is mostly useful for unregistered files. | ||
| 1028 | |||
| 1029 | *** New command 'vc-log-search' asks for a pattern, searches it | ||
| 1030 | in the revision log, and displays matched log entries in the | ||
| 1031 | log buffer. For example, 'M-x vc-log-search RET bug#36644 RET' | ||
| 1032 | displays all entries whose log messages match the bug number. | ||
| 1033 | With a prefix argument asks for a command, so for example, | ||
| 1034 | 'C-u M-x vc-log-search RET git log -1 f302475 RET' will display | ||
| 1035 | just one log entry found by its revision number. | ||
| 1036 | |||
| 1037 | +++ | ||
| 1038 | *** It is now possible to display a specific revision given by its ID. | ||
| 1039 | If you invoke 'C-x v L' ('vc-print-root-log') with a numeric argument | ||
| 1040 | of 1, as in 'C-1 C-x v L' or 'C-u 1 C-x v L', it asks for a revision | ||
| 1041 | ID, and shows its log entry together with the diffs introduced by the | ||
| 1042 | revision's commit. (For some less capable VCSes, only the log entry | ||
| 1043 | is shown.) | ||
| 1044 | |||
| 1045 | *** 'C-x v =' can now mimic Magit's diff format. | ||
| 1046 | Set the new user option 'diff-font-lock-prettify' to t for that, see | ||
| 1047 | below under "Diff mode". | ||
| 1048 | |||
| 1049 | --- | ||
| 1050 | *** The 'diff' function arguments OLD and NEW may each be a buffer | ||
| 1051 | rather than a file, in non-interactive calls. This change was made in | ||
| 1052 | Emacs 24.1, but wasn't documented until now. | ||
| 1053 | |||
| 1054 | +++ | ||
| 1055 | *** New command 'diff-buffers' interactively diffs two buffers. | ||
| 1056 | |||
| 1057 | ** Diff mode | ||
| 1058 | +++ | ||
| 1059 | *** Hunks are now automatically refined by font-lock. | ||
| 1060 | To disable refinement, set the new user option 'diff-refine' to nil. | ||
| 1061 | To get back the old behavior where hunks are refined as you navigate | ||
| 1062 | through a diff, set 'diff-refine' to the symbol 'navigate'. | ||
| 1063 | |||
| 1064 | +++ | ||
| 1065 | *** 'diff-auto-refine-mode' is deprecated in favor of 'diff-refine'. | ||
| 1066 | It is no longer enabled by default and binding it no longer has any | ||
| 1067 | effect. | ||
| 1068 | |||
| 1069 | +++ | ||
| 1070 | *** Better syntax highlighting of Diff hunks. | ||
| 1071 | Fragments of source in Diff hunks are now by default highlighted | ||
| 1072 | according to the appropriate major mode. Customize the new user | ||
| 1073 | option 'diff-font-lock-syntax' to nil to disable this. | ||
| 1074 | |||
| 1075 | *** File headers can be shortened, mimicking Magit's diff format. | ||
| 1076 | To enable it, set the new user option 'diff-font-lock-prettify' to t. | ||
| 1077 | On GUI frames, this option also displays the insertion and deletion | ||
| 1078 | indicators on the left fringe. | ||
| 1079 | |||
| 1080 | +++ | ||
| 1081 | *** Prefix arg of 'diff-goto-source' means jump to the old revision | ||
| 1082 | of the file under version control if point is on an old changed line, | ||
| 1083 | or to the new revision of the file otherwise. | ||
| 1084 | |||
| 1085 | ** Texinfo | ||
| 1086 | |||
| 1087 | +++ | ||
| 1088 | *** New function for inserting '@pxref', '@xref', or '@ref' commands. | ||
| 1089 | The function 'texinfo-insert-dwim-@ref', bound to 'C-c C-c r' by | ||
| 1090 | default, inserts one of three types of references based on the text | ||
| 1091 | surrounding point, namely '@pxref' near a parenthesis, '@xref' at the | ||
| 1092 | start of a sentence or at '(point-min)', else '@ref'. | ||
| 1093 | |||
| 1094 | ** Browse-url | ||
| 1095 | |||
| 1096 | *** The function 'browse-url-emacs' can now visit a URL in selected window. | ||
| 1097 | It now treats the optional 2nd argument to mean that the URL should be | ||
| 1098 | shown in the currently selected window. | ||
| 1099 | |||
| 1100 | *** A new function, 'browse-url-add-buttons' can be used to add clickable | ||
| 1101 | links to most ordinary special-mode buffers that display text that | ||
| 1102 | have URLs embedded. 'browse-url-button-regexp' controls what's | ||
| 1103 | considered a button. | ||
| 1104 | |||
| 1105 | *** A new user option, 'browse-url-secondary-browser-function', has been added. | ||
| 1106 | |||
| 1107 | ** Comint | ||
| 1108 | |||
| 1109 | +++ | ||
| 1110 | *** 'send-invisible' is now an obsolete alias for 'comint-send-invisible'. | ||
| 1111 | Also, 'shell-strip-ctrl-m' is declared obsolete. | ||
| 1112 | |||
| 1113 | +++ | ||
| 1114 | *** 'C-c .' ('comint-insert-previous-argument') no longer interprets '&'. | ||
| 1115 | This feature caused problems when '&&' was present in the previous | ||
| 1116 | command. Since this command emulates 'M-.' in Bash and zsh, neither | ||
| 1117 | of which treats '&' specially, the feature was removed for | ||
| 1118 | compatibility with these shells. | ||
| 1119 | |||
| 1120 | +++ | ||
| 1121 | *** 'comint-insert-previous-argument' can now count arguments from the end. | ||
| 1122 | By default, invoking 'C-c .' with a numeric argument N would copy the | ||
| 1123 | Nth argument, counting from the first one. But if the new user option | ||
| 1124 | 'comint-insert-previous-argument-from-end' is non-nil, it will copy | ||
| 1125 | the Nth argument counting from the last one. Thus 'C-c .' can now | ||
| 1126 | better emulate 'M-.' in both Bash and zsh, since the former counts | ||
| 1127 | from the beginning of the arguments, while the latter counts from the | ||
| 1128 | end. | ||
| 1129 | |||
| 1130 | +++ | ||
| 1131 | *** 'comint-run' can now accept a list of switches to pass to the program. | ||
| 1132 | 'C-u M-x comint-run' will prompt for the switches interactively. | ||
| 1133 | |||
| 1134 | *** Abnormal hook `comint-password-function' has been added. | ||
| 1135 | This hook permits a derived mode to supply a password for the | ||
| 1136 | underlying command interpreter without prompting the user. For | ||
| 1137 | example, in sql-mode, the password for connecting to the database may | ||
| 1138 | be stored in the connection wallet and may be passed on the command | ||
| 1139 | line to start the SQL interpreter. This is a potential security flaw | ||
| 1140 | that could expose user's database passwords on the command line | ||
| 1141 | through the use of a process list (Bug#8427). With this hook, it is | ||
| 1142 | possible to not pass the password on the command line and wait for the | ||
| 1143 | program to prompt for the password. When it does so, the password cam | ||
| 1144 | be supplied to the SQL interpreter without involving the user just as | ||
| 1145 | if it had been supplied on the command line. | ||
| 1146 | |||
| 1147 | ** SQL | ||
| 1148 | |||
| 1149 | *** SQL Indent Minor Mode | ||
| 1150 | SQL Mode now supports the ELPA 'sql-indent' package for assisting | ||
| 1151 | sophisticated SQL indenting rules. Note, however, that SQL is not | ||
| 1152 | like other programming languages like C, Java, or Python where code is | ||
| 1153 | sparse and rules for formatting are fairly well established. Instead | ||
| 1154 | SQL is more like COBOL (from which it came) and code tends to be very | ||
| 1155 | dense and line ending decisions driven by syntax and line length | ||
| 1156 | considerations to make readable code. Experienced SQL developers may | ||
| 1157 | prefer to rely upon existing Emacs facilities for formatting code but | ||
| 1158 | the 'sql-indent' package provides facilities to aid more casual SQL | ||
| 1159 | developers layout queries and complex expressions. | ||
| 1160 | |||
| 1161 | **** 'sql-use-indent-support' (default t) enables SQL indention support. | ||
| 1162 | The 'sql-indent' package from ELPA must be installed to get the | ||
| 1163 | indentation support in 'sql-mode' and 'sql-interactive-mode'. | ||
| 1164 | |||
| 1165 | **** 'sql-mode-hook' and 'sql-interactive-mode-hook' changed. | ||
| 1166 | Both hook variables have had 'sql-indent-enable' added to their | ||
| 1167 | default values. If you have existing customizations to these variables, | ||
| 1168 | you should make sure that the new default entry is included. | ||
| 1169 | |||
| 1170 | *** Connection Wallet | ||
| 1171 | Database passwords can now by stored in NETRC or JSON data files that | ||
| 1172 | may optionally be encrypted. When establishing an interactive session | ||
| 1173 | with the database via 'sql-connect' or a product specific function, | ||
| 1174 | like 'sql-mysql' or 'my-postgres', the password wallet will be | ||
| 1175 | searched for the password. The 'sql-product', 'sql-server', | ||
| 1176 | 'sql-database', and the 'sql-username' will be used to identify the | ||
| 1177 | appropriate authorization. This eliminates the discouraged practice of | ||
| 1178 | embedding database passwords in your Emacs initialization. | ||
| 1179 | |||
| 1180 | See the 'auth-source' module for complete documentation on the file | ||
| 1181 | formats. By default, the wallet file is expected to be in the | ||
| 1182 | 'user-emacs-directory', named 'sql-wallet' or '.sql-wallet', with | ||
| 1183 | '.json' (JSON) or no (NETRC) suffix. Both file formats can optionally | ||
| 1184 | be encrypted with GPG by adding an additional '.gpg' suffix. | ||
| 1185 | |||
| 1186 | ** Term | ||
| 1187 | |||
| 1188 | --- | ||
| 1189 | *** 'term-read-noecho' is now obsolete, use 'read-passwd' instead. | ||
| 1190 | |||
| 1191 | +++ | ||
| 1192 | *** 'serial-term' now takes an optional parameter to leave the | ||
| 1193 | emulator in line mode. | ||
| 1194 | |||
| 1195 | ** Flymake | ||
| 1196 | |||
| 1197 | +++ | ||
| 1198 | *** The variable 'flymake-diagnostic-types-alist' is obsolete. | ||
| 1199 | You should instead set properties on known diagnostic symbols, like | ||
| 1200 | ':error' and ':warning', as demonstrated in the Flymake manual. | ||
| 1201 | |||
| 1202 | *** New user option 'flymake-start-on-save-buffer'. | ||
| 1203 | Control whether Flymake starts checking the buffer on save. | ||
| 1204 | |||
| 1205 | *** Flymake and backend functions may exchange hints about buffer changes. | ||
| 1206 | This enables more efficient backends. See the docstring of | ||
| 1207 | 'flymake-diagnostic-functions' or the Flymake manual for details. | ||
| 1208 | |||
| 1209 | +++ | ||
| 1210 | *** 'flymake-start-syntax-check-on-newline' is now obsolete, | ||
| 1211 | use 'post-self-insert-hook' to check on newline. | ||
| 1212 | |||
| 1213 | ** Ruby | ||
| 1214 | |||
| 1215 | *** The Rubocop Flymake diagnostic function will only run Lint cops if | ||
| 1216 | it can't find the config file. | ||
| 1217 | |||
| 1218 | *** Rubocop is called with 'bundle exec' if Gemfile mentions it. | ||
| 1219 | |||
| 1220 | *** New command 'ruby-find-library-file' bound to 'C-c C-f'. | ||
| 1221 | |||
| 1222 | ** Package | ||
| 1223 | |||
| 1224 | *** Warn if "footer line" is missing, but still install package. | ||
| 1225 | package.el used to refuse to install a package without the so-called | ||
| 1226 | "footer line", which appears at the very end of the file: | ||
| 1227 | |||
| 1228 | ;;; FILENAME ends here | ||
| 1229 | |||
| 1230 | package.el will now install packages without this line, but it will | ||
| 1231 | issue a warning. To avoid this warning, packages should keep the | ||
| 1232 | "footer line". | ||
| 1233 | |||
| 1234 | Note that versions of Emacs older than 27.1 will not only refuse to | ||
| 1235 | install packages without such a line -- they will be unable to parse | ||
| 1236 | package data. It is therefore recommended to keep this line. | ||
| 1237 | |||
| 1238 | *** Change of 'package-check-signature' for packages with multiple sigs | ||
| 1239 | In previous Emacsen, 't' checked that all signatures are valid. | ||
| 1240 | Now 't' only checks that at least one signature is valid and the new 'all' | ||
| 1241 | value needs to be used if you want to enforce that all signatures | ||
| 1242 | are valid. This only affects packages with multiple signatures. | ||
| 1243 | |||
| 1244 | +++ | ||
| 1245 | *** The meaning of 'allow-unsigned' in 'package-check-signature' has | ||
| 1246 | changed slightly: If a usable OpenPGP configuration can't be found | ||
| 1247 | (for instance, if gpg isn't installed), it now has the same meaning as | ||
| 1248 | nil. | ||
| 1249 | |||
| 1250 | *** New function 'package-get-version' lets packages query their own version. | ||
| 1251 | Example use in auctex.el: '(defconst auctex-version (package-get-version))' | ||
| 1252 | |||
| 1253 | *** New 'package-quickstart' feature. | ||
| 1254 | When 'package-quickstart' is non-nil, package.el precomputes a big | ||
| 1255 | autoloads file so that activation of packages can be done much faster, | ||
| 1256 | which can speed up your startup significantly. | ||
| 1257 | It also causes variables like 'package-user-dir' and | ||
| 1258 | 'package-load-list' to be consulted when 'package-quickstart-refresh' | ||
| 1259 | is run rather than at startup so you don't need to set them in your | ||
| 1260 | early init file. | ||
| 1261 | |||
| 1262 | *** New function 'package-activate-all'. | ||
| 1263 | |||
| 1264 | +++ | ||
| 1265 | *** New functions for filtering packages list. | ||
| 1266 | A new function has been added which allows users to filter the | ||
| 1267 | packages list by name: 'package-menu-filter-by-name'. By default, it | ||
| 1268 | is bound to '/ n'. Additionally, the function | ||
| 1269 | 'package-menu-filter-by-keyword' has been renamed from | ||
| 1270 | 'package-menu-filter'. Its keybinding has also been changed to '/ k' | ||
| 1271 | (from 'f'). To clear any of the two filters, the user can now call | ||
| 1272 | the 'package-menu-clear-filter' function, bound to '/ /' by default. | ||
| 1273 | |||
| 1274 | --- | ||
| 1275 | *** Imenu support has been added to 'package-menu-mode'. | ||
| 1276 | |||
| 1277 | --- | ||
| 1278 | *** The package list can now be sorted by version or description. | ||
| 1279 | |||
| 1280 | +++ | ||
| 1281 | *** In Package Menu, 'g' now updates package data from archives. | ||
| 1282 | Previously, 'g' invoked 'tabulated-list-revert' which did not update | ||
| 1283 | the cached archive data. It is now bound to 'revert-buffer', which | ||
| 1284 | will now update the data. | ||
| 1285 | |||
| 1286 | 'package-menu-refresh' is an obsolete alias for 'revert-buffer'. | ||
| 1287 | |||
| 1288 | ** Info | ||
| 1289 | |||
| 1290 | +++ | ||
| 1291 | *** Clicking on the left/right arrow icon in the Info tool-bar while | ||
| 1292 | holding down the Ctrl key pops up a menu of previously visited Info nodes | ||
| 1293 | where you can select a node to go back (like in browsers). | ||
| 1294 | |||
| 1295 | --- | ||
| 1296 | *** Info can now follow 'file://' protocol URLs. | ||
| 1297 | The 'file://' URLs in Info documents can now be followed by passing | ||
| 1298 | them to the 'browse-url' function, like the other protocols: 'ftp', | ||
| 1299 | 'http', and 'https'. This allows to have references to local HTML | ||
| 1300 | files, for example. | ||
| 1301 | |||
| 1302 | --- | ||
| 1303 | ** Display of man pages now limits the width for formatting pages. | ||
| 1304 | The new user option 'Man-width-max' (80 by default) limits the number | ||
| 1305 | of columns passed to the 'man' program for formatting man pages. This | ||
| 1306 | is to enhance readability when man pages are displayed in very wide | ||
| 1307 | windows (which are customary with today's large displays). | ||
| 1308 | |||
| 1309 | |||
| 1310 | ** Xref | ||
| 1311 | |||
| 1312 | +++ | ||
| 1313 | *** New command 'xref-find-definitions-at-mouse'. | ||
| 1314 | This command finds definitions of the identifier at the place of a | ||
| 1315 | mouse click event, and is intended to be bound to a mouse event. | ||
| 1316 | |||
| 1317 | +++ | ||
| 1318 | *** Changing 'xref-marker-ring-length' works after 'xref.el' is loaded. | ||
| 1319 | Previously, setting 'xref-marker-ring-length' would only take effect | ||
| 1320 | if set before 'xref.el' was loaded. | ||
| 1321 | |||
| 1322 | --- | ||
| 1323 | *** 'xref-find-definitions' now sets the mark at the buffer position | ||
| 1324 | where it was invoked. | ||
| 1325 | |||
| 1326 | --- | ||
| 1327 | *** New xref faces 'xref-file-header', 'xref-line-number', 'xref-match'. | ||
| 1328 | |||
| 1329 | *** New user option 'xref-show-definitions-function'. | ||
| 1330 | It encapsulates the logic pertinent to showing the result of | ||
| 1331 | 'xref-find-definitions'. The user can change it to customize its | ||
| 1332 | behavior and the display of results. | ||
| 1333 | |||
| 1334 | *** Search results show the buffer even for one hit. | ||
| 1335 | The search-type Xref commands (e.g. 'xref-find-references' or | ||
| 1336 | 'project-find-regexp') now show the results buffer even when there is | ||
| 1337 | only one hit. This can be altered by changing | ||
| 1338 | 'xref-show-xrefs-function'. | ||
| 1339 | |||
| 1340 | *** Xref buffers support refreshing the search results. | ||
| 1341 | A new command 'xref-revert-buffer' is bound to 'g'. | ||
| 1342 | |||
| 1343 | --- | ||
| 1344 | *** Imenu support has been added to 'xref--xref-buffer-mode'. | ||
| 1345 | |||
| 1346 | ** Icomplete | ||
| 1347 | |||
| 1348 | +++ | ||
| 1349 | *** New minor mode Fido mode. | ||
| 1350 | This mode is based on Icomplete, and its name stands for "Fake Ido". | ||
| 1351 | The point of this mode is to be an ido-mode workalike, but provide | ||
| 1352 | most of the functionality present in Icomplete that is not in | ||
| 1353 | ido-mode, while being much more compatible with all of Emacs's | ||
| 1354 | completion facilities. | ||
| 1355 | |||
| 1356 | ** Ecomplete | ||
| 1357 | |||
| 1358 | *** The ecomplete sorting has changed to a decay-based algorithm. | ||
| 1359 | This can be controlled by the new 'ecomplete-sort-predicate' user option. | ||
| 1360 | |||
| 1361 | *** The 'ecompleterc' file is now placed in "~/.emacs.d/ecompleterc" by default. | ||
| 1362 | Of course it will still find it if you have it in "~/.ecompleterc". | ||
| 1363 | |||
| 1364 | ** Gnus | ||
| 1365 | |||
| 1366 | --- | ||
| 1367 | *** 'mm-uu-diff-groups-regexp' now defaults to matching all groups, | ||
| 1368 | which means that "git am" diffs are recognized everywhere. | ||
| 1369 | |||
| 1370 | +++ | ||
| 1371 | *** Two new Gnus summary mode navigation commands have been added, | ||
| 1372 | bound to the '[' and ']' keys: 'gnus-summary-prev-unseen-article' and | ||
| 1373 | 'gnus-summary-next-unseen-article'. These take you (respectively) to | ||
| 1374 | the previous unseen or next unseen article. (These are the ones that | ||
| 1375 | are marked with "." in the summary mode lines.) | ||
| 1376 | |||
| 1377 | +++ | ||
| 1378 | *** The Gnus user variable 'nnimap-expunge' supports three new values: | ||
| 1379 | 'never' for never expunging messages, 'immediately' for immediately | ||
| 1380 | expunging deleted messages, and 'on-exit' to expunge deleted articles | ||
| 1381 | when exiting the group's summary buffer. Setting 'nnimap-expunge' to | ||
| 1382 | 'nil' or 't' is still supported but not recommended, since it may | ||
| 1383 | result in Gnus expunging all messages that have been flagged as | ||
| 1384 | deleted by any IMAP client (rather than just those that have been | ||
| 1385 | deleted by Gnus). | ||
| 1386 | |||
| 1387 | +++ | ||
| 1388 | *** New user option 'gnus-use-atomic-windows' makes Gnus window layouts | ||
| 1389 | atomic. See the "Atomic Windows" section of the Elisp manual for | ||
| 1390 | details. | ||
| 1391 | |||
| 1392 | +++ | ||
| 1393 | *** There's a new value for 'gnus-article-date-headers', | ||
| 1394 | 'combined-local-lapsed', which will show both the time (in the local | ||
| 1395 | timezone) and the lapsed time. | ||
| 1396 | |||
| 1397 | --- | ||
| 1398 | *** Gnus now maps imaps to 993 only on old MS-Windows versions. | ||
| 1399 | The nnimap backend used to do this unconditionally to work around | ||
| 1400 | problems on old versions of MS-Windows. This is now done only for | ||
| 1401 | Windows XP and older. | ||
| 1402 | |||
| 1403 | +++ | ||
| 1404 | *** The nnimap backend now has support for IMAP namespaces. | ||
| 1405 | This feature can be enabled by setting the new 'nnimap-use-namespaces' | ||
| 1406 | server variable to non-nil. | ||
| 1407 | |||
| 1408 | +++ | ||
| 1409 | *** A prefix argument to 'gnus-summary-limit-to-score' will limit reverse. | ||
| 1410 | Limit to articles with score at below. | ||
| 1411 | |||
| 1412 | *** The function 'gnus-score-find-favorite-words' has been renamed | ||
| 1413 | from 'gnus-score-find-favourite-words'. | ||
| 1414 | |||
| 1415 | --- | ||
| 1416 | *** Gmane has been removed as an nnir backend, since Gmane no longer | ||
| 1417 | has a search engine. | ||
| 1418 | |||
| 1419 | +++ | ||
| 1420 | *** Splitting mail on common mailing list headers has been added. | ||
| 1421 | See the concept index in the Gnus manual for the 'match-list' entry. | ||
| 1422 | |||
| 1423 | +++ | ||
| 1424 | *** nil is no longer an allowed value for 'mm-text-html-renderer'. | ||
| 1425 | |||
| 1426 | +++ | ||
| 1427 | The default value of 'mm-inline-large-images' has changed from nil to | ||
| 1428 | 'resize', which means that large images will be resized instead of | ||
| 1429 | displayed with an external program by default. | ||
| 1430 | |||
| 1431 | +++ | ||
| 1432 | *** A new Gnus summary mode command, 'S A' | ||
| 1433 | ('gnus-summary-attach-article') can be used to attach the current | ||
| 1434 | article(s) to a pre-existing Message buffer, or create a new Message | ||
| 1435 | buffer with the article(s) attached. | ||
| 1436 | |||
| 1437 | +++ | ||
| 1438 | *** A new Gnus summary mode command, 'w' | ||
| 1439 | ('gnus-summary-browse-url') scans the article buffer for URLs, and | ||
| 1440 | offers them to the user to open with 'browse-url'. | ||
| 1441 | |||
| 1442 | --- | ||
| 1443 | *** New user option 'nnir-notmuch-filter-group-names-function'. | ||
| 1444 | This option controls whether and how to use Gnus search groups as | ||
| 1445 | 'path:' search terms to 'notmuch'. | ||
| 1446 | |||
| 1447 | --- | ||
| 1448 | *** The buttons in the Gnus article buffer were formerly widgets | ||
| 1449 | (i.e., buttons from widget.el). This has now changed, and they are | ||
| 1450 | now buttons (from button.el), and commands like 'TAB' now search for | ||
| 1451 | buttons instead of widgets. There should be no user-visible changes, | ||
| 1452 | but out-of-tree code that relied on widgets being present might now | ||
| 1453 | fail. | ||
| 1454 | |||
| 1455 | ** erc | ||
| 1456 | |||
| 1457 | --- | ||
| 1458 | *** New hook 'erc-insert-done-hook'. | ||
| 1459 | This hook is called after strings have been inserted into the buffer, | ||
| 1460 | and is free to alter point and window configurations, as it's not | ||
| 1461 | called from inside a 'save-excursion', as opposed to | ||
| 1462 | 'erc-insert-post-hook'. | ||
| 1463 | |||
| 1464 | --- | ||
| 1465 | *** 'erc-button-google-url' has been renamed to 'erc-button-search-url' | ||
| 1466 | and its value has been changed to Duck Duck Go. | ||
| 1467 | |||
| 1468 | --- | ||
| 1469 | *** 'erc-send-pre-hook' and 'erc-send-this' have been obsoleted. | ||
| 1470 | The user option to use instead to alter text to be sent is now | ||
| 1471 | 'erc-pre-send-functions'. | ||
| 1472 | |||
| 1473 | ** EUDC | ||
| 1474 | |||
| 1475 | *** XEmacs support has been removed. | ||
| 1476 | |||
| 1477 | ** eww/shr | ||
| 1478 | |||
| 1479 | +++ | ||
| 1480 | *** The new user option 'shr-cookie-policy' can be used to control | ||
| 1481 | when to use cookies when fetching embedded images. The default is to | ||
| 1482 | use them when the images are from the same domain as the main HTML | ||
| 1483 | document. | ||
| 1484 | |||
| 1485 | +++ | ||
| 1486 | *** The 'eww' command can now create a new EWW buffer. | ||
| 1487 | Invoking the command with a prefix argument will cause it to create a | ||
| 1488 | new EWW buffer for the URL instead of reusing the default one. | ||
| 1489 | |||
| 1490 | +++ | ||
| 1491 | *** Clicking with the Ctrl key or 'C-u RET' on a link opens a new tab | ||
| 1492 | when tab-bar-mode is enabled. | ||
| 1493 | |||
| 1494 | +++ | ||
| 1495 | *** The 'd' ('eww-download') command now falls back to current page's URL. | ||
| 1496 | If this command is invoked with no URL at point, it now downloads the | ||
| 1497 | current page instead of signaling an error. | ||
| 1498 | |||
| 1499 | *** When opening external links in eww/shr (typically with the | ||
| 1500 | 'C-u RET' keystroke on a link), the link will be flashed with the new | ||
| 1501 | 'shr-selected-link' face to give the user feedback that the command | ||
| 1502 | has been executed. | ||
| 1503 | |||
| 1504 | +++ | ||
| 1505 | *** New user option 'shr-discard-aria-hidden'. | ||
| 1506 | If set, shr will not render tags with attribute 'aria-hidden="true"'. | ||
| 1507 | This attribute is meant to tell screen readers to ignore a tag. | ||
| 1508 | |||
| 1509 | +++ | ||
| 1510 | *** 'shr-external-browser' has been made into an obsolete alias | ||
| 1511 | of 'browse-url-secondary-browser-function'. | ||
| 1512 | |||
| 1513 | --- | ||
| 1514 | *** 'shr-tag-ol' now respects the ordered list 'start' attribute. | ||
| 1515 | |||
| 1516 | --- | ||
| 1517 | *** The following tags are now handled: '<code>', '<abbr>', and '<acronym>'. | ||
| 1518 | |||
| 1519 | ** Htmlfontify | ||
| 1520 | |||
| 1521 | *** The functions 'hfy-color', 'hfy-color-vals' and | ||
| 1522 | 'hfy-fallback-color-values' and the variables 'hfy-fallback-color-map' | ||
| 1523 | and 'hfy-rgb-txt-color-map' have been renamed from names that used | ||
| 1524 | 'colour' instead of 'color'. | ||
| 1525 | |||
| 1526 | +++ | ||
| 1527 | ** Enriched mode supports the 'charset' text property. | ||
| 1528 | You can add or modify the 'charset' text properties of text using the | ||
| 1529 | 'Edit->Text Properties->Special Properties' menu, or by invoking the | ||
| 1530 | 'facemenu-set-charset' command. Documents in Enriched mode will be | ||
| 1531 | saved with the charset properties, and those properties will be | ||
| 1532 | restored when the file is visited. | ||
| 1533 | |||
| 1534 | ** Smtpmail | ||
| 1535 | |||
| 1536 | *** Authentication mechanisms can be added via external packages, by | ||
| 1537 | defining new 'cl-defmethod' of 'smtpmail-try-auth-method'. | ||
| 1538 | |||
| 1539 | *** To always force smtpmail to send credentials over on the first | ||
| 1540 | attempt when communicating with the SMTP server(s), the | ||
| 1541 | 'smtpmail-servers-requiring-authorization' user option can be used. | ||
| 1542 | |||
| 1543 | +++ | ||
| 1544 | *** smtpmail will now try resending mail when getting a transient 4xx | ||
| 1545 | error message from the SMTP server. The new 'smtpmail-retries' | ||
| 1546 | user option says how many times to retry. | ||
| 1547 | |||
| 1548 | ** Footnote mode | ||
| 1549 | |||
| 1550 | *** Support Hebrew-style footnotes | ||
| 1551 | *** Footnote text lines are now aligned. | ||
| 1552 | Can be controlled via the new user option 'footnote-align-to-fn-text'. | ||
| 1553 | |||
| 1554 | ** CSS mode | ||
| 1555 | |||
| 1556 | --- | ||
| 1557 | *** A new command 'css-cycle-color-format' for cycling between color | ||
| 1558 | formats (e.g. "black" => "#000000" => "rgb(0, 0, 0)") has been added, | ||
| 1559 | bound to 'C-c C-f'. | ||
| 1560 | |||
| 1561 | --- | ||
| 1562 | *** CSS mode, SCSS mode, and Less CSS mode now have support for Imenu. | ||
| 1563 | |||
| 1564 | ** SGML mode | ||
| 1565 | |||
| 1566 | --- | ||
| 1567 | *** 'sgml-quote' now handles double quotes and apostrophes | ||
| 1568 | when escaping text and in addition all numeric entities when | ||
| 1569 | unescaping text. | ||
| 1570 | |||
| 1571 | ** Python mode | ||
| 1572 | |||
| 1573 | --- | ||
| 1574 | *** Python mode supports three different font lock decoration levels. | ||
| 1575 | The maximum level is used by default; customize | ||
| 1576 | 'font-lock-maximum-decoration' to tone down the decoration. | ||
| 1577 | |||
| 1578 | --- | ||
| 1579 | *** New user option 'python-pdbtrack-kill-buffers'. | ||
| 1580 | If non-nil, the default, buffers opened during pdbtracking session are | ||
| 1581 | killed when pdbtracking session is finished. | ||
| 1582 | |||
| 1583 | --- | ||
| 1584 | *** New function 'python-shell-send-region'. | ||
| 1585 | It send the statement delimited by 'python-nav-beginning-of-statement' and | ||
| 1586 | 'python-nav-end-of-statement' to the inferior Python process. | ||
| 1587 | |||
| 1588 | |||
| 1589 | ** Help | ||
| 1590 | |||
| 1591 | --- | ||
| 1592 | *** Description of variables and functions give an estimated first release. | ||
| 1593 | |||
| 1594 | --- | ||
| 1595 | *** Output format of 'C-h l' ('view-lossage') has changed. | ||
| 1596 | For convenience, 'view-lossage' now displays the last keystrokes | ||
| 1597 | and commands in the same format as the edit buffer of | ||
| 1598 | 'edit-last-kbd-macro'. This makes it possible to copy the lines from | ||
| 1599 | the buffer generated by 'view-lossage' to the "*Edit Macro*" buffer | ||
| 1600 | created by 'edit-last-kbd-macro', and to save the macro by 'C-c C-c'. | ||
| 1601 | |||
| 1602 | --- | ||
| 1603 | *** The list of help commands produced by 'C-h C-h' ('help-for-help') | ||
| 1604 | can now be searched via 'C-s'. | ||
| 1605 | |||
| 1606 | ** Ibuffer | ||
| 1607 | |||
| 1608 | --- | ||
| 1609 | *** New filter 'ibuffer-filter-by-process'; bound to '/ E'. | ||
| 1610 | |||
| 1611 | --- | ||
| 1612 | *** All mode filters can now accept a list of symbols. | ||
| 1613 | This means you can now easily filter several major modes, as well | ||
| 1614 | as a single mode. | ||
| 1615 | |||
| 1616 | ** Search and Replace | ||
| 1617 | |||
| 1618 | *** Isearch supports a prefix argument for 'C-s' ('isearch-repeat-forward') | ||
| 1619 | and 'C-r' ('isearch-repeat-backward'). With a prefix argument, these | ||
| 1620 | commands repeat the search for the specified occurrence of the search string. | ||
| 1621 | A negative argument repeats the search in the opposite direction. | ||
| 1622 | This makes possible also to use a prefix argument for 'M-s .' | ||
| 1623 | ('isearch-forward-symbol-at-point') to find the next Nth symbol. | ||
| 1624 | Also a prefix argument is supported for 'isearch-yank-until-char', | ||
| 1625 | 'isearch-yank-word-or-char', 'isearch-yank-symbol-or-char'. | ||
| 1626 | |||
| 1627 | *** To go to the first/last occurrence of the current search string | ||
| 1628 | is possible now with new commands 'isearch-beginning-of-buffer' and | ||
| 1629 | 'isearch-end-of-buffer' bound to 'M-s M-<' and 'M-s M->' in Isearch. | ||
| 1630 | With a numeric argument, they go to the Nth absolute occurrence | ||
| 1631 | counting from the beginning/end of the buffer. This complements | ||
| 1632 | 'C-s'/'C-r' that searches for the next Nth relative occurrence | ||
| 1633 | with a numeric argument. | ||
| 1634 | |||
| 1635 | *** 'isearch-lazy-count' shows the current match number and total number | ||
| 1636 | of matches in the Isearch prompt. User options | ||
| 1637 | 'lazy-count-prefix-format' and 'lazy-count-suffix-format' define the | ||
| 1638 | format of the current and the total number of matches in the prompt's | ||
| 1639 | prefix and suffix respectively. | ||
| 1640 | |||
| 1641 | *** 'lazy-highlight-buffer' highlights matches in the full buffer. | ||
| 1642 | It is useful in combination with 'lazy-highlight-cleanup' customized to nil | ||
| 1643 | to leave matches highlighted in the whole buffer after exiting isearch. | ||
| 1644 | Also when 'lazy-highlight-buffer' prepares highlighting in the buffer, | ||
| 1645 | navigation through the matches without flickering is more smooth. | ||
| 1646 | 'lazy-highlight-buffer-max-at-a-time' controls the number of matches to | ||
| 1647 | highlight in one iteration while processing the full buffer. | ||
| 1648 | |||
| 1649 | +++ | ||
| 1650 | *** New isearch bindings. | ||
| 1651 | |||
| 1652 | 'C-M-z' invokes new function 'isearch-yank-until-char', which yanks | ||
| 1653 | everything from point up to but not including the specified | ||
| 1654 | character into the search string. This is especially useful for | ||
| 1655 | keyboard macros. | ||
| 1656 | |||
| 1657 | 'C-M-w' in isearch changed from 'isearch-del-char' to the new function | ||
| 1658 | 'isearch-yank-symbol-or-char'. 'isearch-del-char' is now bound to | ||
| 1659 | 'C-M-d'. | ||
| 1660 | |||
| 1661 | +++ | ||
| 1662 | 'M-s h l' invokes 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp' using the search | ||
| 1663 | string to highlight lines matching the search string. This is similar | ||
| 1664 | to the existing binding 'M-s h r' ('highlight-regexp') that highlights | ||
| 1665 | JUST the search string. | ||
| 1666 | |||
| 1667 | +++ | ||
| 1668 | *** New user option 'isearch-yank-on-move' provides options 't' and 'shift' | ||
| 1669 | to extend the search string by yanking text that ends at the new | ||
| 1670 | position after moving point in the current buffer. 'shift' extends | ||
| 1671 | the search string by motion commands while holding down the shift key. | ||
| 1672 | |||
| 1673 | *** 'isearch-allow-scroll' provides new option 'unlimited' to allow | ||
| 1674 | scrolling any distance off screen. | ||
| 1675 | |||
| 1676 | --- | ||
| 1677 | *** Isearch now remembers the regexp-based search mode for words/symbols | ||
| 1678 | and case-sensitivity together with search strings in the search ring. | ||
| 1679 | |||
| 1680 | --- | ||
| 1681 | *** Isearch now has its own tool-bar and menu-bar menu. | ||
| 1682 | |||
| 1683 | +++ | ||
| 1684 | *** 'flush-lines' prints and returns the number of deleted matching lines. | ||
| 1685 | |||
| 1686 | --- | ||
| 1687 | *** 'char-fold-to-regexp' now matches more variants of a base character. | ||
| 1688 | The table used to check for equivalence of characters is now built | ||
| 1689 | using the complete chain of unicode decompositions of a character, | ||
| 1690 | rather than stopping after one level, such that searching for | ||
| 1691 | e.g. "GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA" will now also find "GREEK SMALL LETTER | ||
| 1692 | IOTA WITH OXIA". | ||
| 1693 | |||
| 1694 | +++ | ||
| 1695 | *** New char-folding options: 'char-fold-include' lets you add ad hoc | ||
| 1696 | foldings, 'char-fold-exclude' to remove foldings from default decomposition, | ||
| 1697 | and 'char-fold-symmetric' to search for any of an equivalence class of | ||
| 1698 | characters. For example, with a 'nil' value of 'char-fold-symmetric' | ||
| 1699 | you can search for "e" to find "é", but not vice versa. With a non-nil | ||
| 1700 | value you can search for either, for example, you can search for "é" | ||
| 1701 | to find "e". | ||
| 1702 | |||
| 1703 | ** Debugger | ||
| 1704 | |||
| 1705 | +++ | ||
| 1706 | *** The Lisp Debugger is now based on 'backtrace-mode'. | ||
| 1707 | Backtrace mode adds fontification and commands for changing the | ||
| 1708 | appearance of backtrace frames. See the node "(elisp) Backtraces" in | ||
| 1709 | the Elisp manual for documentation of the new mode and its commands. | ||
| 1710 | |||
| 1711 | ** Edebug | ||
| 1712 | |||
| 1713 | +++ | ||
| 1714 | *** 'edebug-eval-last-sexp' and 'edebug-eval-print-last-sexp' interactively | ||
| 1715 | now take a zero prefix analogously to the non-Edebug counterparts. | ||
| 1716 | |||
| 1717 | +++ | ||
| 1718 | *** New faces 'edebug-enabled-breakpoint' and 'edebug-disabled-breakpoint'. | ||
| 1719 | When setting breakpoints in Edebug, an overlay with these faces are | ||
| 1720 | placed over the point in question, depending on whether they are | ||
| 1721 | enabled or not. | ||
| 1722 | |||
| 1723 | +++ | ||
| 1724 | *** New command 'edebug-toggle-disable-breakpoint'. | ||
| 1725 | This command allows you to disable a breakpoint temporarily. This is | ||
| 1726 | mainly useful with breakpoints that are conditional and would take | ||
| 1727 | some time to recreate. | ||
| 1728 | |||
| 1729 | +++ | ||
| 1730 | *** New command 'edebug-unset-breakpoints'. | ||
| 1731 | To clear all breakpoints in the current form, the 'U' command in | ||
| 1732 | 'edebug-mode', or 'M-x edebug-unset-breakpoints' can be used. | ||
| 1733 | |||
| 1734 | --- | ||
| 1735 | *** Re-instrumenting a function with Edebug will now try to preserve | ||
| 1736 | previously-set breakpoints. If the code has changed substantially, | ||
| 1737 | this may not be possible. | ||
| 1738 | |||
| 1739 | +++ | ||
| 1740 | *** New command 'edebug-remove-instrumentation. | ||
| 1741 | This command removes Edebug instrumentation from all functions that | ||
| 1742 | have been instrumented. | ||
| 1743 | |||
| 1744 | +++ | ||
| 1745 | *** The runtime behavior of Edebug's instrumentation can be changed | ||
| 1746 | using the new variables 'edebug-behavior-alist', | ||
| 1747 | 'edebug-after-instrumentation-function' and | ||
| 1748 | 'edebug-new-definition-function'. Edebug's behavior can be changed | ||
| 1749 | globally or for individual definitions. | ||
| 1750 | |||
| 1751 | +++ | ||
| 1752 | *** Edebug's backtrace buffer now uses 'backtrace-mode'. | ||
| 1753 | Backtrace mode adds fontification, links and commands for changing the | ||
| 1754 | appearance of backtrace frames. See the node "(elisp) Backtraces" in | ||
| 1755 | the Elisp manual for documentation of the new mode and its commands. | ||
| 1756 | |||
| 1757 | The binding of 'd' in Edebug's keymap is now 'edebug-pop-to-backtrace' | ||
| 1758 | which replaces 'edebug-backtrace'. Consequently Edebug's backtrace | ||
| 1759 | windows now behave like those of the Lisp Debugger and of ERT, in that | ||
| 1760 | when they appear they will be the selected window. | ||
| 1761 | |||
| 1762 | The new 'backtrace-goto-source' command, bound to 's', works in | ||
| 1763 | Edebug's backtraces on backtrace frames whose source code has | ||
| 1764 | been instrumented by Edebug. | ||
| 1765 | |||
| 1766 | ** Enhanced xterm support | ||
| 1767 | |||
| 1768 | *** New user option 'xterm-set-window-title' controls whether Emacs sets | ||
| 1769 | the XTerm window title. This feature is experimental and is disabled | ||
| 1770 | by default. | ||
| 1771 | |||
| 1772 | ** Grep | ||
| 1773 | |||
| 1774 | +++ | ||
| 1775 | *** 'rgrep', 'lgrep' and 'zrgrep' now hide part of the command line | ||
| 1776 | that contains a list of ignored directories and files. | ||
| 1777 | Clicking on the button with ellipsis unhides it. | ||
| 1778 | The abbreviation can be disabled by the new user option | ||
| 1779 | 'grep-find-abbreviate'. The new command | ||
| 1780 | 'grep-find-toggle-abbreviation' toggles it interactively. | ||
| 1781 | |||
| 1782 | *** 'grep-find-use-xargs' is now customizable with sorting options. | ||
| 1783 | |||
| 1784 | ** ERT | ||
| 1785 | |||
| 1786 | +++ | ||
| 1787 | *** New variable 'ert-quiet' allows to make ERT output in batch mode | ||
| 1788 | less verbose by removing non-essential information. | ||
| 1789 | |||
| 1790 | +++ | ||
| 1791 | *** ERT's backtrace buffer now uses 'backtrace-mode'. | ||
| 1792 | Backtrace mode adds fontification and commands for changing the | ||
| 1793 | appearance of backtrace frames. See the node "(elisp) Backtraces" in | ||
| 1794 | the Elisp manual for documentation of the new mode and its commands. | ||
| 1795 | |||
| 1796 | ** Gamegrid | ||
| 1797 | |||
| 1798 | --- | ||
| 1799 | *** Gamegrid now determines its default glyph size based on display | ||
| 1800 | dimensions, instead of always using 16 pixels. As a result, Tetris, | ||
| 1801 | Snake and Pong are more playable on HiDPI displays. | ||
| 1802 | |||
| 1803 | --- | ||
| 1804 | *** 'gamegrid-add-score' can now sort scores from lower to higher. | ||
| 1805 | This is useful for games where lower scores are better, like time-based games. | ||
| 1806 | |||
| 1807 | ** Filecache | ||
| 1808 | |||
| 1809 | --- | ||
| 1810 | *** Completing filenames in the minibuffer via 'C-TAB' now uses the | ||
| 1811 | styles as configured by the user option 'completion-styles'. | ||
| 1812 | |||
| 1813 | ** New macros 'thunk-let' and 'thunk-let*'. | ||
| 1814 | These macros are analogue to 'let' and 'let*', but create bindings that | ||
| 1815 | are evaluated lazily. | ||
| 1816 | |||
| 1817 | ** next-error | ||
| 1818 | |||
| 1819 | +++ | ||
| 1820 | *** New user option 'next-error-find-buffer-function'. | ||
| 1821 | The value should be a function that determines how to find the | ||
| 1822 | next buffer to be used by 'next-error' and 'previous-error'. The | ||
| 1823 | default is to use the last buffer that navigated to the current | ||
| 1824 | error. | ||
| 1825 | |||
| 1826 | +++ | ||
| 1827 | *** New command 'next-error-select-buffer'. | ||
| 1828 | It can be used to set any buffer as the next one to be used by | ||
| 1829 | 'next-error' and 'previous-error'. | ||
| 1830 | |||
| 1831 | ** nxml-mode | ||
| 1832 | |||
| 1833 | --- | ||
| 1834 | *** The default value of 'nxml-sexp-element-flag' is now t. | ||
| 1835 | This means that pressing 'C-M-SPACE' now selects the entire tree by | ||
| 1836 | default, and not just the opening element. | ||
| 1837 | |||
| 1838 | ** Eshell | ||
| 1839 | |||
| 1840 | *** TAB completion uses the standard 'completion-at-point' rather than | ||
| 1841 | 'pcomplete'. Its UI is slightly different but can be customized to | ||
| 1842 | behave similarly, e.g. Pcomplete's default cycling can be obtained | ||
| 1843 | with '(setq completion-cycle-threshold 5)'. | ||
| 1844 | |||
| 1845 | --- | ||
| 1846 | *** Eshell no longer re-initializes its keymap every call. | ||
| 1847 | This allows users to use (define-key eshell-mode-map ...) as usual. | ||
| 1848 | Some modules have their own minor mode now to account for these | ||
| 1849 | changes. | ||
| 1850 | |||
| 1851 | +++ | ||
| 1852 | *** Expansion of history event designators is disabled by default. | ||
| 1853 | To restore the old behavior, use | ||
| 1854 | |||
| 1855 | (add-hook 'eshell-expand-input-functions | ||
| 1856 | #'eshell-expand-history-references) | ||
| 1857 | |||
| 1858 | --- | ||
| 1859 | *** The function 'eshell-uniquify-list' has been renamed from | ||
| 1860 | 'eshell-uniqify-list'. | ||
| 1861 | |||
| 1862 | *** The function 'eshell/kill' is now able to handle signal switches. | ||
| 1863 | Previously 'eshell/kill' would fail if provided a kill signal to send | ||
| 1864 | to the process. It now accepts signals specified either by name or by | ||
| 1865 | its number. | ||
| 1866 | |||
| 1867 | --- | ||
| 1868 | *** Emacs now follows symlinks in history-related files. | ||
| 1869 | The files specified by 'eshell-history-file-name' and | ||
| 1870 | 'eshell-last-dir-ring-file-name' can include symlinks; these are now | ||
| 1871 | followed when Emacs writes the relevant history variables to the disk. | ||
| 1872 | |||
| 1873 | ** Shell | ||
| 1874 | |||
| 1875 | --- | ||
| 1876 | *** Program name completion inside remote shells works now as expected. | ||
| 1877 | |||
| 1878 | +++ | ||
| 1879 | *** The user option 'shell-file-name' can be set now as connection-local | ||
| 1880 | variable for remote shells. It still defaults to "/bin/sh". | ||
| 1881 | |||
| 1882 | ** Single shell commands | ||
| 1883 | |||
| 1884 | +++ | ||
| 1885 | *** 'async-shell-command-width' defines the number of display columns | ||
| 1886 | available for output of asynchronous shell commands. | ||
| 1887 | |||
| 1888 | +++ | ||
| 1889 | *** Prompt for shell commands can now show the current directory. | ||
| 1890 | Customize the new user option 'shell-command-prompt-show-cwd' to enable it. | ||
| 1891 | |||
| 1892 | ** Pcomplete | ||
| 1893 | |||
| 1894 | *** The 'pcomplete' command is now obsolete. | ||
| 1895 | The Pcomplete functionality can be obtained via 'completion-at-point' | ||
| 1896 | instead, by adding 'pcomplete-completions-at-point' to | ||
| 1897 | 'completion-at-point-functions'. | ||
| 1898 | |||
| 1899 | *** The function 'pcomplete-uniquify-list' has been renamed from | ||
| 1900 | 'pcomplete-uniqify-list'. | ||
| 1901 | |||
| 1902 | --- | ||
| 1903 | *** 'pcomplete/make' now completes on targets in included files, recursively. | ||
| 1904 | To recover the previous behavior, set new user option | ||
| 1905 | 'pcmpl-gnu-makefile-includes' to nil. | ||
| 1906 | |||
| 1907 | ** Auth-source | ||
| 1908 | |||
| 1909 | --- | ||
| 1910 | *** The Secret Service backend supports the ':create' key now. | ||
| 1911 | |||
| 1912 | *** ".authinfo" and ".netrc" files now use a new mode: 'authinfo-mode'. | ||
| 1913 | This is just like 'fundamental-mode', except that it hides passwords | ||
| 1914 | under a "****" display property. When the cursor moves to this text, | ||
| 1915 | the real password is revealed (via 'reveal-mode'). The new | ||
| 1916 | 'authinfo-hidden' user option can be used to control what to hide. | ||
| 1917 | |||
| 1918 | ** Tramp | ||
| 1919 | |||
| 1920 | +++ | ||
| 1921 | *** New connection method "nextcloud", which allows to access OwnCloud | ||
| 1922 | or NextCloud hosted files and directories. | ||
| 1923 | |||
| 1924 | +++ | ||
| 1925 | *** New connection method "rclone", which allows to access system | ||
| 1926 | storages via the 'rclone' program. This feature is experimental. | ||
| 1927 | |||
| 1928 | +++ | ||
| 1929 | *** New connection method "sudoedit", which allows to edit local files | ||
| 1930 | with different user credentials. Contrary to the "sudo" method, no | ||
| 1931 | session is run permanently in the background. This is for security | ||
| 1932 | reasons. | ||
| 1933 | |||
| 1934 | +++ | ||
| 1935 | *** Connection methods "obex" and "synce" are removed, because they | ||
| 1936 | are obsoleted in GVFS. | ||
| 1937 | |||
| 1938 | +++ | ||
| 1939 | *** Validated passwords are saved by auth-source backends which support this. | ||
| 1940 | |||
| 1941 | +++ | ||
| 1942 | *** During user and host name completion in the minibuffer, results | ||
| 1943 | from auth-source search are taken into account. This can be disabled | ||
| 1944 | by setting the user option 'tramp-completion-use-auth-sources' to nil. | ||
| 1945 | |||
| 1946 | +++ | ||
| 1947 | *** The user option 'tramp-ignored-file-name-regexp' allows to disable | ||
| 1948 | Tramp for some look-alike remote file names. | ||
| 1949 | |||
| 1950 | +++ | ||
| 1951 | *** For some connection methods, like "su" or "sudo", the host name in | ||
| 1952 | ad-hoc multi-hop file names must match the previous hop. Default host | ||
| 1953 | names are adjusted to the host name from the previous hop. | ||
| 1954 | |||
| 1955 | +++ | ||
| 1956 | *** For the connection methods "sudo" and "doas" there exists a | ||
| 1957 | timeout, after which the underlying session is disabled. This is for | ||
| 1958 | security reasons. | ||
| 1959 | |||
| 1960 | +++ | ||
| 1961 | *** For some connection methods, like "sshx" or "plink", it is | ||
| 1962 | possible to configure the remote login shell. This avoids problems | ||
| 1963 | with remote hosts, where "/bin/sh" is a link to a shell which | ||
| 1964 | cooperates badly with Tramp. | ||
| 1965 | |||
| 1966 | +++ | ||
| 1967 | *** New commands 'tramp-rename-files' and 'tramp-rename-these-files'. | ||
| 1968 | They allow to save remote files somewhere else when the corresponding | ||
| 1969 | host is not reachable anymore. | ||
| 1970 | |||
| 1971 | ** Rcirc | ||
| 1972 | |||
| 1973 | --- | ||
| 1974 | *** New user option 'rcirc-url-max-length'. | ||
| 1975 | Setting this option to an integer causes URLs displayed in Rcirc | ||
| 1976 | buffers to be truncated to that many characters. | ||
| 1977 | |||
| 1978 | --- | ||
| 1979 | *** The default '/quit' and '/part' reasons are now configurable. | ||
| 1980 | Two new user options are provided for this: | ||
| 1981 | 'rcirc-default-part-reason' and 'rcirc-default-quit-reason'. | ||
| 1982 | |||
| 1983 | ** Register | ||
| 1984 | |||
| 1985 | --- | ||
| 1986 | *** The return value of method 'register-val-describe' includes the | ||
| 1987 | names of buffers shown by the windows of a window configuration. | ||
| 1988 | |||
| 1989 | --- | ||
| 1990 | ** The options.el library has been removed. | ||
| 1991 | It was obsolete since Emacs 22.1, replaced by customize. | ||
| 1992 | |||
| 1993 | ** The tls.el and starttls.el libraries are now marked obsolete. | ||
| 1994 | Use of built-in libgnutls based functionality (described in the Emacs | ||
| 1995 | GnuTLS manual) is recommended instead. | ||
| 1996 | |||
| 1997 | ** Message | ||
| 1998 | |||
| 1999 | *** Completion of email addresses can use the standard completion UI | ||
| 2000 | This is controlled by 'message-expand-name-standard-ui'. | ||
| 2001 | With the standard UI the different sources (ecomplete, bbdb, and eudc) | ||
| 2002 | are matched together and try to obey 'completion-styles'. | ||
| 2003 | It should work for other completion front ends like Company. | ||
| 2004 | |||
| 2005 | *** 'message-mode' now supports highlighting citations of different depths. | ||
| 2006 | This can be customized via the new user option | ||
| 2007 | 'message-cite-level-function' and the new 'message-cited-text-*' faces. | ||
| 2008 | |||
| 2009 | +++ | ||
| 2010 | *** Messages can now be systematically encrypted | ||
| 2011 | when the PGP keyring contains a public key for every recipient. To | ||
| 2012 | achieve this, add 'message-sign-encrypt-if-all-keys-available' to | ||
| 2013 | 'message-send-hook'. | ||
| 2014 | |||
| 2015 | --- | ||
| 2016 | *** When replying a message that have addresses on the form | ||
| 2017 | '"foo@bar.com" <foo@bar.com>', Message will elide the repeated "name" | ||
| 2018 | from the address field in the response. | ||
| 2019 | |||
| 2020 | --- | ||
| 2021 | *** The default of 'message-forward-as-mime' has changed from t to nil | ||
| 2022 | as it has been reported that many recipients can't read forwards that | ||
| 2023 | are formatted as MIME digests. | ||
| 2024 | |||
| 2025 | +++ | ||
| 2026 | *** 'message-forward-included-headers' has changed its default to | ||
| 2027 | exclude most headers when forwarding. | ||
| 2028 | |||
| 2029 | *** 'mml-secure-openpgp-sign-with-sender' sets also "gpg --sender" | ||
| 2030 | When 'mml-secure-openpgp-sign-with-sender' is non-nil message sender's | ||
| 2031 | email address (in addition to its old behavior) will also be used to | ||
| 2032 | set gpg's "--sender email@domain" option. | ||
| 2033 | |||
| 2034 | The option is useful for two reasons when verifying the signature: | ||
| 2035 | |||
| 2036 | 1. GnuPG's TOFU statistics are updated for the specific user id | ||
| 2037 | (email) only. See gpg(1) man page about "--sender". | ||
| 2038 | |||
| 2039 | 2. GnuPG's '--auto-key-retrieve' functionality can use WKD (web key | ||
| 2040 | directory) method for finding the signer's key. You need GnuPG | ||
| 2041 | 2.2.17 to fully benefit from this feature. See gpg(1) man page for | ||
| 2042 | '--auto-key-retrieve'. | ||
| 2043 | |||
| 2044 | --- | ||
| 2045 | ** EasyPG | ||
| 2046 | |||
| 2047 | --- | ||
| 2048 | *** 'epa-pinentry-mode' is renamed to 'epg-pinentry-mode'. | ||
| 2049 | It now applies to epg functions as well as epa functions. | ||
| 2050 | |||
| 2051 | --- | ||
| 2052 | *** The alias functions 'epa--encode-coding-string', | ||
| 2053 | 'epa--decode-coding-string', and 'epa--select-safe-coding-system' have | ||
| 2054 | been removed. Use 'encode-coding-string', 'decode-coding-string', and | ||
| 2055 | 'select-safe-coding-system' instead. | ||
| 2056 | |||
| 2057 | *** 'epg-context' structure supports now 'sender' slot. | ||
| 2058 | The value of the new 'sender' slot (if a string) is used to set gpg's | ||
| 2059 | '--sender' option. This feature is used by | ||
| 2060 | 'mml-secure-openpgp-sign-with-sender'. See gpg(1) manual page about | ||
| 2061 | '--sender' for more information. | ||
| 2062 | |||
| 2063 | --- | ||
| 2064 | ** Rmail | ||
| 2065 | |||
| 2066 | +++ | ||
| 2067 | *** New user option 'rmail-output-reset-deleted-flag'. | ||
| 2068 | If this option is non-nil, messages appended to an output file by the | ||
| 2069 | 'rmail-output' command have their Deleted flag reset. | ||
| 2070 | |||
| 2071 | *** The command 'rmail-summary-by-senders' with an empty argument | ||
| 2072 | selects the messages to summarize with a regexp that matches the | ||
| 2073 | sender of the current message. | ||
| 2074 | |||
| 2075 | ** Threads | ||
| 2076 | |||
| 2077 | +++ | ||
| 2078 | *** New variable 'main-thread' holds Emacs's main thread. | ||
| 2079 | This is handy in Lisp programs that run on a non-main thread and want | ||
| 2080 | to signal the main thread, e.g., when they encounter an error. | ||
| 2081 | |||
| 2082 | +++ | ||
| 2083 | *** 'thread-join' returns the result of the finished thread now. | ||
| 2084 | |||
| 2085 | +++ | ||
| 2086 | *** 'thread-signal' does not propagate errors to the main thread. | ||
| 2087 | Instead, error messages are just printed in the main thread. | ||
| 2088 | |||
| 2089 | --- | ||
| 2090 | *** 'thread-alive-p' is now obsolete, use 'thread-live-p' instead. | ||
| 2091 | |||
| 2092 | +++ | ||
| 2093 | *** New command 'list-threads' shows Lisp threads. | ||
| 2094 | See the current list of live threads in a tabulated-list buffer which | ||
| 2095 | automatically updates. In the buffer, you can use 's q' or 's e' to | ||
| 2096 | signal a thread with quit or error respectively, or get a snapshot | ||
| 2097 | backtrace with 'b'. | ||
| 2098 | |||
| 2099 | ** thingatpt.el | ||
| 2100 | |||
| 2101 | --- | ||
| 2102 | *** 'thing-at-point' supports a new "thing" called 'uuid'. | ||
| 2103 | A symbol 'uuid' can be passed to 'thing-at-point' and it returns the | ||
| 2104 | UUID at point. | ||
| 2105 | |||
| 2106 | --- | ||
| 2107 | *** 'number-at-point' will now recognize hex numbers like 0xAb09 and #xAb09 | ||
| 2108 | and return them as numbers. | ||
| 2109 | |||
| 2110 | --- | ||
| 2111 | *** 'word-at-point' and 'sentence-at-point' accept NO-PROPERTIES. | ||
| 2112 | Just like 'thing-at-point' itself. | ||
| 2113 | |||
| 2114 | ** Interactive automatic highlighting | ||
| 2115 | |||
| 2116 | +++ | ||
| 2117 | *** 'highlight-regexp' can now highlight subexpressions. | ||
| 2118 | The new command accepts a prefix numeric argument to choose the | ||
| 2119 | subexpression. | ||
| 2120 | |||
| 2121 | ** Mouse display of minor mode menu | ||
| 2122 | |||
| 2123 | --- | ||
| 2124 | *** 'minor-mode-menu-from-indicator' now displays full minor mode name. | ||
| 2125 | When there is no menu for a mode, display the mode name after the | ||
| 2126 | indicator instead of just the indicator (which is sometimes cryptic). | ||
| 2127 | |||
| 2128 | ** rx | ||
| 2129 | |||
| 2130 | --- | ||
| 2131 | *** rx now handles raw bytes in character alternatives correctly, | ||
| 2132 | when given in a string. Previously, '(any "\x80-\xff")' would match | ||
| 2133 | characters U+0080...U+00FF. Now the expression matches raw bytes in | ||
| 2134 | the 128...255 range, as expected. | ||
| 2135 | |||
| 2136 | --- | ||
| 2137 | *** The rx 'or' and 'seq' forms no longer require any arguments. | ||
| 2138 | (or) produces a regexp that never matches anything, while (seq) | ||
| 2139 | matches the empty string, each being an identity for the operation. | ||
| 2140 | This also works for their aliases: '|' for 'or'; ':', 'and' and | ||
| 2141 | 'sequence' for 'seq'. | ||
| 2142 | The symbol 'unmatchable' can be used as an alternative to (or). | ||
| 2143 | |||
| 2144 | --- | ||
| 2145 | *** 'regexp' and new 'literal' accept arbitrary lisp as arguments. | ||
| 2146 | In this case, 'rx' will generate code which produces a regexp string | ||
| 2147 | at run time, instead of a constant string. | ||
| 2148 | |||
| 2149 | --- | ||
| 2150 | *** New rx extension mechanism: 'rx-define', 'rx-let', 'rx-let-eval'. | ||
| 2151 | These macros add new forms to the rx notation. | ||
| 2152 | |||
| 2153 | +++ | ||
| 2154 | *** 'anychar' is now an alias for 'anything'. | ||
| 2155 | Both match any single character; 'anychar' is more descriptive. | ||
| 2156 | |||
| 2157 | +++ | ||
| 2158 | *** New 'intersection' form for character sets. | ||
| 2159 | With 'or' and 'not', it can be used to compose character-matching | ||
| 2160 | expressions from simpler parts. | ||
| 2161 | |||
| 2162 | +++ | ||
| 2163 | *** 'not' argument can now be a character or single-char string. | ||
| 2164 | |||
| 2165 | ** Frames | ||
| 2166 | |||
| 2167 | +++ | ||
| 2168 | *** New command 'make-frame-on-monitor' makes a frame on the specified monitor. | ||
| 2169 | |||
| 2170 | +++ | ||
| 2171 | *** New value of 'minibuffer' frame parameter 'child-frame'. | ||
| 2172 | This allows to create and parent immediately a minibuffer-only child | ||
| 2173 | frame when making a frame. | ||
| 2174 | |||
| 2175 | --- | ||
| 2176 | *** New predicates 'display-blink-cursor-p' and 'display-symbol-keys-p'. | ||
| 2177 | These predicates are to be preferred over 'display-graphic-p' when | ||
| 2178 | testing for blinking cursor capability and the capability to have | ||
| 2179 | symbols (e.g., '[return]', '[tab]', '[backspace]') as keys respectively. | ||
| 2180 | |||
| 2181 | ** Tabulated List mode | ||
| 2182 | |||
| 2183 | +++ | ||
| 2184 | *** New user options for tabulated list sort indicators. | ||
| 2185 | You can now customize which sorting indicator character to display | ||
| 2186 | near the current column in Tabulated Lists (see user options | ||
| 2187 | 'tabulated-list-gui-sort-indicator-asc', | ||
| 2188 | 'tabulated-list-gui-sort-indicator-desc', | ||
| 2189 | 'tabulated-list-tty-sort-indicator-asc', and | ||
| 2190 | 'tabulated-list-tty-sort-indicator-desc'). | ||
| 2191 | |||
| 2192 | +++ | ||
| 2193 | *** Two new commands and keystrokes have been added to the tabulated | ||
| 2194 | list mode: 'w' (which widens the current column) and 'c' which makes | ||
| 2195 | the current column contract. | ||
| 2196 | |||
| 2197 | +++ | ||
| 2198 | *** New function 'tabulated-list-clear-all-tags'. | ||
| 2199 | This function clears all tags from the padding area in the current | ||
| 2200 | buffer. Tags are typically added by calling 'tabulated-list-put-tag'. | ||
| 2201 | |||
| 2202 | ** Text mode | ||
| 2203 | |||
| 2204 | +++ | ||
| 2205 | *** 'text-mode-variant' is now obsolete, use 'derived-mode-p' instead. | ||
| 2206 | |||
| 2207 | ** CUA mode | ||
| 2208 | |||
| 2209 | --- | ||
| 2210 | *** New user option 'cua-rectangle-terminal-modifier-key'. | ||
| 2211 | This user option allows for the customization of the modifier key used | ||
| 2212 | in a terminal frame. | ||
| 2213 | |||
| 2214 | ** JS mode | ||
| 2215 | |||
| 2216 | --- | ||
| 2217 | *** JSX syntax is now automatically detected and enabled. | ||
| 2218 | If a file imports Facebook's 'React' library, or if the file uses the | ||
| 2219 | extension '.jsx', then various features supporting XML-like syntax | ||
| 2220 | will be supported in 'js-mode' and derivative modes. ('js-jsx-mode' | ||
| 2221 | no longer needs to be enabled.) | ||
| 2222 | |||
| 2223 | --- | ||
| 2224 | *** New user option 'js-jsx-detect-syntax' disables automatic detection. | ||
| 2225 | This is turned on by default. | ||
| 2226 | |||
| 2227 | --- | ||
| 2228 | *** New user option 'js-jsx-syntax' enables JSX syntax unconditionally. | ||
| 2229 | This is off by default. | ||
| 2230 | |||
| 2231 | --- | ||
| 2232 | *** New variable 'js-jsx-regexps' controls JSX detection. | ||
| 2233 | |||
| 2234 | --- | ||
| 2235 | *** JSX syntax is now highlighted like SGML. | ||
| 2236 | |||
| 2237 | --- | ||
| 2238 | *** JSX code is properly indented in many more scenarios. | ||
| 2239 | Previously, JSX indentation usually only worked when an element was | ||
| 2240 | wrapped in parenthesis (e.g. in a 'return' statement or a function | ||
| 2241 | call). It would also fail in many intricate cases. Now, indentation | ||
| 2242 | should work anywhere without parenthesis; many more intricacies are | ||
| 2243 | supported; and, indentation conventions align more closely with those | ||
| 2244 | of the React developer community (see 'js-jsx-align->-with-<'), | ||
| 2245 | otherwise still adhering to SGML conventions. | ||
| 2246 | |||
| 2247 | --- | ||
| 2248 | *** New user option 'js-jsx-align->-with-<' controls '>' indents. | ||
| 2249 | Commonly in JSX code, a '>' on its own line is indented at the same | ||
| 2250 | level as its opening '<'. This is the new default for JSX. This | ||
| 2251 | behavior is slightly different than that used by SGML in Emacs, where | ||
| 2252 | '>' is indented at the same level as attributes, which was also the | ||
| 2253 | old default for JSX. | ||
| 2254 | |||
| 2255 | This is turned on by default. To get back the old default indentation | ||
| 2256 | behavior of aligning '>' with attributes, set 'js-jsx-align->-with-<' | ||
| 2257 | to nil. | ||
| 2258 | |||
| 2259 | --- | ||
| 2260 | *** Indentation uses 'js-indent-level' instead of 'sgml-basic-offset'. | ||
| 2261 | Since JSX is a syntax extension of JavaScript, it makes the most sense | ||
| 2262 | for JSX expressions to be indented the same number of spaces as other | ||
| 2263 | JS expressions. This is a breaking change, but it probably aligns | ||
| 2264 | with how you'd expect this indentation to behave. If you want JSX to | ||
| 2265 | be indented like JS, you won't need to change your config. | ||
| 2266 | |||
| 2267 | The old behavior can be emulated by controlling JSX indentation | ||
| 2268 | independently of JS, by setting 'js-jsx-indent-level'. | ||
| 2269 | |||
| 2270 | --- | ||
| 2271 | *** New user option 'js-jsx-indent-level' for different JSX indentation. | ||
| 2272 | If you wish to indent JSX by a different number of spaces than JS, set | ||
| 2273 | this user option to the desired number. | ||
| 2274 | |||
| 2275 | --- | ||
| 2276 | *** New user option 'js-jsx-attribute-offset' for JSX attribute indents. | ||
| 2277 | |||
| 2278 | --- | ||
| 2279 | *** New variable 'js-syntactic-mode-name' controls mode name display. | ||
| 2280 | Previously, the mode name was simply 'JavaScript'. Now, when a syntax | ||
| 2281 | extension like JSX is enabled, the mode name is 'JavaScript[JSX]'. | ||
| 2282 | Set this variable to nil to disable the new behavior. | ||
| 2283 | |||
| 2284 | --- | ||
| 2285 | *** New function 'js-use-syntactic-mode-name' for deriving modes. | ||
| 2286 | Packages deriving from 'js-mode' with 'define-derived-mode' should | ||
| 2287 | call this function to add enabled syntax extensions to their mode | ||
| 2288 | name, too. | ||
| 2289 | |||
| 2290 | ** Autorevert | ||
| 2291 | |||
| 2292 | *** New user option 'auto-revert-avoid-polling' for saving power. | ||
| 2293 | When set to a non-nil value, buffers in Auto Revert mode are no longer | ||
| 2294 | polled for changes periodically. This reduces the power consumption | ||
| 2295 | of an idle Emacs, but may fail on some network file systems; set | ||
| 2296 | 'auto-revert-notify-exclude-dir-regexp' to match files where | ||
| 2297 | notification is not supported. The default value is nil. | ||
| 2298 | |||
| 2299 | *** New variable 'buffer-auto-revert-by-notification' | ||
| 2300 | A major mode can declare that notification on the buffer's default | ||
| 2301 | directory is sufficient to know when updates are required, by setting | ||
| 2302 | the new variable 'buffer-auto-revert-by-notification' to a non-nil | ||
| 2303 | value. Auto Revert mode can use this information to avoid polling the | ||
| 2304 | buffer periodically when 'auto-revert-avoid-polling' is non-nil. | ||
| 2305 | |||
| 2306 | --- | ||
| 2307 | *** 'global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer' can now also be a predicate | ||
| 2308 | function that can be used for more fine-grained control of which | ||
| 2309 | buffers to auto-revert. | ||
| 2310 | |||
| 2311 | ** auth-source-pass | ||
| 2312 | |||
| 2313 | +++ | ||
| 2314 | *** New user option 'auth-source-pass-filename'. | ||
| 2315 | Allows setting the path to the password-store, defaults to | ||
| 2316 | "~/.password-store". | ||
| 2317 | |||
| 2318 | +++ | ||
| 2319 | *** New user option 'auth-source-pass-port-separator'. | ||
| 2320 | Specifies separator between host and port, defaults to colon ":". | ||
| 2321 | |||
| 2322 | --- | ||
| 2323 | *** Minimize the number of decryptions during password lookup. | ||
| 2324 | This makes the package usable with physical tokens requiring touching | ||
| 2325 | a sensor for every decryption. | ||
| 2326 | |||
| 2327 | --- | ||
| 2328 | *** 'auth-source-pass-get' is now autoloaded. | ||
| 2329 | |||
| 2330 | ** Bookmarks | ||
| 2331 | |||
| 2332 | --- | ||
| 2333 | *** 'bookmark-file' and 'bookmark-old-default-file' are now obsolete | ||
| 2334 | aliases of 'bookmark-default-file'. | ||
| 2335 | |||
| 2336 | *** New user option 'bookmark-watch-bookmark-file'. | ||
| 2337 | When non-nil, watch whether the bookmark file has changed on disk. | ||
| 2338 | |||
| 2339 | --- | ||
| 2340 | *** The old bookmark file format is no longer supported. | ||
| 2341 | This bookmark file format has not been used in Emacs since at least | ||
| 2342 | version 19.34, released in 1996, and will no longer be automatically | ||
| 2343 | converted to the new bookmark file format. | ||
| 2344 | |||
| 2345 | The following functions are now declared obsolete: | ||
| 2346 | bookmark-grok-file-format-version, bookmark-maybe-upgrade-file-format, | ||
| 2347 | bookmark-upgrade-file-format-from-0, bookmark-upgrade-version-0-alist | ||
| 2348 | |||
| 2349 | --- | ||
| 2350 | ** The mantemp.el library is now marked obsolete. | ||
| 2351 | This library generates manual C++ template instantiations. It should | ||
| 2352 | no longer be useful on modern compilers, which do this automatically. | ||
| 2353 | |||
| 2354 | ** Ispell | ||
| 2355 | |||
| 2356 | --- | ||
| 2357 | *** New hook 'ispell-change-dictionary-hook'. | ||
| 2358 | This runs after changing the dictionary and could be used to | ||
| 2359 | automatically spellcheck a buffer when changing language without | ||
| 2360 | needing to advice 'ispell-change-dictionary'. | ||
| 2361 | |||
| 2362 | ** scroll-lock | ||
| 2363 | |||
| 2364 | --- | ||
| 2365 | *** New command 'scroll-lock-next-line-always-scroll'. | ||
| 2366 | This command is bound to 'S-down' and scrolls the buffer up in | ||
| 2367 | particular when the end of the buffer is visible in the window. | ||
| 2368 | |||
| 2369 | ** mwheel.el | ||
| 2370 | |||
| 2371 | --- | ||
| 2372 | *** 'mwheel-install' is now obsolete. | ||
| 2373 | Use 'mouse-wheel-mode' instead. Note that 'mouse-wheel-mode' is | ||
| 2374 | already enabled by default on most graphical displays. | ||
| 2375 | |||
| 2376 | ** Gravatar | ||
| 2377 | |||
| 2378 | +++ | ||
| 2379 | *** 'gravatar-cache-ttl' is now a number of seconds. | ||
| 2380 | The previously used timestamp format of a list of integers is still | ||
| 2381 | supported, but is deprecated. The default value has not changed. | ||
| 2382 | |||
| 2383 | +++ | ||
| 2384 | *** 'gravatar-size' can now be nil. | ||
| 2385 | This results in the use of Gravatar's default size of 80 pixels. | ||
| 2386 | |||
| 2387 | +++ | ||
| 2388 | *** The default fallback gravatar is now configurable. | ||
| 2389 | This is possible using the new user options 'gravatar-default-image' | ||
| 2390 | and 'gravatar-force-default'. | ||
| 2391 | |||
| 2392 | ** ada-mode | ||
| 2393 | |||
| 2394 | *** The built-in ada-mode is now deleted. The GNU ELPA package is a | ||
| 2395 | good replacement, even in very large source files. | ||
| 2396 | |||
| 2397 | ** time-stamp | ||
| 2398 | |||
| 2399 | *** New '%5z' conversion for 'time-stamp-format' gives time zone offset. | ||
| 2400 | Specifying '%5z' in 'time-stamp-format' or 'time-stamp-pattern' | ||
| 2401 | expands to the time zone offset, e.g., '+0100'. The time zone used is | ||
| 2402 | specified by 'time-stamp-time-zone'. | ||
| 2403 | |||
| 2404 | Because this feature is new in Emacs 27.1, do not use it in the local | ||
| 2405 | variables section of any file that might be edited by an older version | ||
| 2406 | of Emacs. | ||
| 2407 | |||
| 2408 | *** Some conversions recommended for 'time-stamp-format' have changed. | ||
| 2409 | The new documented/recommended %-conversions are closer to those | ||
| 2410 | used by 'format-time-string' and are compatible at least as far back | ||
| 2411 | as Emacs 22.1 (released in 2007). | ||
| 2412 | |||
| 2413 | Uppercase abbreviated day name of week: was %3A, now %#a | ||
| 2414 | Full day name of week: was %:a, now %:A | ||
| 2415 | Uppercase abbreviated month name: was %3B, now %#b | ||
| 2416 | Full month name: was %:b, now %:B | ||
| 2417 | Four-digit year: was %:y, now %Y | ||
| 2418 | Lowercase timezone name: was %z, now %#Z | ||
| 2419 | Fully-qualified host name: was %s, now %Q | ||
| 2420 | Unqualified host name: (was none), now %q | ||
| 2421 | Login name: was %u, now %l | ||
| 2422 | User's full name: was %U, now %L | ||
| 2423 | |||
| 2424 | Merely having '(add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)' in your | ||
| 2425 | Emacs init file does not expose you to this change. However, | ||
| 2426 | if you set 'time-stamp-format' or 'time-stamp-pattern' with a | ||
| 2427 | file-local variable, you may need to update the value. | ||
| 2428 | |||
| 2429 | ** mode-local | ||
| 2430 | *** Declare 'define-overload' and 'define-child-mode' as obsolete | ||
| 2431 | *** Rename several internal functions to use a ''mode-local-' prefix | ||
| 2432 | |||
| 2433 | ** CC Mode | ||
| 2434 | |||
| 2435 | +++ | ||
| 2436 | *** You can now flag "wrong style" comments with font-lock-warning-face. | ||
| 2437 | To do this, use c-toggle-comment-style, if needed, to set the desired | ||
| 2438 | default comment style (block or line); then set the option | ||
| 2439 | c-mark-wrong-style-of-comment to non-nil. | ||
| 2440 | 38 | ||
| 2441 | 39 | ||
| 2442 | * New Modes and Packages in Emacs 27.1 | 40 | * New Modes and Packages in Emacs 28.1 |
| 2443 | |||
| 2444 | ** Tab Bars | ||
| 2445 | |||
| 2446 | +++ | ||
| 2447 | *** Tab Bar mode | ||
| 2448 | The new command 'tab-bar-mode' enables the tab bar at the top of each | ||
| 2449 | frame, where you can use tabs to switch between named persistent | ||
| 2450 | window configurations. | ||
| 2451 | |||
| 2452 | The 'C-x t' sequence is the new prefix key for tab-related commands: | ||
| 2453 | 'C-x t 2' creates a new tab; 'C-x t 0' deletes the current tab; | ||
| 2454 | 'C-x t b' switches to buffer in another tab; 'C-x t f' and 'C-x t C-f' | ||
| 2455 | edit file in another tab; and 'C-TAB' and 'S-C-TAB' switch to the next | ||
| 2456 | or previous tab. You can also switch between tabs and create/delete | ||
| 2457 | tabs with a mouse. | ||
| 2458 | |||
| 2459 | Tab-related commands are available even when 'tab-bar-mode' is | ||
| 2460 | disabled: by default, they enable 'tab-bar-mode' in that case. | ||
| 2461 | |||
| 2462 | The X resource "tabBar", class "TabBar" enables the tab bar | ||
| 2463 | when its value is "on", "yes" or "1". | ||
| 2464 | |||
| 2465 | The user option 'tab-bar-position' specifies where to show the tab bar. | ||
| 2466 | |||
| 2467 | Read the new Info node "(emacs) Tab Bars" for full description | ||
| 2468 | of all related features. | ||
| 2469 | |||
| 2470 | *** Tab Line mode | ||
| 2471 | The new command 'global-tab-line-mode' enables the tab line above each | ||
| 2472 | window, which you can use to switch buffers in the window. Selecting | ||
| 2473 | the previous window-local tab is the same as typing 'C-x <LEFT>' | ||
| 2474 | ('previous-buffer'), selecting the next tab is the same as 'C-x <RIGHT>' | ||
| 2475 | ('next-buffer'). Both commands support a numeric prefix argument as | ||
| 2476 | a repeat count. Clicking on the plus icon adds a new buffer to the | ||
| 2477 | window-local tab line of buffers. Using the mouse wheel on the tab | ||
| 2478 | line scrolls tabs. | ||
| 2479 | |||
| 2480 | ** fileloop.el lets one setup multifile operations like search&replace. | ||
| 2481 | |||
| 2482 | +++ | ||
| 2483 | ** Emacs can now visit files in archives as if they were directories. | ||
| 2484 | This feature uses Tramp and works only on systems which support GVFS, | ||
| 2485 | i.e. GNU/Linux, roughly spoken. See the node "(tramp) Archive file | ||
| 2486 | names" in the Tramp manual for full documentation of these facilities. | ||
| 2487 | |||
| 2488 | +++ | ||
| 2489 | ** New library for writing JSONRPC applications (https://jsonrpc.org). | ||
| 2490 | The 'jsonrpc' library enables writing Emacs Lisp applications that | ||
| 2491 | rely on this protocol. Since the protocol is designed to be | ||
| 2492 | transport-agnostic, the library provides an API to implement new | ||
| 2493 | transport strategies as well as a separate API to use them. A | ||
| 2494 | transport implementation for process-based communication, such as is | ||
| 2495 | used by the Language Server Protocol (LSP), is readily available. | ||
| 2496 | |||
| 2497 | +++ | ||
| 2498 | ** Backtrace mode improves viewing of Elisp backtraces. | ||
| 2499 | Backtrace mode adds pretty printing, fontification and ellipsis | ||
| 2500 | expansion to backtrace buffers produced by the Lisp debugger, Edebug | ||
| 2501 | and ERT. See the node "(elisp) Backtraces" in the Elisp manual for | ||
| 2502 | documentation of the new mode and its commands. | ||
| 2503 | |||
| 2504 | +++ | ||
| 2505 | ** so-long.el helps to mitigate performance problems with long lines. | ||
| 2506 | When 'global-so-long-mode' has been enabled, visiting a file with very | ||
| 2507 | long lines will (subject to configuration) cause the user's preferred | ||
| 2508 | 'so-long-action' to be automatically invoked (by default, the buffer's | ||
| 2509 | major mode is replaced by 'so-long-mode'). In extreme cases this can | ||
| 2510 | prevent delays of several minutes, and make Emacs responsive almost | ||
| 2511 | immediately. Type 'M-x so-long-commentary' for full documentation. | ||
| 2512 | 41 | ||
| 2513 | 42 | ||
| 2514 | * Incompatible Lisp Changes in Emacs 27.1 | 43 | * Incompatible Lisp Changes in Emacs 28.1 |
| 2515 | |||
| 2516 | --- | ||
| 2517 | ** Incomplete destructive splicing support has been removed. | ||
| 2518 | Support for Common Lisp style destructive splicing (",.") was | ||
| 2519 | incomplete and broken for a long time. It has now been removed. | ||
| 2520 | |||
| 2521 | This means that backquote substitution now works for identifiers | ||
| 2522 | starting with a period ("."). Consider the following example: | ||
| 2523 | |||
| 2524 | (let ((.foo 42)) `,.foo) | ||
| 2525 | |||
| 2526 | In the past, this would have incorrectly evaluated to '(\,\. foo)', | ||
| 2527 | but will now instead evaluate to '42'. | ||
| 2528 | |||
| 2529 | --- | ||
| 2530 | ** The REGEXP in 'magic-mode-alist' is now matched case-sensitively. | ||
| 2531 | Likewise for 'magic-fallback-mode-alist'. | ||
| 2532 | |||
| 2533 | +++ | ||
| 2534 | ** 'add-hook' does not always add to the front or the end any more. | ||
| 2535 | The replacement of 'append' with 'depth' implies that the function is | ||
| 2536 | not always added to the very front (when append/depth is nil) or the | ||
| 2537 | very end (when append/depth is t) any more because other functions on | ||
| 2538 | the hook may have specified higher/lower depths. This makes it | ||
| 2539 | possible to control the ordering of functions more precisely, as was | ||
| 2540 | already possible in 'add-function' and 'advice-add'. | ||
| 2541 | |||
| 2542 | |||
| 2543 | ** In 'compilation-error-regexp-alist' the old undocumented feature | ||
| 2544 | where 'line' could be a function of 2 arguments has been dropped. | ||
| 2545 | |||
| 2546 | ** 'define-fringe-bitmap' is always defined, even when Emacs is built | ||
| 2547 | without any GUI support. | ||
| 2548 | |||
| 2549 | --- | ||
| 2550 | ** Just loading a theme's file no longer activates the theme's settings. | ||
| 2551 | Loading a theme with 'M-x load-theme' still activates the theme, as it | ||
| 2552 | did before. However, loading the theme's file with 'M-x load-file', | ||
| 2553 | or using 'require' or 'load' in a Lisp program, doesn't actually apply | ||
| 2554 | the theme's settings until you either invoke 'M-x enable-theme' or | ||
| 2555 | type 'M-x load-theme'. (In a Lisp program, calling 'enable-theme' or | ||
| 2556 | invoking 'load-theme' with NO-ENABLE argument omitted or nil has the | ||
| 2557 | same effect of activating a theme whose file has been loaded.) The | ||
| 2558 | special case of the 'user' theme is an exception: it is frequently | ||
| 2559 | used for ad-hoc customizations, so the settings of that theme are by | ||
| 2560 | default applied immediately. | ||
| 2561 | |||
| 2562 | The variable 'custom--inhibit-theme-enable' controls this behavior; | ||
| 2563 | its default value changed in Emacs 27.1. | ||
| 2564 | |||
| 2565 | ** The REPETITIONS argument of 'benchmark-run' can now also be a variable. | ||
| 2566 | |||
| 2567 | ** Interpretation of relative 'HOME' directory has changed. | ||
| 2568 | If "$HOME" is set to a relative file name, 'expand-file-name' now | ||
| 2569 | interprets it relative to the directory where Emacs was started, not | ||
| 2570 | relative to the 'default-directory' of the current buffer. We recommend | ||
| 2571 | always setting "$HOME" to an absolute file name, so that its meaning is | ||
| 2572 | independent of where Emacs was started. | ||
| 2573 | |||
| 2574 | ** 'file-name-absolute-p' no longer considers "~foo" to be an absolute | ||
| 2575 | file name if there is no user named "foo". | ||
| 2576 | |||
| 2577 | ** The FILENAME argument to 'file-name-base' is now mandatory and no | ||
| 2578 | longer defaults to 'buffer-file-name'. | ||
| 2579 | |||
| 2580 | +++ | ||
| 2581 | ** File metadata primitives now signal an error if I/O, access, or | ||
| 2582 | other serious errors prevent them from determining the result. | ||
| 2583 | Formerly, these functions often (though not always) returned nil. | ||
| 2584 | For example, if there is an access error, I/O error or low-level | ||
| 2585 | integer overflow when getting the attributes of a file F, | ||
| 2586 | '(file-attributes F)' now signals an error instead of returning nil. | ||
| 2587 | These functions still behave as before if the only problem is that the | ||
| 2588 | file does not exist. The affected primitives are | ||
| 2589 | 'directory-files-and-attributes', 'file-acl', 'file-attributes', | ||
| 2590 | 'file-modes', 'file-newer-than-file-p', 'file-selinux-context', | ||
| 2591 | 'file-system-info', and 'set-visited-file-modtime'. | ||
| 2592 | |||
| 2593 | --- | ||
| 2594 | ** The function 'eldoc-message' now accepts a single argument. | ||
| 2595 | Programs that called it with multiple arguments before should pass | ||
| 2596 | them through 'format' first. Even that is discouraged: for ElDoc | ||
| 2597 | support, you should set 'eldoc-documentation-function' instead of | ||
| 2598 | calling 'eldoc-message' directly. | ||
| 2599 | |||
| 2600 | ** Old-style backquotes now generate an error. | ||
| 2601 | They have been generating warnings for a decade. To interpret | ||
| 2602 | old-style backquotes as new-style, bind the new variable | ||
| 2603 | 'force-new-style-backquotes' to t. | ||
| 2604 | |||
| 2605 | ** Defining a Common Lisp structure using 'cl-defstruct' or | ||
| 2606 | 'cl-struct-define' whose name clashes with a builtin type (e.g., | ||
| 2607 | 'integer' or 'hash-table') now signals an error. | ||
| 2608 | |||
| 2609 | ** When formatting a floating-point number as an octal or hexadecimal | ||
| 2610 | integer, Emacs now signals an error if the number is too large for the | ||
| 2611 | implementation to format. | ||
| 2612 | |||
| 2613 | ** 'logb' now returns infinity when given an infinite or zero argument, | ||
| 2614 | and returns a NaN when given a NaN. Formerly, it returned an extreme | ||
| 2615 | fixnum for such arguments. | ||
| 2616 | |||
| 2617 | --- | ||
| 2618 | ** Some functions and variables obsolete since Emacs 22 have been removed: | ||
| 2619 | archive-mouse-extract, assoc-ignore-case, assoc-ignore-representation, | ||
| 2620 | backward-text-line, blink-cursor, bookmark-exit-hooks, | ||
| 2621 | c-opt-op-identitier-prefix, comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields, | ||
| 2622 | compilation-finish-function, count-text-lines, cperl-vc-header-alist, | ||
| 2623 | custom-face-save-command, cvs-display-full-path, cvs-fileinfo->full-path, | ||
| 2624 | delete-frame-hook, derived-mode-class, describe-char-after, describe-project, | ||
| 2625 | desktop-basefilename, desktop-buffer-handlers, desktop-buffer-misc-functions, | ||
| 2626 | desktop-buffer-modes-to-save, desktop-enable, desktop-load-default, | ||
| 2627 | dired-omit-files-p, disabled-command-hook, dungeon-mode-map, | ||
| 2628 | electric-nroff-mode, electric-nroff-newline, electric-perl-terminator, | ||
| 2629 | focus-frame, forward-text-line, generic-define-mswindows-modes, | ||
| 2630 | generic-define-unix-modes, generic-font-lock-defaults, goto-address-at-mouse, | ||
| 2631 | highlight-changes-colours, ibuffer-elide-long-columns, ibuffer-hooks, | ||
| 2632 | ibuffer-mode-hooks, icalendar-convert-diary-to-ical, | ||
| 2633 | icalendar-extract-ical-from-buffer, imenu-always-use-completion-buffer-p, | ||
| 2634 | ipconfig-program, ipconfig-program-options, isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup, | ||
| 2635 | isearch-lazy-highlight-initial-delay, isearch-lazy-highlight-interval, | ||
| 2636 | isearch-lazy-highlight-max-at-a-time, iswitchb-use-fonts, | ||
| 2637 | latin1-char-displayable-p, mouse-wheel-click-button, mouse-wheel-down-button, | ||
| 2638 | mouse-wheel-up-button, new-frame, pascal-outline, process-kill-without-query, | ||
| 2639 | recentf-menu-append-commands-p, rmail-pop-password, | ||
| 2640 | rmail-pop-password-required, savehist-load, set-default-font, | ||
| 2641 | spam-list-of-processors, speedbar-add-ignored-path-regexp, | ||
| 2642 | speedbar-buffers-line-path, speedbar-ignored-path-expressions, | ||
| 2643 | speedbar-ignored-path-regexp, speedbar-line-path, speedbar-path-line, | ||
| 2644 | timer-set-time-with-usecs, tooltip-gud-display, tooltip-gud-modes, | ||
| 2645 | tooltip-gud-toggle-dereference, unfocus-frame, unload-hook-features-list, | ||
| 2646 | update-autoloads-from-directories, vc-comment-ring, vc-comment-ring-index, | ||
| 2647 | vc-comment-search-forward, vc-comment-search-reverse, vc-comment-to-change-log, | ||
| 2648 | vc-diff-switches-list, vc-next-comment, vc-previous-comment, view-todo, | ||
| 2649 | x-lost-selection-hooks, x-sent-selection-hooks. | ||
| 2650 | |||
| 2651 | --- | ||
| 2652 | ** Further functions and variables obsolete since Emacs 24 have been removed: | ||
| 2653 | default-directory-alist, dired-default-directory, | ||
| 2654 | dired-default-directory-alist, dired-enable-local-variables, | ||
| 2655 | dired-hack-local-variables, dired-local-variables-file, dired-omit-here-always. | ||
| 2656 | |||
| 2657 | ** Garbage collection no longer treats miscellaneous objects specially; | ||
| 2658 | they are now allocated like any other pseudovector. As a result, the | ||
| 2659 | 'garbage-collect' and 'memory-use-count' functions no longer return a | ||
| 2660 | 'misc' component, and the 'misc-objects-consed' variable has been | ||
| 2661 | removed. | ||
| 2662 | |||
| 2663 | +++ | ||
| 2664 | ** Reversed character ranges are no longer permitted in 'rx'. | ||
| 2665 | Previously, ranges where the starting character is greater than the | ||
| 2666 | ending character were silently omitted. | ||
| 2667 | For example, '(rx (any "@z-a" (?9 . ?0)))' would match '@' only. | ||
| 2668 | Now, such 'rx' expressions generate an error. | ||
| 2669 | |||
| 2670 | --- | ||
| 2671 | ** Internal 'rx' functions and variables have been removed, | ||
| 2672 | as a consequence of an improved implementation. Packages using | ||
| 2673 | these should use the public 'rx' and 'rx-to-string' instead. | ||
| 2674 | 'rx-constituents' is still available for compatibility, but the new | ||
| 2675 | extension mechanism is preferred: 'rx-define', 'rx-let' and | ||
| 2676 | 'rx-let-eval'. | ||
| 2677 | |||
| 2678 | +++ | ||
| 2679 | ** 'text-mode' no longer sets the value of 'indent-line-function'. | ||
| 2680 | The global value of 'indent-line-function', which defaults to | ||
| 2681 | 'indent-relative', will no longer be reset locally when turning on | ||
| 2682 | 'text-mode'. | ||
| 2683 | |||
| 2684 | To get back the old behavior, add a function to 'text-mode-hook' which | ||
| 2685 | performs '(setq-local indent-line-function #'indent-relative)'. | ||
| 2686 | |||
| 2687 | ** 'make-process' no longer accepts a non-nil ':stop' key. This has | ||
| 2688 | never worked reliably, and now causes an error. | ||
| 2689 | |||
| 2690 | +++ | ||
| 2691 | ** 'eventp' no longer returns non-nil for lists whose car is nil. | ||
| 2692 | This is consistent with the fact that nil, though a symbol, is not a | ||
| 2693 | valid event type. | ||
| 2694 | |||
| 2695 | --- | ||
| 2696 | ** The obsolete package xesam.el (since Emacs 24) has been removed. | ||
| 2697 | |||
| 2698 | +++ | ||
| 2699 | ** The XBM image handler now accepts a ':stride' argument, which should | ||
| 2700 | be specified in image specs representing the entire bitmap as a single | ||
| 2701 | bool vector. | ||
| 2702 | |||
| 2703 | +++ | ||
| 2704 | ** 'regexp-quote' may return its argument string. | ||
| 2705 | If the argument needs no quoting, it can be returned instead of a copy. | ||
| 2706 | |||
| 2707 | +++ | ||
| 2708 | ** Mouse scroll up and down with control key modifier changes font size. | ||
| 2709 | Previously, the control key modifier was used to scroll up or down by | ||
| 2710 | an amount which was close to near a full screen. This is now instead | ||
| 2711 | available by scrolling with the meta modifier key. | ||
| 2712 | |||
| 2713 | To get the old behavior back, customize the user option | ||
| 2714 | 'mouse-wheel-scroll-amount', or add the following to your init file: | ||
| 2715 | |||
| 2716 | (customize-set-variable 'mouse-wheel-scroll-amount | ||
| 2717 | '(5 ((shift) . 1) ((control) . nil))) | ||
| 2718 | |||
| 2719 | By default, the font size will be changed in the window that the mouse | ||
| 2720 | pointer is over. To change this behavior, you can customize the user | ||
| 2721 | option 'mouse-wheel-follow-mouse'. Note that this will also affect | ||
| 2722 | scrolling. | ||
| 2723 | |||
| 2724 | ** Mouse scroll up and down with control key modifier also works on images | ||
| 2725 | where it scales the image under the mouse pointer. | ||
| 2726 | |||
| 2727 | --- | ||
| 2728 | ** help-follow-symbol now signals 'user-error' if point (or the | ||
| 2729 | position pointed to by the argument POS) is not in a symbol. | ||
| 2730 | 44 | ||
| 2731 | 45 | ||
| 2732 | * Lisp Changes in Emacs 27.1 | 46 | * Lisp Changes in Emacs 28.1 |
| 2733 | |||
| 2734 | +++ | ||
| 2735 | ** New macro 'benchmark-progn'. | ||
| 2736 | This macro works like 'progn', but messages how long it takes to | ||
| 2737 | evaluate the body forms. The value of the last form is the return | ||
| 2738 | value. | ||
| 2739 | |||
| 2740 | +++ | ||
| 2741 | ** New function 'read-char-from-minibuffer'. | ||
| 2742 | This function works like 'read-char', but uses 'read-from-minibuffer' | ||
| 2743 | to read a character, so it maintains a history that can be navigated | ||
| 2744 | via usual minibuffer keystrokes 'M-p'/'M-n'. | ||
| 2745 | |||
| 2746 | ** New variables 'set-message-function' and 'clear-message-function' | ||
| 2747 | can be used to specify functions to show and clear messages that | ||
| 2748 | normally are displayed in the echo area. | ||
| 2749 | |||
| 2750 | ** 'setq-local' can now set an arbitrary number of variables, which | ||
| 2751 | makes the syntax more like 'setq'. | ||
| 2752 | |||
| 2753 | ** 'reveal-mode' can now also be used for more than to toggle between | ||
| 2754 | invisible and visible: It can also toggle 'display' properties in | ||
| 2755 | overlays. This is only done on 'display' properties that have the | ||
| 2756 | 'reveal-toggle-invisible' property set. | ||
| 2757 | |||
| 2758 | +++ | ||
| 2759 | ** 'process-contact' now takes an optional NO-BLOCK argument to allow | ||
| 2760 | not waiting for a process to be set up. | ||
| 2761 | |||
| 2762 | --- | ||
| 2763 | ** New variable 'read-process-output-max' controls sub-process throughput. | ||
| 2764 | This variable determines how many bytes can be read from a sub-process | ||
| 2765 | in one read operation. The default, 4096 bytes, was previously a | ||
| 2766 | hard-coded constant. Setting it to a larger value might enhance | ||
| 2767 | throughput of reading from sub-processes that produces vast | ||
| 2768 | (megabytes) amounts of data in one go. | ||
| 2769 | |||
| 2770 | +++ | ||
| 2771 | ** The new user option 'quit-window-hook' is now run first when | ||
| 2772 | executing the 'quit-window' command. | ||
| 2773 | |||
| 2774 | ** The user options 'help-enable-completion-auto-load', | ||
| 2775 | 'help-enable-auto-load' and 'vhdl-project-auto-load', as well as the | ||
| 2776 | function 'vhdl-auto-load-project' have been renamed to have "autoload" | ||
| 2777 | without the hyphen in their names. Obsolete aliases from the old | ||
| 2778 | names have been added. | ||
| 2779 | |||
| 2780 | +++ | ||
| 2781 | ** Buttons (created with 'make-button' and related functions) can | ||
| 2782 | now use the 'button-data' property. If present, the data in this | ||
| 2783 | property will be passed on to the 'action' function instead of the | ||
| 2784 | button itself in 'button-activate'. | ||
| 2785 | |||
| 2786 | ** 'defcustom' now takes a ':local' keyword that can be either t or | ||
| 2787 | 'permanent', which mean that the variable should be automatically | ||
| 2788 | buffer-local. 'permanent' also sets the variable's 'permanent-local' | ||
| 2789 | property. | ||
| 2790 | |||
| 2791 | +++ | ||
| 2792 | ** The new macro 'with-suppressed-warnings' can be used to suppress | ||
| 2793 | specific byte-compile warnings. | ||
| 2794 | |||
| 2795 | +++ | ||
| 2796 | ** The new macro 'ignore-error' is like 'ignore-errors', but takes a | ||
| 2797 | specific error condition, and will only ignore that condition. (This | ||
| 2798 | can also be a list of conditions.) | ||
| 2799 | |||
| 2800 | --- | ||
| 2801 | ** The new function 'byte-compile-info-message' can be used to output | ||
| 2802 | informational messages that look pleasing during the Emacs build. | ||
| 2803 | |||
| 2804 | --- | ||
| 2805 | ** New 'help-fns-describe-variable-functions' hook. | ||
| 2806 | Makes it possible to add metadata information to 'describe-variable'. | ||
| 2807 | |||
| 2808 | ** i18n (internationalization) | ||
| 2809 | |||
| 2810 | *** ngettext can be used now to return the right plural form | ||
| 2811 | according to the given numeric value. | ||
| 2812 | |||
| 2813 | +++ | ||
| 2814 | ** 'inhibit-null-byte-detection' is renamed to 'inhibit-nul-byte-detection'. | ||
| 2815 | |||
| 2816 | +++ | ||
| 2817 | ** 'self-insert-command' takes the char to insert as (optional) argument. | ||
| 2818 | |||
| 2819 | ** 'lookup-key' can take a list of keymaps as argument. | ||
| 2820 | |||
| 2821 | +++ | ||
| 2822 | ** 'condition-case' now accepts 't' to match any error symbol. | ||
| 2823 | |||
| 2824 | +++ | ||
| 2825 | ** New function 'proper-list-p'. | ||
| 2826 | Given a proper list as argument, this predicate returns its length; | ||
| 2827 | otherwise, it returns nil. 'format-proper-list-p' is now an obsolete | ||
| 2828 | alias for the new function. | ||
| 2829 | |||
| 2830 | +++ | ||
| 2831 | ** Emacs Lisp integers can now be of arbitrary size. | ||
| 2832 | Emacs uses the GNU Multiple Precision (GMP) library to support | ||
| 2833 | integers whose size is too large to support natively. The integers | ||
| 2834 | supported natively are known as "fixnums", while the larger ones are | ||
| 2835 | "bignums". The new predicates 'bignump' and 'fixnump' can be used to | ||
| 2836 | distinguish between these two types of integers. | ||
| 2837 | |||
| 2838 | All the arithmetic, comparison, and logical (a.k.a. "bitwise") | ||
| 2839 | operations where bignums make sense now support both fixnums and | ||
| 2840 | bignums. However, note that unlike fixnums, bignums will not compare | ||
| 2841 | equal with 'eq', you must use 'eql' instead. (Numerical comparison | ||
| 2842 | with '=' works on both, of course.) | ||
| 2843 | |||
| 2844 | Since large bignums consume a lot of memory, Emacs limits the size of | ||
| 2845 | the largest bignum a Lisp program is allowed to create. The | ||
| 2846 | nonnegative value of the new variable 'integer-width' specifies the | ||
| 2847 | maximum number of bits allowed in a bignum. Emacs signals an integer | ||
| 2848 | overflow error if this limit is exceeded. | ||
| 2849 | |||
| 2850 | Several primitive functions formerly returned floats or lists of | ||
| 2851 | integers to represent integers that did not fit into fixnums. These | ||
| 2852 | functions now simply return integers instead. Affected functions | ||
| 2853 | include functions like 'encode-char' that compute code-points, functions | ||
| 2854 | like 'file-attributes' that compute file sizes and other attributes, | ||
| 2855 | functions like 'process-id' that compute process IDs, and functions like | ||
| 2856 | 'user-uid' and 'group-gid' that compute user and group IDs. | ||
| 2857 | |||
| 2858 | +++ | ||
| 2859 | ** overflow-error is now documented as a subcategory of range-error. | ||
| 2860 | Formerly it was undocumented, and was (incorrectly) a subcategory | ||
| 2861 | of domain-error. | ||
| 2862 | |||
| 2863 | ** Time values | ||
| 2864 | |||
| 2865 | +++ | ||
| 2866 | *** New function 'time-convert' converts Lisp time values to Lisp | ||
| 2867 | timestamps of various forms, including a new timestamp form '(TICKS | ||
| 2868 | . HZ)' where TICKS is an integer and HZ a positive integer denoting a | ||
| 2869 | clock frequency. | ||
| 2870 | |||
| 2871 | +++ | ||
| 2872 | *** Although the default timestamp format is still '(HI LO US PS)', | ||
| 2873 | it is planned to change in a future Emacs version, to exploit bignums. | ||
| 2874 | The documentation has been updated to mention that the timestamp | ||
| 2875 | format may change and that programs should use functions like | ||
| 2876 | 'format-time-string', 'decode-time', and 'time-convert' rather than | ||
| 2877 | probing the innards of a timestamp directly, or creating a timestamp | ||
| 2878 | by hand. | ||
| 2879 | |||
| 2880 | +++ | ||
| 2881 | *** Decoded (calendrical) timestamps now have subsecond resolution. | ||
| 2882 | This affects 'decode-time', which generates these timestamps, as well | ||
| 2883 | as functions like 'encode-time' that accept them. The subsecond info | ||
| 2884 | is present as a '(TICKS . HZ)' value in the seconds element of a | ||
| 2885 | decoded timestamp, and 'decode-time' has a new optional FORM argument | ||
| 2886 | specifying the form of the seconds member. For example, if X is the | ||
| 2887 | timestamp '(1566009571321878186 . 1000000000)', which represents | ||
| 2888 | "2019-08-17 02:39:31.321878186 UTC", '(decode-time X t t)' returns | ||
| 2889 | '((31321878186 . 1000000000) 39 2 17 8 2019 6 nil 0)' instead of the | ||
| 2890 | traditional '(31 39 2 17 8 2019 6 nil 0)' returned by plain | ||
| 2891 | '(decode-time X t)'. Although the default FORM is currently | ||
| 2892 | 'integer', which truncates the seconds to an integer and is the | ||
| 2893 | traditional behavior, this default may change in future Emacs | ||
| 2894 | versions, so callers requiring an integer should specify FORM | ||
| 2895 | explicitly. | ||
| 2896 | |||
| 2897 | +++ | ||
| 2898 | *** 'encode-time' supports a new API '(encode-time TIME)'. | ||
| 2899 | The old 'encode-time' API is still supported. | ||
| 2900 | |||
| 2901 | +++ | ||
| 2902 | *** A new package to parse ISO 8601 time, date, durations and | ||
| 2903 | intervals has been added. The main function to use is | ||
| 2904 | 'iso8601-parse', but there's also 'iso8601-parse-date', | ||
| 2905 | 'iso8601-parse-time', 'iso8601-parse-duration' and | ||
| 2906 | 'iso8601-parse-interval'. All these functions return decoded time | ||
| 2907 | structures, except the final one, which returns three of them (start, | ||
| 2908 | end and duration). | ||
| 2909 | |||
| 2910 | +++ | ||
| 2911 | *** 'time-add', 'time-subtract', and 'time-less-p' now accept | ||
| 2912 | infinities and NaNs too, and propagate them or return nil like | ||
| 2913 | floating-point operators do. If both arguments are finite, these | ||
| 2914 | functions now return exact results instead of rounding in some cases, | ||
| 2915 | and they also avoid excess precision when that is easy. | ||
| 2916 | |||
| 2917 | +++ | ||
| 2918 | *** New function 'time-equal-p' compares time values for equality. | ||
| 2919 | |||
| 2920 | +++ | ||
| 2921 | *** 'format-time-string' supports a new conversion specifier flag '+' | ||
| 2922 | that acts like the '0' flag but also puts a '+' before nonnegative | ||
| 2923 | years containing more than four digits. This is for compatibility | ||
| 2924 | with POSIX.1-2017. | ||
| 2925 | |||
| 2926 | +++ | ||
| 2927 | *** To access (or alter) the elements a decoded time value, the | ||
| 2928 | 'decoded-time-second', 'decoded-time-minute', 'decoded-time-hour', | ||
| 2929 | 'decoded-time-day', 'decoded-time-month', 'decoded-time-year', | ||
| 2930 | 'decoded-time-weekday', 'decoded-time-dst' and 'decoded-time-zone' | ||
| 2931 | accessors can be used. | ||
| 2932 | |||
| 2933 | *** The new functions 'date-days-in-month' (which will say how many | ||
| 2934 | days there are in a month in a specific year), 'date-ordinal-to-time' | ||
| 2935 | (that computes the date of an ordinal day), 'decoded-time-add' (for | ||
| 2936 | doing computations on a decoded time structure), 'make-decoded-time' | ||
| 2937 | (for making a decoded time structure with only the given keywords | ||
| 2938 | filled out), and 'encoded-time-set-defaults' (which fills in nil | ||
| 2939 | elements as if it's midnight January 1st, 1970) have been added. | ||
| 2940 | |||
| 2941 | ** 'define-minor-mode' automatically documents the meaning of ARG. | ||
| 2942 | |||
| 2943 | +++ | ||
| 2944 | ** The function 'recenter' now accepts an additional optional argument. | ||
| 2945 | By default, calling 'recenter' will not redraw the frame even if | ||
| 2946 | 'recenter-redisplay' is non-nil. Call 'recenter' with the new second | ||
| 2947 | argument non-nil to force redisplay per 'recenter-redisplay's value. | ||
| 2948 | |||
| 2949 | +++ | ||
| 2950 | ** New functions 'major-mode-suspend' and 'major-mode-restore'. | ||
| 2951 | Use them when switching temporarily to another major mode, e.g. for | ||
| 2952 | 'hexl-mode', or to switch between 'c-mode' and 'image-mode' in XPM. | ||
| 2953 | |||
| 2954 | +++ | ||
| 2955 | ** New macro 'dolist-with-progress-reporter'. | ||
| 2956 | This works like 'dolist', but reports progress similar to | ||
| 2957 | 'dotimes-with-progress-reporter'. | ||
| 2958 | |||
| 2959 | +++ | ||
| 2960 | ** New hook 'after-delete-frame-functions'. | ||
| 2961 | This works like 'delete-frame-functions', but runs after the frame to | ||
| 2962 | be deleted has been made dead and removed from the frame list. | ||
| 2963 | |||
| 2964 | --- | ||
| 2965 | ** The function 'provided-mode-derived-p' was extended to support aliases. | ||
| 2966 | The function now returns non-nil when the argument MODE is derived | ||
| 2967 | from any alias of any of MODES. | ||
| 2968 | |||
| 2969 | +++ | ||
| 2970 | ** New frame focus state inspection interface. | ||
| 2971 | The hooks 'focus-in-hook' and 'focus-out-hook' are now obsolete. | ||
| 2972 | Instead, attach to 'after-focus-change-function' using 'add-function' | ||
| 2973 | and inspect the focus state of each frame using 'frame-focus-state'. | ||
| 2974 | |||
| 2975 | +++ | ||
| 2976 | ** Emacs now requests and recognizes focus-change notifications from TTYs. | ||
| 2977 | On terminal emulators that support the feature, Emacs can now support | ||
| 2978 | 'focus-in-hook' and 'focus-out-hook' for TTY frames. | ||
| 2979 | |||
| 2980 | +++ | ||
| 2981 | ** Window-specific face remapping. | ||
| 2982 | Face specifications (of the kind used in 'face-remapping-alist') | ||
| 2983 | now support filters, allowing faces to vary between different windows | ||
| 2984 | displaying the same buffer. See the node "(elisp) Face Remapping" | ||
| 2985 | of the Emacs Lisp Reference manual for more detail. | ||
| 2986 | |||
| 2987 | +++ | ||
| 2988 | ** Window change functions have been redesigned. | ||
| 2989 | Hooks reacting to window changes run now only when redisplay detects | ||
| 2990 | that a change has actually occurred. Six hooks are now provided: | ||
| 2991 | 'window-buffer-change-functions' (run after window buffers have | ||
| 2992 | changed), 'window-size-change-functions' (run after a window was | ||
| 2993 | assigned a new buffer or size), 'window-configuration-change-hook' | ||
| 2994 | (like the former but run also when a window was deleted), | ||
| 2995 | 'window-selection-change-functions' (run when the selected window | ||
| 2996 | changed) and 'window-state-change-functions' and | ||
| 2997 | 'window-state-change-hook' (run when any of the preceding ones is | ||
| 2998 | run). Applications can enforce running the latter two using the new | ||
| 2999 | function 'set-frame-window-state-change'. 'window-scroll-functions' | ||
| 3000 | are unaffected by these changes. | ||
| 3001 | |||
| 3002 | In addition, a number of functions now allow the caller to detect what | ||
| 3003 | has changed since last redisplay: 'window-old-buffer' returns for any | ||
| 3004 | window the buffer it showed at that time. ‘old-selected-window’ and | ||
| 3005 | 'old-selected-frame' return the window and frame that were selected | ||
| 3006 | during last redisplay. 'window-old-pixel-width' (renamed from | ||
| 3007 | 'window-pixel-width-before-size-change'), 'window-old-pixel-height' | ||
| 3008 | (renamed from 'window-pixel-height-before-size-change'), | ||
| 3009 | 'window-old-body-pixel-width' and 'window-old-body-pixel-height' | ||
| 3010 | return the total and body sizes of any window during last redisplay. | ||
| 3011 | |||
| 3012 | Also 'run-window-configuration-change-hook' is declared obsolete. | ||
| 3013 | |||
| 3014 | See the section "(elisp) Window Hooks" in the Elisp manual for a | ||
| 3015 | detailed explanation of the new behavior. | ||
| 3016 | |||
| 3017 | +++ | ||
| 3018 | ** Making scroll bar and fringe settings persistent for windows. | ||
| 3019 | The functions 'set-window-scroll-bars' and 'set-window-fringes' now | ||
| 3020 | have a new optional argument that makes the settings they produce | ||
| 3021 | reliably survive subsequent invocations of 'set-window-buffer'. | ||
| 3022 | |||
| 3023 | +++ | ||
| 3024 | ** New user option 'resize-mini-frames'. | ||
| 3025 | This option allows to automatically resize minibuffer-only frames | ||
| 3026 | similarly to how minibuffer windows are resized on "normal" frames. | ||
| 3027 | |||
| 3028 | +++ | ||
| 3029 | ** New buffer display action function 'display-buffer-in-direction'. | ||
| 3030 | This function allows to specify the location of the window chosen by | ||
| 3031 | 'display-buffer' in various ways. | ||
| 3032 | |||
| 3033 | +++ | ||
| 3034 | ** New buffer display action alist entry 'dedicated'. | ||
| 3035 | Such an entry allows to specify the dedicated status of a window | ||
| 3036 | created by 'display-buffer'. | ||
| 3037 | |||
| 3038 | +++ | ||
| 3039 | ** New buffer display action alist entry 'window-min-height'. | ||
| 3040 | Such an entry allows to specify a minimum height of the window used | ||
| 3041 | for displaying a buffer. 'display-buffer-below-selected' is the only | ||
| 3042 | action function to respect it at the moment. | ||
| 3043 | |||
| 3044 | +++ | ||
| 3045 | ** New buffer display action alist entry 'direction'. | ||
| 3046 | This entry is used to specify the location of the window chosen by | ||
| 3047 | 'display-buffer-in-direction'. | ||
| 3048 | |||
| 3049 | +++ | ||
| 3050 | ** Additional meaning of display action alist entry 'window'. | ||
| 3051 | A 'window' entry can now also specify a reference window for | ||
| 3052 | 'display-buffer-in-direction'. | ||
| 3053 | |||
| 3054 | +++ | ||
| 3055 | ** The function 'assoc-delete-all' now takes an optional predicate argument. | ||
| 3056 | |||
| 3057 | +++ | ||
| 3058 | ** New function 'string-distance' to calculate the Levenshtein distance | ||
| 3059 | between two strings. | ||
| 3060 | |||
| 3061 | ** 'print-quoted' now defaults to t, so if you want to see | ||
| 3062 | '(quote x)' instead of 'x you will have to bind it to nil where applicable. | ||
| 3063 | |||
| 3064 | +++ | ||
| 3065 | ** Numbers formatted via '%o' or '%x' are now formatted as signed integers. | ||
| 3066 | This avoids problems in calls like '(read (format "#x%x" -1))', and is | ||
| 3067 | more compatible with bignums. To get the traditional machine-dependent | ||
| 3068 | behavior, set the experimental variable 'binary-as-unsigned' to t, | ||
| 3069 | and if the new behavior breaks your code please email | ||
| 3070 | <32252@debbugs.gnu.org>. Because '%o' and '%x' can now format signed | ||
| 3071 | integers, they now support the '+' and space flags. | ||
| 3072 | |||
| 3073 | +++ | ||
| 3074 | ** In Emacs Lisp mode, symbols with confusable quotes are highlighted. | ||
| 3075 | For example, the first character in '‘foo' would be highlighted in | ||
| 3076 | 'font-lock-warning-face'. | ||
| 3077 | |||
| 3078 | +++ | ||
| 3079 | ** Omitting variables after '&optional' and '&rest' is now allowed. | ||
| 3080 | For example '(defun foo (&optional))' is no longer an error. This is | ||
| 3081 | sometimes convenient when writing macros. See the ChangeLog entry | ||
| 3082 | titled "Allow '&rest' or '&optional' without following variable | ||
| 3083 | (Bug#29165)" for a full listing of which arglists are accepted across | ||
| 3084 | versions. | ||
| 3085 | |||
| 3086 | ** Internal parsing commands now use 'syntax-ppss' and disregard | ||
| 3087 | 'open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start'. This affects mostly things like | ||
| 3088 | 'forward-comment', 'scan-sexps', and 'forward-sexp' when parsing backward. | ||
| 3089 | The new variable 'comment-use-syntax-ppss' can be set to nil to recover | ||
| 3090 | the old behavior if needed. | ||
| 3091 | |||
| 3092 | ** The 'server-name' and 'server-socket-dir' variables are set when a | ||
| 3093 | socket has been passed to Emacs. | ||
| 3094 | |||
| 3095 | --- | ||
| 3096 | ** The 'file-system-info' function is now available on all platforms. | ||
| 3097 | instead of just Microsoft platforms. This fixes a 'get-free-disk-space' | ||
| 3098 | bug on OS X 10.8 and later. | ||
| 3099 | |||
| 3100 | --- | ||
| 3101 | ** The function 'get-free-disk-space' returns now a non-nil value for | ||
| 3102 | remote systems, which support this check. | ||
| 3103 | |||
| 3104 | +++ | ||
| 3105 | ** 'memory-limit' now returns a better estimate of memory consumption. | ||
| 3106 | |||
| 3107 | +++ | ||
| 3108 | ** When interpreting 'gc-cons-percentage', Emacs now estimates the | ||
| 3109 | heap size more often and (we hope) more accurately. E.g., formerly | ||
| 3110 | '(progn (let ((gc-cons-percentage 0.8)) BODY1) BODY2)' continued to use | ||
| 3111 | the 0.8 value during BODY2 until the next garbage collection, but that | ||
| 3112 | is no longer true. Applications may need to re-tune their GC tricks. | ||
| 3113 | |||
| 3114 | +++ | ||
| 3115 | ** New macro 'combine-change-calls' arranges to call the change hooks | ||
| 3116 | ('before-change-functions' and 'after-change-functions') just once | ||
| 3117 | each around a sequence of lisp forms, given a region. This is | ||
| 3118 | useful when a function makes a possibly large number of repetitive | ||
| 3119 | changes and the change hooks are time consuming. | ||
| 3120 | |||
| 3121 | +++ | ||
| 3122 | ** 'eql', 'make-hash-table', etc. now treat NaNs consistently. | ||
| 3123 | Formerly, some of these functions ignored signs and significands of | ||
| 3124 | NaNs. Now, all these functions treat NaN signs and significands as | ||
| 3125 | significant. For example, '(eql 0.0e+NaN -0.0e+NaN)' now returns nil | ||
| 3126 | because the two NaNs have different signs; formerly it returned t. | ||
| 3127 | Also, Emacs now reads and prints NaN significands; e.g., if X is a | ||
| 3128 | NaN, '(format "%s" X)' now returns "0.0e+NaN", "1.0e+NaN", etc., | ||
| 3129 | depending on X's significand. | ||
| 3130 | |||
| 3131 | +++ | ||
| 3132 | ** The function 'make-string' accepts an additional optional argument. | ||
| 3133 | If the optional third argument is non-nil, 'make-string' will produce | ||
| 3134 | a multibyte string even if its second argument is an ASCII character. | ||
| 3135 | |||
| 3136 | ** '(format "%d" X)' no longer mishandles a floating-point number X that | ||
| 3137 | does not fit in a machine integer. | ||
| 3138 | |||
| 3139 | --- | ||
| 3140 | ** New coding-system 'ibm038'. | ||
| 3141 | This is the International EBCDIC encoding, also available as aliases | ||
| 3142 | 'ebcdic-int' and 'cp038'. | ||
| 3143 | |||
| 3144 | +++ | ||
| 3145 | ** In the DST slot, 'encode-time' and 'parse-time-string' now return -1 | ||
| 3146 | if it is not known whether daylight saving time is in effect. | ||
| 3147 | Formerly they were inconsistent: 'encode-time' returned t in this | ||
| 3148 | situation, whereas 'parse-time-string' returned nil. Now they | ||
| 3149 | consistently use use nil to mean that DST is not in effect, and use -1 | ||
| 3150 | to mean that it is not known whether DST is in effect. | ||
| 3151 | |||
| 3152 | ** New JSON parsing and serialization functions 'json-serialize', | ||
| 3153 | 'json-insert', 'json-parse-string', and 'json-parse-buffer'. These | ||
| 3154 | are implemented in C using the Jansson library. | ||
| 3155 | |||
| 3156 | +++ | ||
| 3157 | ** New function 'ring-resize'. | ||
| 3158 | 'ring-resize' can be used to grow or shrink a ring. | ||
| 3159 | |||
| 3160 | +++ | ||
| 3161 | ** New function 'flatten-tree'. | ||
| 3162 | 'flatten-list' is provided as an alias. These functions take a tree | ||
| 3163 | and 'flatten' it such that the result is a list of all the terminal | ||
| 3164 | nodes. | ||
| 3165 | |||
| 3166 | +++ | ||
| 3167 | ** 'zlib-decompress-region' can partially decompress corrupted data. | ||
| 3168 | If the new optional ALLOW-PARTIAL argument is passed, then the data | ||
| 3169 | that was decompressed successfully before failing will be inserted | ||
| 3170 | into the buffer. | ||
| 3171 | |||
| 3172 | ** Mailcap | ||
| 3173 | |||
| 3174 | --- | ||
| 3175 | *** The new function 'mailcap-file-name-to-mime-type' has been added. | ||
| 3176 | It's a simple convenience function for looking up MIME types based on | ||
| 3177 | file name extensions. | ||
| 3178 | |||
| 3179 | *** The default way the list of possible external viewers for MIME | ||
| 3180 | types is sorted and chosen has changed. Earlier, the most specific | ||
| 3181 | viewer was chosen, even if there was a general override in "~/.mailcap". | ||
| 3182 | For instance, if "/etc/mailcap" has an entry for "image/gif", that one | ||
| 3183 | will be chosen even if you have an entry for "image/*" in your | ||
| 3184 | "~/.mailcap" file. But with the new method, entries from "~/.mailcap" | ||
| 3185 | overrides all system and Emacs-provided defaults. To get the old | ||
| 3186 | method back, set 'mailcap-prefer-mailcap-viewers' to nil. | ||
| 3187 | |||
| 3188 | ** URL | ||
| 3189 | |||
| 3190 | *** The 'file:' handler no longer looks for "index.html" in | ||
| 3191 | directories if you ask it for a "file:///dir" URL. Since this is a | ||
| 3192 | low-level library, such decisions (if they are to be made at all) are | ||
| 3193 | left to higher-level functions. | ||
| 3194 | |||
| 3195 | --- | ||
| 3196 | ** The url-ns.el library is now marked obsolete. | ||
| 3197 | This library is used to open configuration files for the long defunct | ||
| 3198 | web browser Netscape, and is no longer relevant. | ||
| 3199 | |||
| 3200 | ** Image mode | ||
| 3201 | |||
| 3202 | *** New library Exif. | ||
| 3203 | An Exif library has been added that can parse JPEG files and output | ||
| 3204 | data about creation times and orientation and the like. | ||
| 3205 | 'exif-parse-file' and 'exif-parse-buffer' are the main interface | ||
| 3206 | functions. | ||
| 3207 | |||
| 3208 | *** 'image-mode' now uses this library to automatically rotate images | ||
| 3209 | according to the orientation in the Exif data, if any. | ||
| 3210 | |||
| 3211 | *** New library image-converter. | ||
| 3212 | If you need to view exotic image formats for which Emacs doesn't have | ||
| 3213 | native support, customize the new user option | ||
| 3214 | 'image-use-external-converter' to t. If your system has | ||
| 3215 | GraphicsMagick, ImageMagick or 'ffmpeg' installed, they will then be | ||
| 3216 | used to convert images automatically before displaying them. | ||
| 3217 | |||
| 3218 | *** 'auto-mode-alist' now includes many of the types typically | ||
| 3219 | supported by the external image converters, like WEPB, BMP and ICO. | ||
| 3220 | These now default to using 'image-mode'. | ||
| 3221 | |||
| 3222 | *** 'imagemagick-types-inhibit' disables using ImageMagick by default. | ||
| 3223 | 'image-mode' started using ImageMagick by default for all images | ||
| 3224 | some years back. It now respects 'imagemagick-types-inhibit' as a way | ||
| 3225 | to disable that. | ||
| 3226 | |||
| 3227 | --- | ||
| 3228 | *** Some 'image-mode' variables are now buffer-local. | ||
| 3229 | The image parameters 'image-transform-rotation', | ||
| 3230 | 'image-transform-scale' and 'image-transform-resize' are now declared | ||
| 3231 | buffer-local, so each buffer could have its own values for these | ||
| 3232 | parameters. | ||
| 3233 | |||
| 3234 | +++ | ||
| 3235 | *** Three new 'image-mode' commands have been added: 'm', which marks | ||
| 3236 | the file in the dired buffer(s) for the directory the file is in; 'u', | ||
| 3237 | which unmarks the file; and 'w', which pushes the current buffer's file | ||
| 3238 | name to the kill ring. | ||
| 3239 | |||
| 3240 | +++ | ||
| 3241 | *** The command 'image-rotate' now accepts a prefix argument. | ||
| 3242 | With a prefix argument, 'image-rotate' now rotates the image at point | ||
| 3243 | 90 degrees counter-clockwise, instead of the default clockwise. | ||
| 3244 | |||
| 3245 | ** Modules | ||
| 3246 | |||
| 3247 | *** The function 'load' now behaves correctly when loading modules. | ||
| 3248 | Specifically, it puts the module name into 'load-history', prints | ||
| 3249 | loading messages if requested, and protects against recursive loads. | ||
| 3250 | |||
| 3251 | *** New module environment function 'process_input' to process user | ||
| 3252 | input while module code is running. | ||
| 3253 | |||
| 3254 | *** New module environment functions 'make_time' and 'extract_time' to | ||
| 3255 | convert between timespec structures and Emacs Lisp time values. | ||
| 3256 | |||
| 3257 | *** New module environment functions 'make_big_integer' and | ||
| 3258 | 'extract_big_integer' to create and extract arbitrary-size integer | ||
| 3259 | values. | ||
| 3260 | |||
| 3261 | *** emacs-module.h now defines a macro 'EMACS_MAJOR_VERSION' that expands | ||
| 3262 | to the major version of the latest Emacs supported by the header. | ||
| 3263 | |||
| 3264 | +++ | ||
| 3265 | ** The function 'read-variable' now uses its own history list. | ||
| 3266 | The history of variable names read by 'read-variable' is recorded in | ||
| 3267 | the new variable 'custom-variable-history'. | ||
| 3268 | |||
| 3269 | --- | ||
| 3270 | ** The functions 'string-to-unibyte' and 'string-to-multibyte' are no | ||
| 3271 | longer declared obsolete. We have found that there are legitimate use | ||
| 3272 | cases for these functions, where there's no better alternative. We | ||
| 3273 | believe that the incorrect uses of these functions all but disappeared | ||
| 3274 | by now, so we are un-obsoleting them. | ||
| 3275 | |||
| 3276 | +++ | ||
| 3277 | ** New function 'group-name' returns a group name corresponding to GID. | ||
| 3278 | |||
| 3279 | +++ | ||
| 3280 | ** 'make-process' now takes a keyword argument ':file-handler'; if | ||
| 3281 | that is non-nil, it will look for a file name handler for the current | ||
| 3282 | buffer's 'default-directory' and invoke that file name handler to make | ||
| 3283 | the process. That way 'make-process' can start remote processes. | ||
| 3284 | |||
| 3285 | +++ | ||
| 3286 | ** Emacs now supports resizing and rotating images without ImageMagick. | ||
| 3287 | All modern systems support this feature. (On GNU and Unix systems, | ||
| 3288 | Cairo drawing or the XRender extension to X11 is required for this to | ||
| 3289 | be available; the configure script will test for it and, if found, | ||
| 3290 | enable scaling.) | ||
| 3291 | |||
| 3292 | The new function 'image-transforms-p' can be used to test whether any | ||
| 3293 | given frame supports these capabilities. | ||
| 3294 | |||
| 3295 | +++ | ||
| 3296 | ** '(locale-info 'paper)' now returns the paper size on systems that support it. | ||
| 3297 | This is currently supported on GNUish hosts and on modern versions of | ||
| 3298 | MS-Windows. | ||
| 3299 | |||
| 3300 | +++ | ||
| 3301 | ** The function 'regexp-opt' accepts an additional optional argument. | ||
| 3302 | By default, the regexp returned by 'regexp-opt' may match the strings | ||
| 3303 | in any order. If the new third argument is non-nil, the match is | ||
| 3304 | guaranteed to be performed in the order given, as if the strings were | ||
| 3305 | made into a regexp by joining them with '\|'. | ||
| 3306 | |||
| 3307 | +++ | ||
| 3308 | ** The function 'regexp-opt', when given an empty list of strings, now | ||
| 3309 | returns a regexp that never matches anything, which is an identity for | ||
| 3310 | this operation. Previously, the empty string was returned in this | ||
| 3311 | case. | ||
| 3312 | |||
| 3313 | ** New constant 'regexp-unmatchable' contains a never-matching regexp. | ||
| 3314 | It is a convenient and readable way to specify a regexp that should | ||
| 3315 | not match anything, and is as fast as any such regexp can be. | ||
| 3316 | |||
| 3317 | ++++ | ||
| 3318 | ** New functions to handle the URL variant of base-64 encoding. | ||
| 3319 | New functions 'base64url-encode-string' and 'base64url-encode-region' | ||
| 3320 | implement the url-variant of base-64 encoding as defined in RFC4648. | ||
| 3321 | |||
| 3322 | The functions 'base64-decode-string' and 'base64-decode-region' now | ||
| 3323 | accept an optional argument to decode the URL variant of base-64 | ||
| 3324 | encoding. | ||
| 3325 | |||
| 3326 | +++ | ||
| 3327 | ** The function 'file-size-human-readable' accepts more optional arguments. | ||
| 3328 | The new third argument is a string put between the number and unit; it | ||
| 3329 | defaults to the empty string. The new fourth argument is a string | ||
| 3330 | representing the unit to use; it defaults to "B" when the second | ||
| 3331 | argument is 'iec' and the empty string otherwise. We recomment a | ||
| 3332 | space or non-breaking space as third argument, and "B" as fourth | ||
| 3333 | argument, circumstances allowing. | ||
| 3334 | |||
| 3335 | +++ | ||
| 3336 | ** 'format-spec' has been expanded with several modifiers to allow | ||
| 3337 | greater flexibility when customizing variables. The modifiers include | ||
| 3338 | zero-padding, upper- and lower-casing, and limiting the length of the | ||
| 3339 | interpolated strings. The function has now also been documented in | ||
| 3340 | the Emacs Lisp manual. | ||
| 3341 | |||
| 3342 | +++ | ||
| 3343 | ** 'directory-files-recursively' can now take an optional PREDICATE | ||
| 3344 | parameter to control descending into subdirectories, and a | ||
| 3345 | FOLLOW-SYMLINK parameter to say that symbolic links that point to | ||
| 3346 | other directories should be followed. | ||
| 3347 | |||
| 3348 | +++ | ||
| 3349 | ** New function 'xor' returns the boolean exclusive-or of its args. | ||
| 3350 | The function was previously defined in array.el, but has been moved to | ||
| 3351 | subr.el so that it is available by default. It now always returns the | ||
| 3352 | non-nil argument when the other is nil. Several duplicates of 'xor' | ||
| 3353 | in other packages are now obsolete aliases of 'xor'. | ||
| 3354 | |||
| 3355 | +++ | ||
| 3356 | ** 'define-globalized-minor-mode' now takes BODY forms. | ||
| 3357 | |||
| 3358 | +++ | ||
| 3359 | ** New text property 'help-echo-inhibit-substitution'. | ||
| 3360 | Setting this on the first character of a help string disables | ||
| 3361 | conversions via 'substitute-command-keys'. | ||
| 3362 | |||
| 3363 | +++ | ||
| 3364 | ** 'undo' can be made to ignore the active region for a command | ||
| 3365 | by setting 'undo-inhibit-region' symbol property of that command to | ||
| 3366 | non-nil. This is used by 'mouse-drag-region' to make the effect | ||
| 3367 | easier to undo immediately afterwards. | ||
| 3368 | |||
| 3369 | --- | ||
| 3370 | ** When called interactively, next-buffer and previous-buffer now | ||
| 3371 | signal 'user-error' if there is no buffer to switch to. | ||
| 3372 | 47 | ||
| 3373 | 48 | ||
| 3374 | * Changes in Emacs 27.1 on Non-Free Operating Systems | 49 | * Changes in Emacs 28.1 on Non-Free Operating Systems |
| 3375 | |||
| 3376 | --- | ||
| 3377 | ** Battery status is now supported in all Cygwin builds. | ||
| 3378 | Previously it was supported only in the Cygwin-w32 build. | ||
| 3379 | |||
| 3380 | ** Emacs now handles key combinations involving the macOS "command" | ||
| 3381 | and "option" modifier keys more correctly. | ||
| 3382 | |||
| 3383 | ** MacOS modifier key behavior is now more adjustable. | ||
| 3384 | The behavior of the macOS "Option", "Command", "Control" and | ||
| 3385 | "Function" keys can now be specified separately for use with | ||
| 3386 | ordinary keys, function keys and mouse clicks. This allows using them | ||
| 3387 | in their standard macOS way for composing characters. | ||
| 3388 | |||
| 3389 | ** The special handling of 'frame-title-format' on NS where setting it | ||
| 3390 | to 't' would enable the macOS proxy icon has been replaced with a | ||
| 3391 | separate variable, 'ns-use-proxy-icon'. 'frame-title-format' will now | ||
| 3392 | work as on other platforms. | ||
| 3393 | |||
| 3394 | --- | ||
| 3395 | ** New primitive 'w32-read-registry'. | ||
| 3396 | This primitive lets Lisp programs access the MS-Windows Registry by | ||
| 3397 | retrieving values stored under a given key. It is intended to be used | ||
| 3398 | for supporting features such as XDG-like location of important files | ||
| 3399 | and directories. | ||
| 3400 | |||
| 3401 | +++ | ||
| 3402 | ** The default value of 'w32-pipe-read-delay' is now zero. | ||
| 3403 | This speeds up reading output from sub-processes that produce a lot of | ||
| 3404 | data. | ||
| 3405 | |||
| 3406 | This variable may need to be non-zero only when running DOS programs | ||
| 3407 | as Emacs subprocesses, which by now is not supported on modern | ||
| 3408 | versions of MS-Windows. Set this variable to 50 if for some reason | ||
| 3409 | you need the old behavior (and please report such situations to Emacs | ||
| 3410 | developers). | ||
| 3411 | |||
| 3412 | --- | ||
| 3413 | ** New variable 'w32-multibyte-code-page'. | ||
| 3414 | This variable holds the value of the multibyte code page used by the | ||
| 3415 | system. It is usually zero, which indicates that 'w32-ansi-code-page' | ||
| 3416 | is being used, except in Far Eastern locales. When this variable is | ||
| 3417 | non-zero, Emacs at startup sets 'locale-coding-system' to the | ||
| 3418 | corresponding encoding, instead of using 'w32-ansi-code-page'. | ||
| 3419 | |||
| 3420 | --- | ||
| 3421 | ** The default value of 'inhibit-compacting-font-caches' is t on MS-Windows. | ||
| 3422 | Experience shows that compacting font caches causes more trouble on | ||
| 3423 | MS-Windows than it helps. | ||
| 3424 | |||
| 3425 | +++ | ||
| 3426 | ** Font lookup on MS-Windows was improved to support rare scripts. | ||
| 3427 | To activate the improvement, run the new function | ||
| 3428 | 'w32-find-non-USB-fonts' once per Emacs session, or assign to the new | ||
| 3429 | variable 'w32-non-USB-fonts' the list of scripts and the corresponding | ||
| 3430 | fonts. See the documentation of this function and variable in the | ||
| 3431 | Emacs manual for more details. | ||
| 3432 | |||
| 3433 | +++ | ||
| 3434 | ** On NS the behavior of drag and drop can now be modified by use of | ||
| 3435 | modifier keys in line with Apples guidelines. This makes the drag and | ||
| 3436 | drop behavior more consistent, as previously the sending application | ||
| 3437 | was able to 'set' modifiers without the knowledge of the user. | ||
| 3438 | |||
| 3439 | ** On NS multicolor font display is enabled again since it is also | ||
| 3440 | implemented in Emacs on free operating systems via Cairo drawing. | ||
| 3441 | 50 | ||
| 3442 | 51 | ||
| 3443 | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | 52 | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- |
diff --git a/etc/NEWS.27 b/etc/NEWS.27 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2b0622e752f --- /dev/null +++ b/etc/NEWS.27 | |||
| @@ -0,0 +1,3464 @@ | |||
| 1 | GNU Emacs NEWS -- history of user-visible changes. | ||
| 2 | |||
| 3 | Copyright (C) 2017-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | ||
| 4 | See the end of the file for license conditions. | ||
| 5 | |||
| 6 | Please send Emacs bug reports to 'bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org'. | ||
| 7 | If possible, use 'M-x report-emacs-bug'. | ||
| 8 | |||
| 9 | This file is about changes in Emacs version 27. | ||
| 10 | |||
| 11 | See file HISTORY for a list of GNU Emacs versions and release dates. | ||
| 12 | See files NEWS.26, NEWS.25, ..., NEWS.18, and NEWS.1-17 for changes | ||
| 13 | in older Emacs versions. | ||
| 14 | |||
| 15 | You can narrow news to a specific version by calling 'view-emacs-news' | ||
| 16 | with a prefix argument or by typing 'C-u C-h C-n'. | ||
| 17 | |||
| 18 | Temporary note: | ||
| 19 | +++ indicates that all relevant manuals in doc/ have been updated. | ||
| 20 | --- means no change in the manuals is needed. | ||
| 21 | When you add a new item, use the appropriate mark if you are sure it | ||
| 22 | applies, and please also update docstrings as needed. | ||
| 23 | |||
| 24 | |||
| 25 | * Installation Changes in Emacs 27.1 | ||
| 26 | |||
| 27 | ** Emacs now uses GMP, the GNU Multiple Precision library. | ||
| 28 | By default, if 'configure' does not find a suitable libgmp, it | ||
| 29 | arranges for the included mini-gmp library to be built and used. | ||
| 30 | The new 'configure' option '--without-libgmp' uses mini-gmp even if a | ||
| 31 | suitable libgmp is available. | ||
| 32 | |||
| 33 | ** Emacs can now use HarfBuzz as its shaping engine. | ||
| 34 | The new configure option '--with-harfbuzz' adds support for the | ||
| 35 | HarfBuzz text shaping engine. It is on by default; use './configure | ||
| 36 | --without-harfbuzz' to build without it. The HarfBuzz text shaping is | ||
| 37 | available via new font backend drivers 'xfthb' and 'ftcrhb' for Xft | ||
| 38 | and Cairo drawings, respectively, and via the 'harfbuzz' backend on | ||
| 39 | MS-Windows. The Harfbuzz text shaping is preferred to the previously | ||
| 40 | supported ones, so the font backends that use older shaping engines | ||
| 41 | (FLT on GNU and Unix systems and Uniscribe on MS-Windows) are not | ||
| 42 | enabled by default; they can be enabled via the 'font-backend' frame | ||
| 43 | parameter or via X resources. | ||
| 44 | |||
| 45 | ** The new configure option '--with-json' adds support for JSON using | ||
| 46 | the Jansson library. It is on by default; use './configure | ||
| 47 | --with-json=no' to build without Jansson support. The new JSON | ||
| 48 | functions 'json-serialize', 'json-insert', 'json-parse-string', and | ||
| 49 | 'json-parse-buffer' are typically much faster than their Lisp | ||
| 50 | counterparts from json.el. | ||
| 51 | |||
| 52 | ** The configure option '--with-cairo' is no longer experimental. | ||
| 53 | This builds Emacs with Cairo drawing, and supports built-in printing | ||
| 54 | when Emacs is built with GTK+. | ||
| 55 | |||
| 56 | ** Emacs no longer defaults to using ImageMagick to display images, | ||
| 57 | due to security and stability concerns. To override the default, use | ||
| 58 | 'configure --with-imagemagick'. | ||
| 59 | |||
| 60 | ** Several configure options now accept an option-argument 'ifavailable'. | ||
| 61 | For example, './configure --with-xpm=ifavailable' now configures Emacs | ||
| 62 | to attempt to use libxpm but to continue building even if libxpm is | ||
| 63 | absent. The other affected options are '--with-gif', '--with-gnutls', | ||
| 64 | '--with-jpeg', '--with-png', and '--with-tiff'. | ||
| 65 | |||
| 66 | ** The etags program now uses the C library's regular expression matcher | ||
| 67 | when possible, and a compatible regex substitute otherwise. This will | ||
| 68 | let developers maintain Emacs's own regex code without having to also | ||
| 69 | support other programs. The new configure option '--without-included-regex' | ||
| 70 | forces etags to use the C library's regex matcher even if the regex | ||
| 71 | substitute ordinarily would be used to work around compatibility problems. | ||
| 72 | |||
| 73 | ** Emacs has been ported to the '-fcheck-pointer-bounds' option of GCC. | ||
| 74 | This causes Emacs to check bounds of some arrays addressed by its | ||
| 75 | internal pointers, which can be helpful when debugging the Emacs | ||
| 76 | interpreter or modules that it uses. If your platform supports it you | ||
| 77 | can enable it when configuring, e.g., './configure CFLAGS="-g3 -O2 | ||
| 78 | -mmpx -fcheck-pointer-bounds"' on Intel MPX platforms. | ||
| 79 | |||
| 80 | ** Emacs now normally uses a C pointer type instead of a C integer | ||
| 81 | type to implement Lisp_Object, which is the fundamental machine word | ||
| 82 | type internal to the Emacs Lisp interpreter. This change aims to | ||
| 83 | catch typos and supports '-fcheck-pointer-bounds'. The 'configure' | ||
| 84 | option '--enable-check-lisp-object-type' is therefore no longer as | ||
| 85 | useful and so is no longer enabled by default in developer builds, | ||
| 86 | to reduce differences between developer and production builds. | ||
| 87 | |||
| 88 | +++ | ||
| 89 | ** Emacs now uses a "portable dumper" instead of unexec. | ||
| 90 | This improves compatibility with memory allocation on modern systems, | ||
| 91 | and in particular better supports the Address Space Layout | ||
| 92 | Randomization (ASLR) feature, a security technique used by most modern | ||
| 93 | operating systems. | ||
| 94 | |||
| 95 | When built with the portable dumping support (which is the default), | ||
| 96 | Emacs looks for the 'emacs.pdmp' file, generated during the build, in | ||
| 97 | its data directory at startup, and loads the dumped state from there. | ||
| 98 | The new command-line argument '--dump-file=FILE' allows to specify a | ||
| 99 | non-default '.pdmp' file to load the state from; see the node "Initial | ||
| 100 | Options" in the Emacs manual for more information. | ||
| 101 | |||
| 102 | An Emacs started via a dump file can create a new dump file only if it | ||
| 103 | was invoked with the '-batch' option. | ||
| 104 | |||
| 105 | Although the portable dumper has been tested, it may have a bug on | ||
| 106 | unusual platforms. If you require traditional unexec dumping you can | ||
| 107 | use the configure-time option '--with-dumping=unexec'; however, please | ||
| 108 | file a bug report describing the situation, as unexec dumping is | ||
| 109 | deprecated. | ||
| 110 | |||
| 111 | +++ | ||
| 112 | ** The new configure option '--enable-checking=structs' attempts to | ||
| 113 | check that the portable dumper code has been updated to match the last | ||
| 114 | change to one of the data structures that it relies on. | ||
| 115 | |||
| 116 | +++ | ||
| 117 | ** The configure options '--enable-checking=conslist' and | ||
| 118 | '--enable-checking=xmallocoverrun' have been withdrawn. The former | ||
| 119 | made Emacs irredeemably slow, and the latter made it crash. Neither | ||
| 120 | option was useful with modern debugging tools such as AddressSanitizer. | ||
| 121 | (See etc/DEBUG for the details of using the modern replacements of the | ||
| 122 | removed configure options.) | ||
| 123 | |||
| 124 | +++ | ||
| 125 | ** The distribution tarball now has test cases; 'make check' runs them. | ||
| 126 | This is intended mostly to help developers. | ||
| 127 | |||
| 128 | --- | ||
| 129 | ** Emacs now requires GTK 2.24 and GTK 3.10 for the GTK 2 and GTK 3 | ||
| 130 | builds respectively. | ||
| 131 | |||
| 132 | ** New make target 'help' shows a summary of common make targets. | ||
| 133 | |||
| 134 | ** Emacs now builds with dynamic module support by default. Pass | ||
| 135 | '--without-modules' to 'configure' to disable dynamic module support. | ||
| 136 | |||
| 137 | |||
| 138 | * Startup Changes in Emacs 27.1 | ||
| 139 | |||
| 140 | +++ | ||
| 141 | ** Emacs now uses the XDG convention for init files. | ||
| 142 | For example, it looks for init.el in "~/.config/emacs/init.el", and | ||
| 143 | similarly for other init files. | ||
| 144 | |||
| 145 | The XDG_CONFIG_HOME environment variable (which defaults to "~/.config") | ||
| 146 | specifies the parent directory of these and other configuration files, | ||
| 147 | and will override their traditional locations (the home directory, | ||
| 148 | "~/.emacs.d", etc.). | ||
| 149 | |||
| 150 | Emacs will still look for init files in their traditional locations if | ||
| 151 | XDG_CONFIG_HOME does not exist, so invoking Emacs with | ||
| 152 | XDG_CONFIG_HOME='/nowhere' might be useful if your new-location init | ||
| 153 | files are scrambled, or if you want to force Emacs to ignore files | ||
| 154 | under XDG_CONFIG_HOME for some other reason. | ||
| 155 | |||
| 156 | +++ | ||
| 157 | ** Emacs can now be configured using an early init file. | ||
| 158 | The file is called 'early-init.el', in 'user-emacs-directory'. It is | ||
| 159 | loaded very early in the startup process: before graphical elements | ||
| 160 | such as the tool bar are initialized, and before the package manager | ||
| 161 | is initialized. The primary purpose is to allow customizing how the | ||
| 162 | package system is initialized given that initialization now happens | ||
| 163 | before loading the regular init file (see below). | ||
| 164 | |||
| 165 | We recommend against putting any customizations in this file that | ||
| 166 | don't need to be set up before initializing installed add-on packages, | ||
| 167 | because the early init file is read too early into the startup | ||
| 168 | process, and some important parts of the Emacs session, such as | ||
| 169 | 'window-system' and other GUI features, are not yet set up, which could | ||
| 170 | make some customization fail to work. | ||
| 171 | |||
| 172 | +++ | ||
| 173 | ** Installed packages are now activated *before* loading the init file. | ||
| 174 | As a result of this change, it is no longer necessary to call | ||
| 175 | 'package-initialize' in your init file. | ||
| 176 | |||
| 177 | Previously, a call to 'package-initialize' was automatically inserted | ||
| 178 | into the init file when Emacs was started. This call can now safely | ||
| 179 | be removed. Alternatively, if you want to ensure that your init file | ||
| 180 | is still compatible with earlier versions of Emacs, change it to: | ||
| 181 | |||
| 182 | (when (< emacs-major-version 27) | ||
| 183 | (package-initialize)) | ||
| 184 | |||
| 185 | However, if your init file changes the values of 'package-load-list' | ||
| 186 | or 'package-user-dir', or sets 'package-enable-at-startup' to nil then | ||
| 187 | it won't work right without some adjustment: | ||
| 188 | - You can move that code to the early init file (see above), so those | ||
| 189 | settings apply before Emacs tries to activate the packages. | ||
| 190 | - You can use the new 'package-quickstart' so activation of packages | ||
| 191 | does not need to pay attention to 'package-load-list' or | ||
| 192 | 'package-user-dir' any more. | ||
| 193 | |||
| 194 | --- | ||
| 195 | ** Emacs now notifies systemd when startup finishes or shutdown begins. | ||
| 196 | Units that are ordered after 'emacs.service' will only be started | ||
| 197 | after Emacs has finished initialization and is ready for use. | ||
| 198 | (If your Emacs is installed in a non-standard location and you copied the | ||
| 199 | emacs.service file to eg "~/.config/systemd/user/", you will need to copy | ||
| 200 | the new version of the file again.) | ||
| 201 | |||
| 202 | |||
| 203 | * Changes in Emacs 27.1 | ||
| 204 | |||
| 205 | +++ | ||
| 206 | ** 'next/previous-multiframe-window' have been renamed. | ||
| 207 | The new names are as follows: | ||
| 208 | |||
| 209 | 'next-multiframe-window' -> 'next-window-any-frame' | ||
| 210 | 'previous-multiframe-window' -> 'previous-window-any-frame' | ||
| 211 | |||
| 212 | The old function names are maintained as aliases for backward | ||
| 213 | compatibility. | ||
| 214 | |||
| 215 | ** emacsclient | ||
| 216 | |||
| 217 | +++ | ||
| 218 | *** emacsclient now supports an 'EMACS_SOCKET_NAME' environment variable. | ||
| 219 | The command-line argument '--socket-name' overrides it. | ||
| 220 | (The same behavior as for the pre-existing 'EMACS_SERVER_FILE' variable.) | ||
| 221 | |||
| 222 | +++ | ||
| 223 | *** Emacs and emacsclient now default to "$XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/emacs" | ||
| 224 | as the directory for client/server sockets, if Emacs is running | ||
| 225 | on a platform or environment that sets the 'XDG_RUNTIME_DIR' | ||
| 226 | environment variable to indicate where session sockets should go. | ||
| 227 | To get the old, less-secure behavior, you can set the | ||
| 228 | 'EMACS_SOCKET_NAME' environment variable to an appropriate value. | ||
| 229 | |||
| 230 | --- | ||
| 231 | *** When run by root, emacsclient no longer connects to non-root sockets. | ||
| 232 | (Instead you can use Tramp methods to run root commands in a non-root Emacs.) | ||
| 233 | |||
| 234 | +++ | ||
| 235 | ** New user option 'what-cursor-show-names'. | ||
| 236 | When non-nil, 'what-cursor-position' will show the name of the character | ||
| 237 | in addition to the decimal/hex/octal representation. Default nil. | ||
| 238 | |||
| 239 | +++ | ||
| 240 | ** New function 'network-lookup-address-info'. | ||
| 241 | This does IPv4 and/or IPv6 address lookups on hostnames. | ||
| 242 | |||
| 243 | +++ | ||
| 244 | ** 'network-interface-list' can now return IPv4 and IPv6 addresses. | ||
| 245 | IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are now returned by default if available, | ||
| 246 | optionally including netmask/broadcast address information. | ||
| 247 | |||
| 248 | --- | ||
| 249 | ** Control of the threshold for using the 'distant-foreground' color. | ||
| 250 | The threshold for color distance below which the 'distant-foreground' | ||
| 251 | color of the face will be used instead of the foreground color can now | ||
| 252 | be controlled via the new variable 'face-near-same-color-threshold'. | ||
| 253 | The default value is 30000, as the previously hard-coded threshold. | ||
| 254 | |||
| 255 | +++ | ||
| 256 | ** The function 'read-passwd' uses "*" as default character to hide passwords. | ||
| 257 | |||
| 258 | ** The function 'read-answer' now accepts not only single character | ||
| 259 | answers, but also function keys like F1, character events such as C-M-h, | ||
| 260 | and control characters like C-h. | ||
| 261 | |||
| 262 | ** Lexical binding is now used when evaluating interactive Elisp forms. | ||
| 263 | More specifically, lexical-binding is now used for 'M-:', '--eval', as | ||
| 264 | well as in the "*scratch*" and "*ielm*" buffers. | ||
| 265 | |||
| 266 | --- | ||
| 267 | ** The new user option 'tooltip-resize-echo-area' avoids truncating | ||
| 268 | tooltip text on GUI frames when tooltips are displayed in the echo | ||
| 269 | area. Instead, it resizes the echo area as needed to accommodate the | ||
| 270 | full tool-tip text. | ||
| 271 | |||
| 272 | --- | ||
| 273 | ** Show mode line tooltips only if the corresponding action applies. | ||
| 274 | Customize the user option 'mode-line-default-help-echo' to restore the | ||
| 275 | old behavior where the tooltip text is also shown when the | ||
| 276 | corresponding action does not apply. | ||
| 277 | |||
| 278 | +++ | ||
| 279 | ** New hook 'server-after-make-frame-hook'. | ||
| 280 | This hook is a convenient place to perform initializations in daemon | ||
| 281 | mode which require GUI features to be available. One example is | ||
| 282 | restoration of the previous session using the desktop.el package: put | ||
| 283 | the call to 'desktop-read' in this hook, if you want the GUI settings | ||
| 284 | to be restored, or if desktop.el needs to interact with you during | ||
| 285 | restoration of the session. | ||
| 286 | |||
| 287 | +++ | ||
| 288 | ** The functions 'set-frame-height' and 'set-frame-width' are now | ||
| 289 | commands, and will set the currently selected frame to the height/ | ||
| 290 | width specified by the numeric prefix. | ||
| 291 | |||
| 292 | +++ | ||
| 293 | ** New function 'logcount' calculates an integer's Hamming weight. | ||
| 294 | |||
| 295 | +++ | ||
| 296 | ** New function 'libxml-available-p'. | ||
| 297 | This function returns non-nil if libxml support is both compiled in | ||
| 298 | and available at run time. Lisp programs should use this function to | ||
| 299 | detect built-in libxml support, instead of testing for that | ||
| 300 | indirectly, e.g., by checking that functions like | ||
| 301 | 'libxml-parse-html-region' return nil. | ||
| 302 | |||
| 303 | +++ | ||
| 304 | ** 'libxml-parse-xml-region' and 'libxml-parse-html-region' take | ||
| 305 | a parameter that's called DISCARD-COMMENTS, but it really only | ||
| 306 | discards the top-level comment. Therefore this parameter is now | ||
| 307 | obsolete, and the new utility function 'xml-remove-comments' can be | ||
| 308 | used to remove comments before calling the libxml functions to parse | ||
| 309 | the data. | ||
| 310 | |||
| 311 | +++ | ||
| 312 | ** A new DOM (the XML/HTML document structure returned by functions | ||
| 313 | such as 'libxml-parse-html-region') traversal function has been added: | ||
| 314 | 'dom-search', which takes a DOM and a predicate and returns all nodes | ||
| 315 | that match. | ||
| 316 | |||
| 317 | +++ | ||
| 318 | ** The Network Security Manager now allows more fine-grained control | ||
| 319 | of what checks to run via the 'network-security-protocol-checks' | ||
| 320 | user option. | ||
| 321 | |||
| 322 | +++ | ||
| 323 | ** TLS connections have their security tightened by default. | ||
| 324 | Most of the checks for outdated, believed-to-be-weak TLS algorithms | ||
| 325 | and ciphers are now switched on by default. (In addition, several new | ||
| 326 | TLS weaknesses are now warned about.) By default, the NSM will | ||
| 327 | flag connections using these weak algorithms and ask users whether to | ||
| 328 | allow them. To get the old behavior back (where certificates are | ||
| 329 | checked for validity, but no warnings about weak cryptography are | ||
| 330 | issued), you can either set 'network-security-protocol-checks' to nil, | ||
| 331 | or adjust the elements in that user option to only happen on the 'high' | ||
| 332 | security level (assuming you use the 'medium' level). | ||
| 333 | |||
| 334 | --- | ||
| 335 | ** New user option 'nsm-trust-local-network'. | ||
| 336 | Allows skipping Network Security Manager checks for hosts on your | ||
| 337 | local subnet(s). It defaults to nil. Usually, there should be no | ||
| 338 | need to set this non-nil, and doing that risks opening your local | ||
| 339 | network connections to attacks. So be sure you know what you are | ||
| 340 | doing before changing the value. | ||
| 341 | |||
| 342 | +++ | ||
| 343 | ** Native GnuTLS connections can now use client certificates. | ||
| 344 | Previously, this support was only available when using the external | ||
| 345 | 'gnutls-cli' command. Call 'open-network-stream' with | ||
| 346 | ':client-certificate t' to trigger looking up of per-server | ||
| 347 | certificates via 'auth-source'. | ||
| 348 | |||
| 349 | +++ | ||
| 350 | ** New user option 'network-stream-use-client-certificates'. | ||
| 351 | When non-nil, 'open-network-stream' performs lookups of client | ||
| 352 | certificates using 'auth-source' as if ':client-certificate t' were | ||
| 353 | specified iff there is no explicit ':client-certificate' parameter. | ||
| 354 | Defaults to nil. | ||
| 355 | |||
| 356 | +++ | ||
| 357 | ** New function 'fill-polish-nobreak-p', to be used in 'fill-nobreak-predicate'. | ||
| 358 | It blocks line breaking after a one-letter word, also in the case when | ||
| 359 | this word is preceded by a non-space, but non-alphanumeric character. | ||
| 360 | |||
| 361 | +++ | ||
| 362 | ** The limit on repetitions in regexps has been raised to 2^16-1. | ||
| 363 | It was previously limited to 2^15-1. For example, the following | ||
| 364 | regular expression was previously invalid, but is now accepted: | ||
| 365 | |||
| 366 | x\{32768\} | ||
| 367 | |||
| 368 | --- | ||
| 369 | ** The German prefix and postfix input methods now support Capital sharp S. | ||
| 370 | |||
| 371 | --- | ||
| 372 | ** New input methods 'hawaiian-postfix' and 'hawaiian-prefix'. | ||
| 373 | |||
| 374 | --- | ||
| 375 | ** New input methods 'georgian-qwerty' and 'georgian-nuskhuri'. | ||
| 376 | |||
| 377 | --- | ||
| 378 | ** New input methods for several variants of the Sami language. | ||
| 379 | The Sami input methods include: 'norwegian-sami-prefix', | ||
| 380 | 'bergsland-hasselbrink-sami-prefix', 'southern-sami-prefix', | ||
| 381 | 'ume-sami-prefix', 'northern-sami-prefix', 'inari-sami-prefix', | ||
| 382 | 'skolt-sami-prefix', and 'kildin-sami-prefix'. | ||
| 383 | |||
| 384 | +++ | ||
| 385 | ** In Japanese environments that do not specify encodings and are not | ||
| 386 | based on MS-Windows, the default encoding is now utf-8 instead of | ||
| 387 | japanese-iso-8bit. | ||
| 388 | |||
| 389 | +++ | ||
| 390 | ** New function 'exec-path'. | ||
| 391 | This function by default returns the value of the corresponding | ||
| 392 | user option, but can optionally return the equivalent of 'exec-path' | ||
| 393 | from a remote host. | ||
| 394 | |||
| 395 | +++ | ||
| 396 | ** The function 'executable-find' supports an optional argument REMOTE. | ||
| 397 | This triggers to search the program on the remote host as indicated by | ||
| 398 | 'default-directory'. | ||
| 399 | |||
| 400 | +++ | ||
| 401 | ** New user option 'auto-save-no-message'. | ||
| 402 | When set to t, no message will be shown when auto-saving (default | ||
| 403 | value: nil). | ||
| 404 | |||
| 405 | --- | ||
| 406 | ** The value of 'make-cursor-line-fully-visible' can now be a function. | ||
| 407 | In addition to nil or non-nil, the value can now be a predicate | ||
| 408 | function. Follow mode uses this to control scrolling of its windows | ||
| 409 | when the last screen line in a window is not fully visible. | ||
| 410 | |||
| 411 | +++ | ||
| 412 | ** New variable 'emacs-repository-branch'. | ||
| 413 | It reports the git branch from which Emacs was built. | ||
| 414 | |||
| 415 | +++ | ||
| 416 | ** New user option 'switch-to-buffer-obey-display-actions'. | ||
| 417 | When non-nil, 'switch-to-buffer' uses 'pop-to-buffer-same-window' that | ||
| 418 | respects display actions specified by 'display-buffer-alist' and | ||
| 419 | 'display-buffer-overriding-action'. | ||
| 420 | |||
| 421 | +++ | ||
| 422 | ** The option 'switch-to-visible-buffer' is now obsolete. | ||
| 423 | Customize 'switch-to-prev-buffer-skip' instead. | ||
| 424 | |||
| 425 | +++ | ||
| 426 | ** New option 'switch-to-prev-buffer-skip'. | ||
| 427 | This option allows to specify the set of buffers that may be shown by | ||
| 428 | 'switch-to-prev-buffer' and 'switch-to-next-buffer' more stringently | ||
| 429 | than the now obsolete 'switch-to-visible-buffer'. | ||
| 430 | |||
| 431 | ** New 'flex' completion style | ||
| 432 | An implementation of popular "flex/fuzzy/scatter" completion which | ||
| 433 | matches strings where the pattern appears as a subsequence. Put | ||
| 434 | simply, makes "foo" complete to both "barfoo" and "frodo". Add 'flex' | ||
| 435 | to 'completion-styles' or 'completion-category-overrides' to use it. | ||
| 436 | |||
| 437 | ** The 'completion-common-part' face is now visible by default. | ||
| 438 | |||
| 439 | +++ | ||
| 440 | ** New face attribute ':extend' to control face extension at EOL. | ||
| 441 | The new face attribute ':extend' controls whether to use the face for | ||
| 442 | displaying the empty space beyond end of line (EOL) till the edge of | ||
| 443 | the window. By default, this attribute is non-nil only for a small | ||
| 444 | number of faces, notably, 'region'; any other face that crosses end of | ||
| 445 | line will not affect the display of the empty space at EOL. This is | ||
| 446 | to make Emacs behave more like other GUI applications with respect to | ||
| 447 | displaying faces that cross line boundaries. | ||
| 448 | |||
| 449 | This attribute behaves specially when theme definitions are applied: | ||
| 450 | if the theme doesn't specify an explicit value of this attribute for a | ||
| 451 | face, the value from the original face definition is inherited. | ||
| 452 | Consequently, a theme generally shouldn't specify this attribute | ||
| 453 | unless it has a good reason to do so. | ||
| 454 | |||
| 455 | ** Connection-local variables | ||
| 456 | |||
| 457 | +++ | ||
| 458 | *** Connection-local variables are applied by default like file-local | ||
| 459 | and directory-local variables. | ||
| 460 | |||
| 461 | +++ | ||
| 462 | *** The macro 'with-connection-local-variables' has been renamed from | ||
| 463 | 'with-connection-local-profiles'. No argument PROFILES needed any longer. | ||
| 464 | |||
| 465 | --- | ||
| 466 | ** New user option 'next-error-verbose' controls when 'next-error' | ||
| 467 | outputs a message about the error locus. | ||
| 468 | |||
| 469 | --- | ||
| 470 | ** New user option 'grep-search-path' defines the directories searched for | ||
| 471 | grep hits (this used to be controlled by 'compilation-search-path'). | ||
| 472 | |||
| 473 | --- | ||
| 474 | ** New user option 'emacs-lisp-compilation-search-path' defines the | ||
| 475 | directories searched for byte-compiler error messages (this used to | ||
| 476 | be controlled by 'compilation-search-path'). | ||
| 477 | |||
| 478 | ** Multicolor fonts such as "Noto Color Emoji" can be displayed on | ||
| 479 | Emacs configured with Cairo drawing and linked with cairo >= 1.16.0. | ||
| 480 | |||
| 481 | +++ | ||
| 482 | ** Emacs now optionally displays a fill column indicator. | ||
| 483 | |||
| 484 | This is similar to what 'fill-column-indicator' package provides, but | ||
| 485 | much faster and compatible with 'show-trailing-whitespace'. | ||
| 486 | |||
| 487 | Customize the buffer-local user options 'display-fill-column-indicator' | ||
| 488 | and 'display-fill-column-indicator-character' to activate the | ||
| 489 | indicator. | ||
| 490 | |||
| 491 | The indicator is not displayed at all in minibuffer windows and | ||
| 492 | in tooltips, as it is not useful there. | ||
| 493 | |||
| 494 | There are 2 new buffer local variables and 1 face to customize this | ||
| 495 | mode they are described in the manual "(emacs) Display". | ||
| 496 | |||
| 497 | +++ | ||
| 498 | ** 'progress-reporter-update' accepts a suffix string to display. | ||
| 499 | |||
| 500 | --- | ||
| 501 | ** New user option 'xref-file-name-display' controls the display of | ||
| 502 | file names in xref buffers. | ||
| 503 | |||
| 504 | ** New user option 'byte-count-to-string-function'. | ||
| 505 | It is used for displaying file sizes and disk space in some cases. | ||
| 506 | |||
| 507 | +++ | ||
| 508 | ** Emacs now interprets RGB triplets like HTML, SVG, and CSS do. | ||
| 509 | |||
| 510 | The X convention previously used differed slightly, particularly for | ||
| 511 | RGB triplets with a single hexadecimal digit per component. | ||
| 512 | |||
| 513 | --- | ||
| 514 | ** The toolbar now shows the equivalent key binding in its tooltips. | ||
| 515 | |||
| 516 | --- | ||
| 517 | ** The File menu-bar menu was re-arranged: Print menu items moved to | ||
| 518 | submenu, and also added the new entries for tabs. | ||
| 519 | |||
| 520 | --- | ||
| 521 | ** 'scroll-lock-mode' is now bound to the 'Scroll_Lock' key globally. | ||
| 522 | Note that this key binding will not work on MS-Windows systems if | ||
| 523 | 'w32-scroll-lock-modifier' is non-nil. | ||
| 524 | |||
| 525 | --- | ||
| 526 | ** 'global-set-key', called interactively, now no longer downcases a | ||
| 527 | key binding with an upper case letter - if you can type it, you can | ||
| 528 | bind it. | ||
| 529 | |||
| 530 | +++ | ||
| 531 | ** 'read-from-minibuffer' now works with buffer-local history variables. | ||
| 532 | The HIST argument of 'read-from-minibuffer' now works correctly with | ||
| 533 | buffer-local variables. This means that different buffers can have | ||
| 534 | their own separated input history list if desired. | ||
| 535 | |||
| 536 | ** 'backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch' applies to file gid, too. | ||
| 537 | In addition to checking the file owner uid, Emacs also checks that the | ||
| 538 | group gid is not greater than backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch; | ||
| 539 | if so, backup-by-copying-when-mismatch will be forced on. | ||
| 540 | |||
| 541 | |||
| 542 | * Editing Changes in Emacs 27.1 | ||
| 543 | |||
| 544 | +++ | ||
| 545 | ** 'zap-to-char' now uses history of characters you used to zap to. | ||
| 546 | 'zap-to-char' uses the new 'read-char-from-minibuffer' function to allow | ||
| 547 | navigating through the history of characters that have been input. | ||
| 548 | This is mostly useful for characters that have complex input methods | ||
| 549 | where inputting the character again may involve many keystrokes. | ||
| 550 | |||
| 551 | +++ | ||
| 552 | ** 'save-some-buffers' now has a new action in the prompt: 'C-f' will | ||
| 553 | exit the command and switch to the buffer currently being asked about. | ||
| 554 | |||
| 555 | +++ | ||
| 556 | ** The new 'amalgamating-undo-limit' variable can be used to control | ||
| 557 | how many changes should be amalgamated when using the 'undo' command. | ||
| 558 | |||
| 559 | --- | ||
| 560 | ** The 'newline-and-indent' command (commonly bound to 'RET' in many | ||
| 561 | modes) now takes an optional numeric argument to specify how many | ||
| 562 | times is should insert newlines (and indent). | ||
| 563 | |||
| 564 | +++ | ||
| 565 | ** New command 'make-empty-file'. | ||
| 566 | |||
| 567 | --- | ||
| 568 | ** New variable 'x-wait-for-event-timeout'. | ||
| 569 | This controls how long Emacs will wait for updates to the graphical | ||
| 570 | state to take effect (making a frame visible, for example). | ||
| 571 | |||
| 572 | +++ | ||
| 573 | ** New user option 'electric-quote-replace-double'. | ||
| 574 | This option controls whether '"' is replaced in 'electric-quote-mode', | ||
| 575 | in addition to other quote characters. If non-nil, ASCII double-quote | ||
| 576 | characters that quote text "like this" are replaced by double | ||
| 577 | typographic quotes, “like this”, in text modes, and in comments in | ||
| 578 | non-text modes. | ||
| 579 | |||
| 580 | --- | ||
| 581 | ** New user option 'flyspell-case-fold-duplications'. | ||
| 582 | This option controls whether Flyspell mode considers consecutive words | ||
| 583 | to be duplicates if they are not in the same case. If non-nil, the | ||
| 584 | default, words are considered to be duplicates even if their letters' | ||
| 585 | case does not match. | ||
| 586 | |||
| 587 | --- | ||
| 588 | ** 'write-abbrev-file' now includes special properties. | ||
| 589 | 'write-abbrev-file' now writes special properties like ':case-fixed' | ||
| 590 | for abbrevs that have them. | ||
| 591 | |||
| 592 | +++ | ||
| 593 | ** 'write-abbrev-file' skips empty tables. | ||
| 594 | 'write-abbrev-file' now skips inserting a 'define-abbrev-table' form for | ||
| 595 | tables which do not have any non-system abbrevs to save. | ||
| 596 | |||
| 597 | +++ | ||
| 598 | ** The new functions and commands 'text-property-search-forward' and | ||
| 599 | 'text-property-search-backward' have been added. These provide an | ||
| 600 | interface that's more like functions like 'search-forward'. | ||
| 601 | |||
| 602 | --- | ||
| 603 | ** More commands support noncontiguous rectangular regions, namely | ||
| 604 | 'upcase-dwim', 'downcase-dwim', 'capitalize-dwim', 'capitalize-region', | ||
| 605 | 'upcase-initials-region', 'replace-string', 'replace-regexp', and | ||
| 606 | 'delimit-columns-region'. | ||
| 607 | |||
| 608 | +++ | ||
| 609 | ** When asked to visit a large file, Emacs now offers visiting it literally. | ||
| 610 | Previously, Emacs would only ask for confirmation before visiting | ||
| 611 | large files. Now it also offers a third alternative: to visit the | ||
| 612 | file literally, as in 'find-file-literally', which speeds up | ||
| 613 | navigation and editing of large files. | ||
| 614 | |||
| 615 | --- | ||
| 616 | ** 'add-dir-local-variable' now uses dotted pair notation syntax to | ||
| 617 | write alists of variables to ".dir-locals.el". This is the same | ||
| 618 | syntax that you can see in the example of a ".dir-locals.el" file in | ||
| 619 | the node "(emacs) Directory Variables" of the user manual. | ||
| 620 | |||
| 621 | +++ | ||
| 622 | ** Network connections using 'local' can now use IPv6. | ||
| 623 | 'make-network-process' now uses the correct loopback address when | ||
| 624 | asked to use ':host 'local' and ':family 'ipv6'. | ||
| 625 | |||
| 626 | +++ | ||
| 627 | ** The new function 'replace-region-contents' replaces the current | ||
| 628 | region using a given replacement-function in a non-destructive manner | ||
| 629 | (in terms of 'replace-buffer-contents'). | ||
| 630 | |||
| 631 | +++ | ||
| 632 | ** The command 'replace-buffer-contents' now has two optional | ||
| 633 | arguments mitigating performance issues when operating on huge | ||
| 634 | buffers. | ||
| 635 | |||
| 636 | +++ | ||
| 637 | ** Dragging 'C-M-mouse-1' now marks rectangular regions. | ||
| 638 | |||
| 639 | +++ | ||
| 640 | ** The command 'delete-indentation' now operates on the active region. | ||
| 641 | If the region is active, the command joins all the lines in the | ||
| 642 | region. When there's no active region, the command works on the | ||
| 643 | current and the previous or the next line, as before. | ||
| 644 | |||
| 645 | |||
| 646 | * Changes in Specialized Modes and Packages in Emacs 27.1 | ||
| 647 | |||
| 648 | --- | ||
| 649 | ** New HTML mode skeleton 'html-id-anchor'. | ||
| 650 | This new command (which inserts an <a id="foo">_</a> skeleton) is | ||
| 651 | bound to 'C-c C-c #'. | ||
| 652 | |||
| 653 | +++ | ||
| 654 | ** New command 'font-lock-refontify'. | ||
| 655 | This is an interactive convenience function to be used when developing | ||
| 656 | font locking for a mode. It recomputes the font locking data and then | ||
| 657 | re-fontifies the buffer. | ||
| 658 | |||
| 659 | --- | ||
| 660 | ** Font Lock is smarter about fontifying unterminated strings and comments. | ||
| 661 | When you type a quote that starts a string, or a comment delimiter | ||
| 662 | that starts a comment, font-lock will not immediately refontify the | ||
| 663 | following characters in font-lock-string-face or | ||
| 664 | font-lock-comment-face. Instead, it will delay the fontification | ||
| 665 | beyond the current line to give you a chance to close the string or | ||
| 666 | comment. This is controlled by the new customizable variable | ||
| 667 | 'jit-lock-antiblink-grace', which specifies the delay in seconds. The | ||
| 668 | default is 2 seconds; set to nil to get back the old behavior. | ||
| 669 | |||
| 670 | --- | ||
| 671 | ** The 'C' command in 'tar-mode' will now preserve the timestamp of | ||
| 672 | the extracted file if the new user option 'tar-copy-preserve-time' is | ||
| 673 | non-nil. | ||
| 674 | |||
| 675 | --- | ||
| 676 | ** 'autoconf-mode' is now used instead of 'm4-mode' for the | ||
| 677 | acinclude.m4/aclocal.m4/acsite.m4 files. | ||
| 678 | |||
| 679 | --- | ||
| 680 | ** On GNU/Linux, 'M-x battery' will now list all batteries, no matter | ||
| 681 | what they're named, and the 'battery-linux-sysfs-regexp' variable has | ||
| 682 | been removed. | ||
| 683 | |||
| 684 | ** The 'list-processes' command now includes port numbers in the | ||
| 685 | network connection information (in addition to the host name). | ||
| 686 | |||
| 687 | ** The 'cl' package is now officially deprecated in favor of 'cl-lib'. | ||
| 688 | |||
| 689 | --- | ||
| 690 | ** desktop | ||
| 691 | *** When called interactively with a prefix arg 'C-u', 'desktop-read' | ||
| 692 | now prompts the user for the directory containing the desktop file. | ||
| 693 | |||
| 694 | +++ | ||
| 695 | ** display-line-numbers-mode | ||
| 696 | |||
| 697 | *** New faces 'line-number-major-tick' and 'line-number-minor-tick', | ||
| 698 | and user options 'display-line-numbers-major-tick' and | ||
| 699 | 'display-line-numbers-minor-tick' can be used to highlight the line | ||
| 700 | numbers of lines multiple of certain numbers. | ||
| 701 | |||
| 702 | *** New variable 'display-line-numbers-offset', when non-zero, adds | ||
| 703 | an offset to absolute line numbers. | ||
| 704 | |||
| 705 | +++ | ||
| 706 | ** winner | ||
| 707 | *** A new user option, 'winner-boring-buffers-regexp', has been added. | ||
| 708 | |||
| 709 | ** table | ||
| 710 | ** 'table-generate-source' and friends now support outputting wiki and | ||
| 711 | mediawiki format tables. | ||
| 712 | |||
| 713 | --- | ||
| 714 | ** telnet-mode | ||
| 715 | *** Reverting a buffer in 'telnet-mode' will restart a closed connection. | ||
| 716 | |||
| 717 | ** goto-addr | ||
| 718 | *** A way to more conveniently specify what URI address schemes that | ||
| 719 | should be ignored have been added via the | ||
| 720 | 'goto-address-uri-schemes-ignored' variable. | ||
| 721 | |||
| 722 | +++ | ||
| 723 | ** tex-mode | ||
| 724 | *** 'latex-noindent-commands' controls indentation of certain commands. | ||
| 725 | You can use this new user option to control indentation of arguments of | ||
| 726 | \emph, \footnote, and similar commands. | ||
| 727 | |||
| 728 | ** byte compiler | ||
| 729 | *** 'byte-compile-dynamic' is now obsolete. | ||
| 730 | This is because on the one hand it suffers from misbehavior in corner | ||
| 731 | cases that have plagued it for years, and on the other experiments indicated | ||
| 732 | that it doesn't bring any measurable benefit. | ||
| 733 | |||
| 734 | --- | ||
| 735 | *** The 'g' keystroke in *Compile-Log* buffers has been bound to a new | ||
| 736 | command that will recompile the file previously compiled with 'M-x | ||
| 737 | byte-compile-file' and the like. | ||
| 738 | |||
| 739 | ** compile.el | ||
| 740 | --- | ||
| 741 | *** In 'compilation-error-regexp-alist', 'line' (and 'end-line') can | ||
| 742 | be functions. | ||
| 743 | +++ | ||
| 744 | *** 'compilation-context-lines' can now take the value t; this is like | ||
| 745 | nil, but instead of scrolling the current line to the top of the | ||
| 746 | screen when there is no left fringe, it inserts a visible arrow before | ||
| 747 | column zero. | ||
| 748 | --- | ||
| 749 | *** The new 'compilation-transform-file-match-alist' user option can | ||
| 750 | be used to transform file name matches compilation output, and remove | ||
| 751 | known false positives being recognized as warnings/errors. | ||
| 752 | |||
| 753 | ** cl-lib.el | ||
| 754 | +++ | ||
| 755 | *** 'cl-defstruct' has a new ':noinline' argument to prevent inlining | ||
| 756 | its functions. | ||
| 757 | |||
| 758 | +++ | ||
| 759 | *** 'cl-defstruct' slots accept a ':documentation' property. | ||
| 760 | |||
| 761 | --- | ||
| 762 | *** 'cl-values-list' will now signal an error if its argument isn't a list. | ||
| 763 | |||
| 764 | ** doc-view.el | ||
| 765 | *** New commands 'doc-view-presentation' and 'doc-view-fit-window-to-page'. | ||
| 766 | *** Added support for password-protected PDF files | ||
| 767 | |||
| 768 | *** A new user option 'doc-view-pdftotext-program-args' has been added | ||
| 769 | to allow controlling how the conversion to text is done. | ||
| 770 | |||
| 771 | ** Ido | ||
| 772 | *** New user option 'ido-big-directories' to mark directories whose | ||
| 773 | names match certain regular expressions as big. Ido won't attempt to | ||
| 774 | list the contents of such directories when completing file names. | ||
| 775 | |||
| 776 | ** Minibuffer | ||
| 777 | |||
| 778 | +++ | ||
| 779 | *** A new user option, 'minibuffer-beginning-of-buffer-movement', has | ||
| 780 | been introduced to allow controlling how the 'M-<' command works in | ||
| 781 | the minibuffer. If non-nil, point will move to the end of the prompt | ||
| 782 | (if point is after the end of the prompt). | ||
| 783 | |||
| 784 | +++ | ||
| 785 | *** When the minibuffer is active, echo-area messages are displayed at | ||
| 786 | the end of the minibuffer instead of hiding the minibuffer by the echo | ||
| 787 | area display. The new option 'minibuffer-message-clear-timeout' | ||
| 788 | controls how messages displayed in this situation are removed from the | ||
| 789 | minibuffer. | ||
| 790 | |||
| 791 | --- | ||
| 792 | *** Minibuffer now uses 'minibuffer-message' to display error messages | ||
| 793 | at the end of the active minibuffer. | ||
| 794 | |||
| 795 | +++ | ||
| 796 | *** 'y-or-n-p' now uses the minibuffer to read 'y' or 'n' answer. | ||
| 797 | |||
| 798 | *** Some commands that previously used read-char-choice now read | ||
| 799 | a character using the minibuffer by read-char-from-minibuffer. | ||
| 800 | |||
| 801 | ** map.el | ||
| 802 | *** Now also understands plists. | ||
| 803 | *** Now defined via generic functions that can be extended via 'cl-defmethod'. | ||
| 804 | *** Deprecate the 'map-put' macro in favor of a new 'map-put!' function. | ||
| 805 | *** 'map-contains-key' now returns a boolean rather than the key. | ||
| 806 | *** Deprecate the 'testfn' args of 'map-elt' and 'map-contains-key'. | ||
| 807 | *** New generic function 'map-insert'. | ||
| 808 | |||
| 809 | +++ | ||
| 810 | *** The 'type' arg can be a list '(hash-table :key1 VAL1 :key2 VAL2 ...)' | ||
| 811 | |||
| 812 | ** seq.el | ||
| 813 | New convenience functions 'seq-first' and 'seq-rest' give easy access | ||
| 814 | to respectively the first and all but the first elements of sequences. | ||
| 815 | |||
| 816 | The new predicate function 'seq-contains-p' should be used instead of | ||
| 817 | the now obsolete 'seq-contains'. | ||
| 818 | |||
| 819 | --- | ||
| 820 | ** Follow mode | ||
| 821 | In the current follow group of windows, "ghost" cursors are no longer | ||
| 822 | displayed in the non-selected follow windows. To get the old behavior | ||
| 823 | back, customize 'follow-hide-ghost-cursors' to nil. | ||
| 824 | |||
| 825 | +++ | ||
| 826 | ** New variable 'warning-fill-column' for 'display-warning'. | ||
| 827 | |||
| 828 | ** Windmove | ||
| 829 | |||
| 830 | *** 'windmove-create-window' when non-nil makes a new window on moving off | ||
| 831 | the edge of the frame. | ||
| 832 | |||
| 833 | *** Windmove supports directional window display and selection. | ||
| 834 | The new command 'windmove-display-default-keybindings' binds default | ||
| 835 | keys with provided modifiers (by default, Shift-Meta) to the commands | ||
| 836 | that display the next buffer in the window at the specified direction. | ||
| 837 | This is like 'windmove-default-keybindings' that binds keys to commands | ||
| 838 | that select the window in the specified direction, but additionally it | ||
| 839 | displays the buffer from the next command in that window. For example, | ||
| 840 | 'S-M-right C-h i' displays the "*Info*" buffer in the right window, | ||
| 841 | creating the window if necessary. A special key can be customized to | ||
| 842 | display the buffer in the same window, for example, 'S-M-0 C-h e' | ||
| 843 | displays the "*Messages*" buffer in the same window. 'S-M-t C-h C-n' | ||
| 844 | displays NEWS in a new tab. | ||
| 845 | |||
| 846 | *** Windmove also supports directional window deletion. | ||
| 847 | The new command 'windmove-delete-default-keybindings' binds default | ||
| 848 | keys with provided prefix (by default, 'C-x') and modifiers (by default, | ||
| 849 | 'Shift') to the commands that delete the window in the specified | ||
| 850 | direction. For example, 'C-x S-down' deletes the window below. | ||
| 851 | With a prefix arg 'C-u', also kills the buffer in that window. | ||
| 852 | With 'M-0', deletes the selected window and selects the window | ||
| 853 | that was in the specified direction. | ||
| 854 | |||
| 855 | *** New command 'windmove-swap-states-in-direction' binds default keys | ||
| 856 | to the commands that swap the states of the selected window with the | ||
| 857 | window in the specified direction. | ||
| 858 | |||
| 859 | *** Windmove code no longer used is now obsolete. That includes the | ||
| 860 | user option 'windmove-window-distance-delta' and the functions | ||
| 861 | 'windmove-coord-add', 'windmove-constrain-to-range', | ||
| 862 | 'windmove-constrain-around-range', 'windmove-frame-edges', | ||
| 863 | 'windmove-constrain-loc-for-movement', 'windmove-wrap-loc-for-movement', | ||
| 864 | 'windmove-reference-loc' and 'windmove-other-window-loc'. | ||
| 865 | |||
| 866 | ** Octave mode | ||
| 867 | The mode is automatically enabled in files that start with the | ||
| 868 | 'function' keyword. | ||
| 869 | |||
| 870 | ** project.el | ||
| 871 | |||
| 872 | *** New commands 'project-search' and 'project-query-replace-regexp'. | ||
| 873 | |||
| 874 | *** New user option 'project-read-file-name-function'. | ||
| 875 | |||
| 876 | ** Etags | ||
| 877 | |||
| 878 | +++ | ||
| 879 | *** 'next-file' is now an obsolete alias of 'tags-next-file'. | ||
| 880 | |||
| 881 | *** 'tags-loop-revert-buffers' is an obsolete alias of | ||
| 882 | 'fileloop-revert-buffers'. | ||
| 883 | |||
| 884 | *** The 'tags-loop-continue' function along with the | ||
| 885 | 'tags-loop-operate' and 'tags-loop-scan' variables are now obsolete; | ||
| 886 | use the new 'fileloop-initialize' and 'fileloop-continue' functions | ||
| 887 | instead. | ||
| 888 | |||
| 889 | +++ | ||
| 890 | *** etags is now able to read Zstandard-compressed files. | ||
| 891 | |||
| 892 | ** bibtex | ||
| 893 | |||
| 894 | --- | ||
| 895 | *** New commands 'bibtex-next-entry' and 'bibtex-previous-entry'. | ||
| 896 | In 'bibtex-mode-map', 'forward-paragraph' and 'backward-paragraph' are | ||
| 897 | remapped to these, respectively. | ||
| 898 | |||
| 899 | ** Dired | ||
| 900 | |||
| 901 | --- | ||
| 902 | *** On systems that support suid/guid files, Dired now fontifies the | ||
| 903 | permissions of such files with a special face 'dired-set-id'. | ||
| 904 | |||
| 905 | +++ | ||
| 906 | *** New command 'dired-create-empty-file'. | ||
| 907 | |||
| 908 | +++ | ||
| 909 | *** New command and keystroke 'dired-number-of-marked-files' bound to | ||
| 910 | '* N'. | ||
| 911 | |||
| 912 | *** The marking commands now report how many files were marked by the | ||
| 913 | command itself, not how many files are marked in total. | ||
| 914 | |||
| 915 | --- | ||
| 916 | *** A new face, 'dired-special', is used to highlight sockets, named | ||
| 917 | pipes, block devices and character devices. | ||
| 918 | |||
| 919 | +++ | ||
| 920 | *** The new user option 'dired-create-destination-dirs' controls whether | ||
| 921 | 'dired-do-copy' and 'dired-rename-file' should create non-existent | ||
| 922 | directories in the destination. | ||
| 923 | |||
| 924 | +++ | ||
| 925 | *** 'dired-dwim-target' can be customized to prefer either the next window, | ||
| 926 | or one of the most recently visited windows with a Dired buffer. | ||
| 927 | |||
| 928 | *** When the new user option 'dired-vc-rename-file' is non-nil, | ||
| 929 | Dired performs file renaming using underlying version control system. | ||
| 930 | |||
| 931 | ** Find-Dired | ||
| 932 | |||
| 933 | *** New user option 'find-dired-refine-function'. | ||
| 934 | The default value is 'find-dired-sort-by-filename'. | ||
| 935 | |||
| 936 | *** New sorting options for the user option 'find-ls-option'. | ||
| 937 | |||
| 938 | --- | ||
| 939 | *** Zstandard compression is now supported for 'dired-do-compress' and | ||
| 940 | 'dired-do-compress-to'. | ||
| 941 | |||
| 942 | ** Change Logs and VC | ||
| 943 | |||
| 944 | --- | ||
| 945 | *** New user option 'vc-tor'. | ||
| 946 | When non-nil, this option causes the VC commands to communicate with | ||
| 947 | the repository via Tor's proxy, using the 'torsocks' wrapper script. | ||
| 948 | The default is nil. | ||
| 949 | |||
| 950 | +++ | ||
| 951 | *** New command 'log-edit-generate-changelog-from-diff', bound to 'C-c C-w'. | ||
| 952 | This generates ChangeLog entries from the VC fileset diff. | ||
| 953 | |||
| 954 | *** 'vc-dir' now shows a button allowing you to hide the stash list. | ||
| 955 | Controlled by user option 'vc-git-show-stash'. Default t means show | ||
| 956 | the entire list as before. An integer value limits the list length | ||
| 957 | (but still allows you to show the entire list via the button). | ||
| 958 | |||
| 959 | *** Recording ChangeLog entries doesn't require an actual file. | ||
| 960 | If a ChangeLog file doesn't exist, and if the new user option | ||
| 961 | 'add-log-dont-create-changelog-file' is non-nil (which is the | ||
| 962 | default), commands such as 'C-x 4 a' will add log entries to a | ||
| 963 | suitable named temporary buffer. (An existing ChangeLog file will | ||
| 964 | still be used if it exists.) Set the user option to nil to get the | ||
| 965 | previous behavior of always creating a buffer that visits a ChangeLog | ||
| 966 | file. | ||
| 967 | |||
| 968 | *** New user option 'vc-find-revision-no-save'. | ||
| 969 | With non-nil, 'vc-find-revision' doesn't write the created buffer to file. | ||
| 970 | |||
| 971 | --- | ||
| 972 | *** 'vc-dir-ignore' now takes a prefix argument to ignore all marked files. | ||
| 973 | |||
| 974 | *** New user option 'vc-git-grep-template'. | ||
| 975 | This new user option allows customizing the default arguments passed to | ||
| 976 | 'git-grep' when 'vc-git-grep' is used. | ||
| 977 | |||
| 978 | *** Command 'vc-git-stash' now respects marks in the "*vc-dir*" buffer. | ||
| 979 | When some files are marked, only those are stashed. | ||
| 980 | When no files are marked, all modified files are stashed, as before. | ||
| 981 | |||
| 982 | *** 'vc-git-stash' has now been bound to the 'C' keystroke in the | ||
| 983 | stash headers. | ||
| 984 | |||
| 985 | *** Some stash keybindings are now available in the stash button. | ||
| 986 | 'vc-git-stash' and 'vc-git-stash-snapshot' can now be run using 'C' | ||
| 987 | and 'S' respectively, including when there are no stashes. | ||
| 988 | |||
| 989 | *** The new hook 'vc-retrieve-tag-hook' runs after retrieving a tag. | ||
| 990 | |||
| 991 | --- | ||
| 992 | *** 'vc-hg' now invokes 'smerge-mode' when visiting files. | ||
| 993 | Code that attempted to invoke 'smerge-mode' when visiting an Hg file | ||
| 994 | with conflicts existed in earlier versions of Emacs, but incorrectly | ||
| 995 | never detected a conflict due to invalid assumptions about cached | ||
| 996 | values. | ||
| 997 | |||
| 998 | +++ | ||
| 999 | *** The Hg (Mercurial) back-end now supports 'vc-region-history'. | ||
| 1000 | The 'C-x v h' command now works in buffers that visit files controlled | ||
| 1001 | by Hg. | ||
| 1002 | |||
| 1003 | +++ | ||
| 1004 | *** The Hg (Mercurial) back-end now prompts for revision to merge when | ||
| 1005 | you invoke 'C-x v m' ('vc-merge'). | ||
| 1006 | |||
| 1007 | --- | ||
| 1008 | *** The Hg (Mercurial) back-end now use tags, branches and bookmarks | ||
| 1009 | instead of revision numbers as completion candidates when it prompts | ||
| 1010 | for a revision. | ||
| 1011 | |||
| 1012 | +++ | ||
| 1013 | *** 'C-u C-x v D' ('vc-root-version-diff') prompts for two revisions | ||
| 1014 | and compares their entire trees. | ||
| 1015 | |||
| 1016 | *** New user option 'vc-hg-revert-switches' specifies switches to pass | ||
| 1017 | to Hg revert. | ||
| 1018 | |||
| 1019 | *** 'C-x v M D' ('vc-diff-mergebase') and 'C-x v M L' ('vc-log-mergebase') | ||
| 1020 | print diffs and logs between the merge base (common ancestor) of two | ||
| 1021 | given revisions. | ||
| 1022 | |||
| 1023 | +++ | ||
| 1024 | *** The new 'd' command ('vc-dir-clean-files') in 'vc-dir-mode' | ||
| 1025 | buffers will delete the marked files (or if no files are marked, the | ||
| 1026 | file under point). This command does not notify the VC backend, and | ||
| 1027 | is mostly useful for unregistered files. | ||
| 1028 | |||
| 1029 | *** New command 'vc-log-search' asks for a pattern, searches it | ||
| 1030 | in the revision log, and displays matched log entries in the | ||
| 1031 | log buffer. For example, 'M-x vc-log-search RET bug#36644 RET' | ||
| 1032 | displays all entries whose log messages match the bug number. | ||
| 1033 | With a prefix argument asks for a command, so for example, | ||
| 1034 | 'C-u M-x vc-log-search RET git log -1 f302475 RET' will display | ||
| 1035 | just one log entry found by its revision number. | ||
| 1036 | |||
| 1037 | +++ | ||
| 1038 | *** It is now possible to display a specific revision given by its ID. | ||
| 1039 | If you invoke 'C-x v L' ('vc-print-root-log') with a numeric argument | ||
| 1040 | of 1, as in 'C-1 C-x v L' or 'C-u 1 C-x v L', it asks for a revision | ||
| 1041 | ID, and shows its log entry together with the diffs introduced by the | ||
| 1042 | revision's commit. (For some less capable VCSes, only the log entry | ||
| 1043 | is shown.) | ||
| 1044 | |||
| 1045 | *** 'C-x v =' can now mimic Magit's diff format. | ||
| 1046 | Set the new user option 'diff-font-lock-prettify' to t for that, see | ||
| 1047 | below under "Diff mode". | ||
| 1048 | |||
| 1049 | --- | ||
| 1050 | *** The 'diff' function arguments OLD and NEW may each be a buffer | ||
| 1051 | rather than a file, in non-interactive calls. This change was made in | ||
| 1052 | Emacs 24.1, but wasn't documented until now. | ||
| 1053 | |||
| 1054 | +++ | ||
| 1055 | *** New command 'diff-buffers' interactively diffs two buffers. | ||
| 1056 | |||
| 1057 | ** Diff mode | ||
| 1058 | +++ | ||
| 1059 | *** Hunks are now automatically refined by font-lock. | ||
| 1060 | To disable refinement, set the new user option 'diff-refine' to nil. | ||
| 1061 | To get back the old behavior where hunks are refined as you navigate | ||
| 1062 | through a diff, set 'diff-refine' to the symbol 'navigate'. | ||
| 1063 | |||
| 1064 | +++ | ||
| 1065 | *** 'diff-auto-refine-mode' is deprecated in favor of 'diff-refine'. | ||
| 1066 | It is no longer enabled by default and binding it no longer has any | ||
| 1067 | effect. | ||
| 1068 | |||
| 1069 | +++ | ||
| 1070 | *** Better syntax highlighting of Diff hunks. | ||
| 1071 | Fragments of source in Diff hunks are now by default highlighted | ||
| 1072 | according to the appropriate major mode. Customize the new user | ||
| 1073 | option 'diff-font-lock-syntax' to nil to disable this. | ||
| 1074 | |||
| 1075 | *** File headers can be shortened, mimicking Magit's diff format. | ||
| 1076 | To enable it, set the new user option 'diff-font-lock-prettify' to t. | ||
| 1077 | On GUI frames, this option also displays the insertion and deletion | ||
| 1078 | indicators on the left fringe. | ||
| 1079 | |||
| 1080 | +++ | ||
| 1081 | *** Prefix arg of 'diff-goto-source' means jump to the old revision | ||
| 1082 | of the file under version control if point is on an old changed line, | ||
| 1083 | or to the new revision of the file otherwise. | ||
| 1084 | |||
| 1085 | ** Texinfo | ||
| 1086 | |||
| 1087 | +++ | ||
| 1088 | *** New function for inserting '@pxref', '@xref', or '@ref' commands. | ||
| 1089 | The function 'texinfo-insert-dwim-@ref', bound to 'C-c C-c r' by | ||
| 1090 | default, inserts one of three types of references based on the text | ||
| 1091 | surrounding point, namely '@pxref' near a parenthesis, '@xref' at the | ||
| 1092 | start of a sentence or at '(point-min)', else '@ref'. | ||
| 1093 | |||
| 1094 | ** Browse-url | ||
| 1095 | |||
| 1096 | *** The function 'browse-url-emacs' can now visit a URL in selected window. | ||
| 1097 | It now treats the optional 2nd argument to mean that the URL should be | ||
| 1098 | shown in the currently selected window. | ||
| 1099 | |||
| 1100 | *** A new function, 'browse-url-add-buttons' can be used to add clickable | ||
| 1101 | links to most ordinary special-mode buffers that display text that | ||
| 1102 | have URLs embedded. 'browse-url-button-regexp' controls what's | ||
| 1103 | considered a button. | ||
| 1104 | |||
| 1105 | *** A new user option, 'browse-url-secondary-browser-function', has been added. | ||
| 1106 | |||
| 1107 | ** Comint | ||
| 1108 | |||
| 1109 | +++ | ||
| 1110 | *** 'send-invisible' is now an obsolete alias for 'comint-send-invisible'. | ||
| 1111 | Also, 'shell-strip-ctrl-m' is declared obsolete. | ||
| 1112 | |||
| 1113 | +++ | ||
| 1114 | *** 'C-c .' ('comint-insert-previous-argument') no longer interprets '&'. | ||
| 1115 | This feature caused problems when '&&' was present in the previous | ||
| 1116 | command. Since this command emulates 'M-.' in Bash and zsh, neither | ||
| 1117 | of which treats '&' specially, the feature was removed for | ||
| 1118 | compatibility with these shells. | ||
| 1119 | |||
| 1120 | +++ | ||
| 1121 | *** 'comint-insert-previous-argument' can now count arguments from the end. | ||
| 1122 | By default, invoking 'C-c .' with a numeric argument N would copy the | ||
| 1123 | Nth argument, counting from the first one. But if the new user option | ||
| 1124 | 'comint-insert-previous-argument-from-end' is non-nil, it will copy | ||
| 1125 | the Nth argument counting from the last one. Thus 'C-c .' can now | ||
| 1126 | better emulate 'M-.' in both Bash and zsh, since the former counts | ||
| 1127 | from the beginning of the arguments, while the latter counts from the | ||
| 1128 | end. | ||
| 1129 | |||
| 1130 | +++ | ||
| 1131 | *** 'comint-run' can now accept a list of switches to pass to the program. | ||
| 1132 | 'C-u M-x comint-run' will prompt for the switches interactively. | ||
| 1133 | |||
| 1134 | *** Abnormal hook `comint-password-function' has been added. | ||
| 1135 | This hook permits a derived mode to supply a password for the | ||
| 1136 | underlying command interpreter without prompting the user. For | ||
| 1137 | example, in sql-mode, the password for connecting to the database may | ||
| 1138 | be stored in the connection wallet and may be passed on the command | ||
| 1139 | line to start the SQL interpreter. This is a potential security flaw | ||
| 1140 | that could expose user's database passwords on the command line | ||
| 1141 | through the use of a process list (Bug#8427). With this hook, it is | ||
| 1142 | possible to not pass the password on the command line and wait for the | ||
| 1143 | program to prompt for the password. When it does so, the password cam | ||
| 1144 | be supplied to the SQL interpreter without involving the user just as | ||
| 1145 | if it had been supplied on the command line. | ||
| 1146 | |||
| 1147 | ** SQL | ||
| 1148 | |||
| 1149 | *** SQL Indent Minor Mode | ||
| 1150 | SQL Mode now supports the ELPA 'sql-indent' package for assisting | ||
| 1151 | sophisticated SQL indenting rules. Note, however, that SQL is not | ||
| 1152 | like other programming languages like C, Java, or Python where code is | ||
| 1153 | sparse and rules for formatting are fairly well established. Instead | ||
| 1154 | SQL is more like COBOL (from which it came) and code tends to be very | ||
| 1155 | dense and line ending decisions driven by syntax and line length | ||
| 1156 | considerations to make readable code. Experienced SQL developers may | ||
| 1157 | prefer to rely upon existing Emacs facilities for formatting code but | ||
| 1158 | the 'sql-indent' package provides facilities to aid more casual SQL | ||
| 1159 | developers layout queries and complex expressions. | ||
| 1160 | |||
| 1161 | **** 'sql-use-indent-support' (default t) enables SQL indention support. | ||
| 1162 | The 'sql-indent' package from ELPA must be installed to get the | ||
| 1163 | indentation support in 'sql-mode' and 'sql-interactive-mode'. | ||
| 1164 | |||
| 1165 | **** 'sql-mode-hook' and 'sql-interactive-mode-hook' changed. | ||
| 1166 | Both hook variables have had 'sql-indent-enable' added to their | ||
| 1167 | default values. If you have existing customizations to these variables, | ||
| 1168 | you should make sure that the new default entry is included. | ||
| 1169 | |||
| 1170 | *** Connection Wallet | ||
| 1171 | Database passwords can now by stored in NETRC or JSON data files that | ||
| 1172 | may optionally be encrypted. When establishing an interactive session | ||
| 1173 | with the database via 'sql-connect' or a product specific function, | ||
| 1174 | like 'sql-mysql' or 'my-postgres', the password wallet will be | ||
| 1175 | searched for the password. The 'sql-product', 'sql-server', | ||
| 1176 | 'sql-database', and the 'sql-username' will be used to identify the | ||
| 1177 | appropriate authorization. This eliminates the discouraged practice of | ||
| 1178 | embedding database passwords in your Emacs initialization. | ||
| 1179 | |||
| 1180 | See the 'auth-source' module for complete documentation on the file | ||
| 1181 | formats. By default, the wallet file is expected to be in the | ||
| 1182 | 'user-emacs-directory', named 'sql-wallet' or '.sql-wallet', with | ||
| 1183 | '.json' (JSON) or no (NETRC) suffix. Both file formats can optionally | ||
| 1184 | be encrypted with GPG by adding an additional '.gpg' suffix. | ||
| 1185 | |||
| 1186 | ** Term | ||
| 1187 | |||
| 1188 | --- | ||
| 1189 | *** 'term-read-noecho' is now obsolete, use 'read-passwd' instead. | ||
| 1190 | |||
| 1191 | +++ | ||
| 1192 | *** 'serial-term' now takes an optional parameter to leave the | ||
| 1193 | emulator in line mode. | ||
| 1194 | |||
| 1195 | ** Flymake | ||
| 1196 | |||
| 1197 | +++ | ||
| 1198 | *** The variable 'flymake-diagnostic-types-alist' is obsolete. | ||
| 1199 | You should instead set properties on known diagnostic symbols, like | ||
| 1200 | ':error' and ':warning', as demonstrated in the Flymake manual. | ||
| 1201 | |||
| 1202 | *** New user option 'flymake-start-on-save-buffer'. | ||
| 1203 | Control whether Flymake starts checking the buffer on save. | ||
| 1204 | |||
| 1205 | *** Flymake and backend functions may exchange hints about buffer changes. | ||
| 1206 | This enables more efficient backends. See the docstring of | ||
| 1207 | 'flymake-diagnostic-functions' or the Flymake manual for details. | ||
| 1208 | |||
| 1209 | +++ | ||
| 1210 | *** 'flymake-start-syntax-check-on-newline' is now obsolete, | ||
| 1211 | use 'post-self-insert-hook' to check on newline. | ||
| 1212 | |||
| 1213 | ** Ruby | ||
| 1214 | |||
| 1215 | *** The Rubocop Flymake diagnostic function will only run Lint cops if | ||
| 1216 | it can't find the config file. | ||
| 1217 | |||
| 1218 | *** Rubocop is called with 'bundle exec' if Gemfile mentions it. | ||
| 1219 | |||
| 1220 | *** New command 'ruby-find-library-file' bound to 'C-c C-f'. | ||
| 1221 | |||
| 1222 | ** Package | ||
| 1223 | |||
| 1224 | *** Warn if "footer line" is missing, but still install package. | ||
| 1225 | package.el used to refuse to install a package without the so-called | ||
| 1226 | "footer line", which appears at the very end of the file: | ||
| 1227 | |||
| 1228 | ;;; FILENAME ends here | ||
| 1229 | |||
| 1230 | package.el will now install packages without this line, but it will | ||
| 1231 | issue a warning. To avoid this warning, packages should keep the | ||
| 1232 | "footer line". | ||
| 1233 | |||
| 1234 | Note that versions of Emacs older than 27.1 will not only refuse to | ||
| 1235 | install packages without such a line -- they will be unable to parse | ||
| 1236 | package data. It is therefore recommended to keep this line. | ||
| 1237 | |||
| 1238 | *** Change of 'package-check-signature' for packages with multiple sigs | ||
| 1239 | In previous Emacsen, 't' checked that all signatures are valid. | ||
| 1240 | Now 't' only checks that at least one signature is valid and the new 'all' | ||
| 1241 | value needs to be used if you want to enforce that all signatures | ||
| 1242 | are valid. This only affects packages with multiple signatures. | ||
| 1243 | |||
| 1244 | +++ | ||
| 1245 | *** The meaning of 'allow-unsigned' in 'package-check-signature' has | ||
| 1246 | changed slightly: If a usable OpenPGP configuration can't be found | ||
| 1247 | (for instance, if gpg isn't installed), it now has the same meaning as | ||
| 1248 | nil. | ||
| 1249 | |||
| 1250 | *** New function 'package-get-version' lets packages query their own version. | ||
| 1251 | Example use in auctex.el: '(defconst auctex-version (package-get-version))' | ||
| 1252 | |||
| 1253 | *** New 'package-quickstart' feature. | ||
| 1254 | When 'package-quickstart' is non-nil, package.el precomputes a big | ||
| 1255 | autoloads file so that activation of packages can be done much faster, | ||
| 1256 | which can speed up your startup significantly. | ||
| 1257 | It also causes variables like 'package-user-dir' and | ||
| 1258 | 'package-load-list' to be consulted when 'package-quickstart-refresh' | ||
| 1259 | is run rather than at startup so you don't need to set them in your | ||
| 1260 | early init file. | ||
| 1261 | |||
| 1262 | *** New function 'package-activate-all'. | ||
| 1263 | |||
| 1264 | +++ | ||
| 1265 | *** New functions for filtering packages list. | ||
| 1266 | A new function has been added which allows users to filter the | ||
| 1267 | packages list by name: 'package-menu-filter-by-name'. By default, it | ||
| 1268 | is bound to '/ n'. Additionally, the function | ||
| 1269 | 'package-menu-filter-by-keyword' has been renamed from | ||
| 1270 | 'package-menu-filter'. Its keybinding has also been changed to '/ k' | ||
| 1271 | (from 'f'). To clear any of the two filters, the user can now call | ||
| 1272 | the 'package-menu-clear-filter' function, bound to '/ /' by default. | ||
| 1273 | |||
| 1274 | --- | ||
| 1275 | *** Imenu support has been added to 'package-menu-mode'. | ||
| 1276 | |||
| 1277 | --- | ||
| 1278 | *** The package list can now be sorted by version or description. | ||
| 1279 | |||
| 1280 | +++ | ||
| 1281 | *** In Package Menu, 'g' now updates package data from archives. | ||
| 1282 | Previously, 'g' invoked 'tabulated-list-revert' which did not update | ||
| 1283 | the cached archive data. It is now bound to 'revert-buffer', which | ||
| 1284 | will now update the data. | ||
| 1285 | |||
| 1286 | 'package-menu-refresh' is an obsolete alias for 'revert-buffer'. | ||
| 1287 | |||
| 1288 | ** Info | ||
| 1289 | |||
| 1290 | +++ | ||
| 1291 | *** Clicking on the left/right arrow icon in the Info tool-bar while | ||
| 1292 | holding down the Ctrl key pops up a menu of previously visited Info nodes | ||
| 1293 | where you can select a node to go back (like in browsers). | ||
| 1294 | |||
| 1295 | --- | ||
| 1296 | *** Info can now follow 'file://' protocol URLs. | ||
| 1297 | The 'file://' URLs in Info documents can now be followed by passing | ||
| 1298 | them to the 'browse-url' function, like the other protocols: 'ftp', | ||
| 1299 | 'http', and 'https'. This allows to have references to local HTML | ||
| 1300 | files, for example. | ||
| 1301 | |||
| 1302 | --- | ||
| 1303 | ** Display of man pages now limits the width for formatting pages. | ||
| 1304 | The new user option 'Man-width-max' (80 by default) limits the number | ||
| 1305 | of columns passed to the 'man' program for formatting man pages. This | ||
| 1306 | is to enhance readability when man pages are displayed in very wide | ||
| 1307 | windows (which are customary with today's large displays). | ||
| 1308 | |||
| 1309 | |||
| 1310 | ** Xref | ||
| 1311 | |||
| 1312 | +++ | ||
| 1313 | *** New command 'xref-find-definitions-at-mouse'. | ||
| 1314 | This command finds definitions of the identifier at the place of a | ||
| 1315 | mouse click event, and is intended to be bound to a mouse event. | ||
| 1316 | |||
| 1317 | +++ | ||
| 1318 | *** Changing 'xref-marker-ring-length' works after 'xref.el' is loaded. | ||
| 1319 | Previously, setting 'xref-marker-ring-length' would only take effect | ||
| 1320 | if set before 'xref.el' was loaded. | ||
| 1321 | |||
| 1322 | --- | ||
| 1323 | *** 'xref-find-definitions' now sets the mark at the buffer position | ||
| 1324 | where it was invoked. | ||
| 1325 | |||
| 1326 | --- | ||
| 1327 | *** New xref faces 'xref-file-header', 'xref-line-number', 'xref-match'. | ||
| 1328 | |||
| 1329 | *** New user option 'xref-show-definitions-function'. | ||
| 1330 | It encapsulates the logic pertinent to showing the result of | ||
| 1331 | 'xref-find-definitions'. The user can change it to customize its | ||
| 1332 | behavior and the display of results. | ||
| 1333 | |||
| 1334 | *** Search results show the buffer even for one hit. | ||
| 1335 | The search-type Xref commands (e.g. 'xref-find-references' or | ||
| 1336 | 'project-find-regexp') now show the results buffer even when there is | ||
| 1337 | only one hit. This can be altered by changing | ||
| 1338 | 'xref-show-xrefs-function'. | ||
| 1339 | |||
| 1340 | *** Xref buffers support refreshing the search results. | ||
| 1341 | A new command 'xref-revert-buffer' is bound to 'g'. | ||
| 1342 | |||
| 1343 | --- | ||
| 1344 | *** Imenu support has been added to 'xref--xref-buffer-mode'. | ||
| 1345 | |||
| 1346 | ** Icomplete | ||
| 1347 | |||
| 1348 | +++ | ||
| 1349 | *** New minor mode Fido mode. | ||
| 1350 | This mode is based on Icomplete, and its name stands for "Fake Ido". | ||
| 1351 | The point of this mode is to be an ido-mode workalike, but provide | ||
| 1352 | most of the functionality present in Icomplete that is not in | ||
| 1353 | ido-mode, while being much more compatible with all of Emacs's | ||
| 1354 | completion facilities. | ||
| 1355 | |||
| 1356 | ** Ecomplete | ||
| 1357 | |||
| 1358 | *** The ecomplete sorting has changed to a decay-based algorithm. | ||
| 1359 | This can be controlled by the new 'ecomplete-sort-predicate' user option. | ||
| 1360 | |||
| 1361 | *** The 'ecompleterc' file is now placed in "~/.emacs.d/ecompleterc" by default. | ||
| 1362 | Of course it will still find it if you have it in "~/.ecompleterc". | ||
| 1363 | |||
| 1364 | ** Gnus | ||
| 1365 | |||
| 1366 | --- | ||
| 1367 | *** 'mm-uu-diff-groups-regexp' now defaults to matching all groups, | ||
| 1368 | which means that "git am" diffs are recognized everywhere. | ||
| 1369 | |||
| 1370 | +++ | ||
| 1371 | *** Two new Gnus summary mode navigation commands have been added, | ||
| 1372 | bound to the '[' and ']' keys: 'gnus-summary-prev-unseen-article' and | ||
| 1373 | 'gnus-summary-next-unseen-article'. These take you (respectively) to | ||
| 1374 | the previous unseen or next unseen article. (These are the ones that | ||
| 1375 | are marked with "." in the summary mode lines.) | ||
| 1376 | |||
| 1377 | +++ | ||
| 1378 | *** The Gnus user variable 'nnimap-expunge' supports three new values: | ||
| 1379 | 'never' for never expunging messages, 'immediately' for immediately | ||
| 1380 | expunging deleted messages, and 'on-exit' to expunge deleted articles | ||
| 1381 | when exiting the group's summary buffer. Setting 'nnimap-expunge' to | ||
| 1382 | 'nil' or 't' is still supported but not recommended, since it may | ||
| 1383 | result in Gnus expunging all messages that have been flagged as | ||
| 1384 | deleted by any IMAP client (rather than just those that have been | ||
| 1385 | deleted by Gnus). | ||
| 1386 | |||
| 1387 | +++ | ||
| 1388 | *** New user option 'gnus-use-atomic-windows' makes Gnus window layouts | ||
| 1389 | atomic. See the "Atomic Windows" section of the Elisp manual for | ||
| 1390 | details. | ||
| 1391 | |||
| 1392 | +++ | ||
| 1393 | *** There's a new value for 'gnus-article-date-headers', | ||
| 1394 | 'combined-local-lapsed', which will show both the time (in the local | ||
| 1395 | timezone) and the lapsed time. | ||
| 1396 | |||
| 1397 | --- | ||
| 1398 | *** Gnus now maps imaps to 993 only on old MS-Windows versions. | ||
| 1399 | The nnimap backend used to do this unconditionally to work around | ||
| 1400 | problems on old versions of MS-Windows. This is now done only for | ||
| 1401 | Windows XP and older. | ||
| 1402 | |||
| 1403 | +++ | ||
| 1404 | *** The nnimap backend now has support for IMAP namespaces. | ||
| 1405 | This feature can be enabled by setting the new 'nnimap-use-namespaces' | ||
| 1406 | server variable to non-nil. | ||
| 1407 | |||
| 1408 | +++ | ||
| 1409 | *** A prefix argument to 'gnus-summary-limit-to-score' will limit reverse. | ||
| 1410 | Limit to articles with score at below. | ||
| 1411 | |||
| 1412 | *** The function 'gnus-score-find-favorite-words' has been renamed | ||
| 1413 | from 'gnus-score-find-favourite-words'. | ||
| 1414 | |||
| 1415 | --- | ||
| 1416 | *** Gmane has been removed as an nnir backend, since Gmane no longer | ||
| 1417 | has a search engine. | ||
| 1418 | |||
| 1419 | +++ | ||
| 1420 | *** Splitting mail on common mailing list headers has been added. | ||
| 1421 | See the concept index in the Gnus manual for the 'match-list' entry. | ||
| 1422 | |||
| 1423 | +++ | ||
| 1424 | *** nil is no longer an allowed value for 'mm-text-html-renderer'. | ||
| 1425 | |||
| 1426 | +++ | ||
| 1427 | The default value of 'mm-inline-large-images' has changed from nil to | ||
| 1428 | 'resize', which means that large images will be resized instead of | ||
| 1429 | displayed with an external program by default. | ||
| 1430 | |||
| 1431 | +++ | ||
| 1432 | *** A new Gnus summary mode command, 'S A' | ||
| 1433 | ('gnus-summary-attach-article') can be used to attach the current | ||
| 1434 | article(s) to a pre-existing Message buffer, or create a new Message | ||
| 1435 | buffer with the article(s) attached. | ||
| 1436 | |||
| 1437 | +++ | ||
| 1438 | *** A new Gnus summary mode command, 'w' | ||
| 1439 | ('gnus-summary-browse-url') scans the article buffer for URLs, and | ||
| 1440 | offers them to the user to open with 'browse-url'. | ||
| 1441 | |||
| 1442 | --- | ||
| 1443 | *** New user option 'nnir-notmuch-filter-group-names-function'. | ||
| 1444 | This option controls whether and how to use Gnus search groups as | ||
| 1445 | 'path:' search terms to 'notmuch'. | ||
| 1446 | |||
| 1447 | --- | ||
| 1448 | *** The buttons in the Gnus article buffer were formerly widgets | ||
| 1449 | (i.e., buttons from widget.el). This has now changed, and they are | ||
| 1450 | now buttons (from button.el), and commands like 'TAB' now search for | ||
| 1451 | buttons instead of widgets. There should be no user-visible changes, | ||
| 1452 | but out-of-tree code that relied on widgets being present might now | ||
| 1453 | fail. | ||
| 1454 | |||
| 1455 | ** erc | ||
| 1456 | |||
| 1457 | --- | ||
| 1458 | *** New hook 'erc-insert-done-hook'. | ||
| 1459 | This hook is called after strings have been inserted into the buffer, | ||
| 1460 | and is free to alter point and window configurations, as it's not | ||
| 1461 | called from inside a 'save-excursion', as opposed to | ||
| 1462 | 'erc-insert-post-hook'. | ||
| 1463 | |||
| 1464 | --- | ||
| 1465 | *** 'erc-button-google-url' has been renamed to 'erc-button-search-url' | ||
| 1466 | and its value has been changed to Duck Duck Go. | ||
| 1467 | |||
| 1468 | --- | ||
| 1469 | *** 'erc-send-pre-hook' and 'erc-send-this' have been obsoleted. | ||
| 1470 | The user option to use instead to alter text to be sent is now | ||
| 1471 | 'erc-pre-send-functions'. | ||
| 1472 | |||
| 1473 | ** EUDC | ||
| 1474 | |||
| 1475 | *** XEmacs support has been removed. | ||
| 1476 | |||
| 1477 | ** eww/shr | ||
| 1478 | |||
| 1479 | +++ | ||
| 1480 | *** The new user option 'shr-cookie-policy' can be used to control | ||
| 1481 | when to use cookies when fetching embedded images. The default is to | ||
| 1482 | use them when the images are from the same domain as the main HTML | ||
| 1483 | document. | ||
| 1484 | |||
| 1485 | +++ | ||
| 1486 | *** The 'eww' command can now create a new EWW buffer. | ||
| 1487 | Invoking the command with a prefix argument will cause it to create a | ||
| 1488 | new EWW buffer for the URL instead of reusing the default one. | ||
| 1489 | |||
| 1490 | +++ | ||
| 1491 | *** Clicking with the Ctrl key or 'C-u RET' on a link opens a new tab | ||
| 1492 | when tab-bar-mode is enabled. | ||
| 1493 | |||
| 1494 | +++ | ||
| 1495 | *** The 'd' ('eww-download') command now falls back to current page's URL. | ||
| 1496 | If this command is invoked with no URL at point, it now downloads the | ||
| 1497 | current page instead of signaling an error. | ||
| 1498 | |||
| 1499 | *** When opening external links in eww/shr (typically with the | ||
| 1500 | 'C-u RET' keystroke on a link), the link will be flashed with the new | ||
| 1501 | 'shr-selected-link' face to give the user feedback that the command | ||
| 1502 | has been executed. | ||
| 1503 | |||
| 1504 | +++ | ||
| 1505 | *** New user option 'shr-discard-aria-hidden'. | ||
| 1506 | If set, shr will not render tags with attribute 'aria-hidden="true"'. | ||
| 1507 | This attribute is meant to tell screen readers to ignore a tag. | ||
| 1508 | |||
| 1509 | +++ | ||
| 1510 | *** 'shr-external-browser' has been made into an obsolete alias | ||
| 1511 | of 'browse-url-secondary-browser-function'. | ||
| 1512 | |||
| 1513 | --- | ||
| 1514 | *** 'shr-tag-ol' now respects the ordered list 'start' attribute. | ||
| 1515 | |||
| 1516 | --- | ||
| 1517 | *** The following tags are now handled: '<code>', '<abbr>', and '<acronym>'. | ||
| 1518 | |||
| 1519 | ** Htmlfontify | ||
| 1520 | |||
| 1521 | *** The functions 'hfy-color', 'hfy-color-vals' and | ||
| 1522 | 'hfy-fallback-color-values' and the variables 'hfy-fallback-color-map' | ||
| 1523 | and 'hfy-rgb-txt-color-map' have been renamed from names that used | ||
| 1524 | 'colour' instead of 'color'. | ||
| 1525 | |||
| 1526 | +++ | ||
| 1527 | ** Enriched mode supports the 'charset' text property. | ||
| 1528 | You can add or modify the 'charset' text properties of text using the | ||
| 1529 | 'Edit->Text Properties->Special Properties' menu, or by invoking the | ||
| 1530 | 'facemenu-set-charset' command. Documents in Enriched mode will be | ||
| 1531 | saved with the charset properties, and those properties will be | ||
| 1532 | restored when the file is visited. | ||
| 1533 | |||
| 1534 | ** Smtpmail | ||
| 1535 | |||
| 1536 | *** Authentication mechanisms can be added via external packages, by | ||
| 1537 | defining new 'cl-defmethod' of 'smtpmail-try-auth-method'. | ||
| 1538 | |||
| 1539 | *** To always force smtpmail to send credentials over on the first | ||
| 1540 | attempt when communicating with the SMTP server(s), the | ||
| 1541 | 'smtpmail-servers-requiring-authorization' user option can be used. | ||
| 1542 | |||
| 1543 | +++ | ||
| 1544 | *** smtpmail will now try resending mail when getting a transient 4xx | ||
| 1545 | error message from the SMTP server. The new 'smtpmail-retries' | ||
| 1546 | user option says how many times to retry. | ||
| 1547 | |||
| 1548 | ** Footnote mode | ||
| 1549 | |||
| 1550 | *** Support Hebrew-style footnotes | ||
| 1551 | *** Footnote text lines are now aligned. | ||
| 1552 | Can be controlled via the new user option 'footnote-align-to-fn-text'. | ||
| 1553 | |||
| 1554 | ** CSS mode | ||
| 1555 | |||
| 1556 | --- | ||
| 1557 | *** A new command 'css-cycle-color-format' for cycling between color | ||
| 1558 | formats (e.g. "black" => "#000000" => "rgb(0, 0, 0)") has been added, | ||
| 1559 | bound to 'C-c C-f'. | ||
| 1560 | |||
| 1561 | --- | ||
| 1562 | *** CSS mode, SCSS mode, and Less CSS mode now have support for Imenu. | ||
| 1563 | |||
| 1564 | ** SGML mode | ||
| 1565 | |||
| 1566 | --- | ||
| 1567 | *** 'sgml-quote' now handles double quotes and apostrophes | ||
| 1568 | when escaping text and in addition all numeric entities when | ||
| 1569 | unescaping text. | ||
| 1570 | |||
| 1571 | ** Python mode | ||
| 1572 | |||
| 1573 | --- | ||
| 1574 | *** Python mode supports three different font lock decoration levels. | ||
| 1575 | The maximum level is used by default; customize | ||
| 1576 | 'font-lock-maximum-decoration' to tone down the decoration. | ||
| 1577 | |||
| 1578 | --- | ||
| 1579 | *** New user option 'python-pdbtrack-kill-buffers'. | ||
| 1580 | If non-nil, the default, buffers opened during pdbtracking session are | ||
| 1581 | killed when pdbtracking session is finished. | ||
| 1582 | |||
| 1583 | --- | ||
| 1584 | *** New function 'python-shell-send-region'. | ||
| 1585 | It send the statement delimited by 'python-nav-beginning-of-statement' and | ||
| 1586 | 'python-nav-end-of-statement' to the inferior Python process. | ||
| 1587 | |||
| 1588 | |||
| 1589 | ** Help | ||
| 1590 | |||
| 1591 | --- | ||
| 1592 | *** Description of variables and functions give an estimated first release. | ||
| 1593 | |||
| 1594 | --- | ||
| 1595 | *** Output format of 'C-h l' ('view-lossage') has changed. | ||
| 1596 | For convenience, 'view-lossage' now displays the last keystrokes | ||
| 1597 | and commands in the same format as the edit buffer of | ||
| 1598 | 'edit-last-kbd-macro'. This makes it possible to copy the lines from | ||
| 1599 | the buffer generated by 'view-lossage' to the "*Edit Macro*" buffer | ||
| 1600 | created by 'edit-last-kbd-macro', and to save the macro by 'C-c C-c'. | ||
| 1601 | |||
| 1602 | --- | ||
| 1603 | *** The list of help commands produced by 'C-h C-h' ('help-for-help') | ||
| 1604 | can now be searched via 'C-s'. | ||
| 1605 | |||
| 1606 | ** Ibuffer | ||
| 1607 | |||
| 1608 | --- | ||
| 1609 | *** New filter 'ibuffer-filter-by-process'; bound to '/ E'. | ||
| 1610 | |||
| 1611 | --- | ||
| 1612 | *** All mode filters can now accept a list of symbols. | ||
| 1613 | This means you can now easily filter several major modes, as well | ||
| 1614 | as a single mode. | ||
| 1615 | |||
| 1616 | ** Search and Replace | ||
| 1617 | |||
| 1618 | *** Isearch supports a prefix argument for 'C-s' ('isearch-repeat-forward') | ||
| 1619 | and 'C-r' ('isearch-repeat-backward'). With a prefix argument, these | ||
| 1620 | commands repeat the search for the specified occurrence of the search string. | ||
| 1621 | A negative argument repeats the search in the opposite direction. | ||
| 1622 | This makes possible also to use a prefix argument for 'M-s .' | ||
| 1623 | ('isearch-forward-symbol-at-point') to find the next Nth symbol. | ||
| 1624 | Also a prefix argument is supported for 'isearch-yank-until-char', | ||
| 1625 | 'isearch-yank-word-or-char', 'isearch-yank-symbol-or-char'. | ||
| 1626 | |||
| 1627 | *** To go to the first/last occurrence of the current search string | ||
| 1628 | is possible now with new commands 'isearch-beginning-of-buffer' and | ||
| 1629 | 'isearch-end-of-buffer' bound to 'M-s M-<' and 'M-s M->' in Isearch. | ||
| 1630 | With a numeric argument, they go to the Nth absolute occurrence | ||
| 1631 | counting from the beginning/end of the buffer. This complements | ||
| 1632 | 'C-s'/'C-r' that searches for the next Nth relative occurrence | ||
| 1633 | with a numeric argument. | ||
| 1634 | |||
| 1635 | *** 'isearch-lazy-count' shows the current match number and total number | ||
| 1636 | of matches in the Isearch prompt. User options | ||
| 1637 | 'lazy-count-prefix-format' and 'lazy-count-suffix-format' define the | ||
| 1638 | format of the current and the total number of matches in the prompt's | ||
| 1639 | prefix and suffix respectively. | ||
| 1640 | |||
| 1641 | *** 'lazy-highlight-buffer' highlights matches in the full buffer. | ||
| 1642 | It is useful in combination with 'lazy-highlight-cleanup' customized to nil | ||
| 1643 | to leave matches highlighted in the whole buffer after exiting isearch. | ||
| 1644 | Also when 'lazy-highlight-buffer' prepares highlighting in the buffer, | ||
| 1645 | navigation through the matches without flickering is more smooth. | ||
| 1646 | 'lazy-highlight-buffer-max-at-a-time' controls the number of matches to | ||
| 1647 | highlight in one iteration while processing the full buffer. | ||
| 1648 | |||
| 1649 | +++ | ||
| 1650 | *** New isearch bindings. | ||
| 1651 | |||
| 1652 | 'C-M-z' invokes new function 'isearch-yank-until-char', which yanks | ||
| 1653 | everything from point up to but not including the specified | ||
| 1654 | character into the search string. This is especially useful for | ||
| 1655 | keyboard macros. | ||
| 1656 | |||
| 1657 | 'C-M-w' in isearch changed from 'isearch-del-char' to the new function | ||
| 1658 | 'isearch-yank-symbol-or-char'. 'isearch-del-char' is now bound to | ||
| 1659 | 'C-M-d'. | ||
| 1660 | |||
| 1661 | +++ | ||
| 1662 | 'M-s h l' invokes 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp' using the search | ||
| 1663 | string to highlight lines matching the search string. This is similar | ||
| 1664 | to the existing binding 'M-s h r' ('highlight-regexp') that highlights | ||
| 1665 | JUST the search string. | ||
| 1666 | |||
| 1667 | +++ | ||
| 1668 | *** New user option 'isearch-yank-on-move' provides options 't' and 'shift' | ||
| 1669 | to extend the search string by yanking text that ends at the new | ||
| 1670 | position after moving point in the current buffer. 'shift' extends | ||
| 1671 | the search string by motion commands while holding down the shift key. | ||
| 1672 | |||
| 1673 | *** 'isearch-allow-scroll' provides new option 'unlimited' to allow | ||
| 1674 | scrolling any distance off screen. | ||
| 1675 | |||
| 1676 | --- | ||
| 1677 | *** Isearch now remembers the regexp-based search mode for words/symbols | ||
| 1678 | and case-sensitivity together with search strings in the search ring. | ||
| 1679 | |||
| 1680 | --- | ||
| 1681 | *** Isearch now has its own tool-bar and menu-bar menu. | ||
| 1682 | |||
| 1683 | +++ | ||
| 1684 | *** 'flush-lines' prints and returns the number of deleted matching lines. | ||
| 1685 | |||
| 1686 | --- | ||
| 1687 | *** 'char-fold-to-regexp' now matches more variants of a base character. | ||
| 1688 | The table used to check for equivalence of characters is now built | ||
| 1689 | using the complete chain of unicode decompositions of a character, | ||
| 1690 | rather than stopping after one level, such that searching for | ||
| 1691 | e.g. "GREEK SMALL LETTER IOTA" will now also find "GREEK SMALL LETTER | ||
| 1692 | IOTA WITH OXIA". | ||
| 1693 | |||
| 1694 | +++ | ||
| 1695 | *** New char-folding options: 'char-fold-include' lets you add ad hoc | ||
| 1696 | foldings, 'char-fold-exclude' to remove foldings from default decomposition, | ||
| 1697 | and 'char-fold-symmetric' to search for any of an equivalence class of | ||
| 1698 | characters. For example, with a 'nil' value of 'char-fold-symmetric' | ||
| 1699 | you can search for "e" to find "é", but not vice versa. With a non-nil | ||
| 1700 | value you can search for either, for example, you can search for "é" | ||
| 1701 | to find "e". | ||
| 1702 | |||
| 1703 | ** Debugger | ||
| 1704 | |||
| 1705 | +++ | ||
| 1706 | *** The Lisp Debugger is now based on 'backtrace-mode'. | ||
| 1707 | Backtrace mode adds fontification and commands for changing the | ||
| 1708 | appearance of backtrace frames. See the node "(elisp) Backtraces" in | ||
| 1709 | the Elisp manual for documentation of the new mode and its commands. | ||
| 1710 | |||
| 1711 | ** Edebug | ||
| 1712 | |||
| 1713 | +++ | ||
| 1714 | *** 'edebug-eval-last-sexp' and 'edebug-eval-print-last-sexp' interactively | ||
| 1715 | now take a zero prefix analogously to the non-Edebug counterparts. | ||
| 1716 | |||
| 1717 | +++ | ||
| 1718 | *** New faces 'edebug-enabled-breakpoint' and 'edebug-disabled-breakpoint'. | ||
| 1719 | When setting breakpoints in Edebug, an overlay with these faces are | ||
| 1720 | placed over the point in question, depending on whether they are | ||
| 1721 | enabled or not. | ||
| 1722 | |||
| 1723 | +++ | ||
| 1724 | *** New command 'edebug-toggle-disable-breakpoint'. | ||
| 1725 | This command allows you to disable a breakpoint temporarily. This is | ||
| 1726 | mainly useful with breakpoints that are conditional and would take | ||
| 1727 | some time to recreate. | ||
| 1728 | |||
| 1729 | +++ | ||
| 1730 | *** New command 'edebug-unset-breakpoints'. | ||
| 1731 | To clear all breakpoints in the current form, the 'U' command in | ||
| 1732 | 'edebug-mode', or 'M-x edebug-unset-breakpoints' can be used. | ||
| 1733 | |||
| 1734 | --- | ||
| 1735 | *** Re-instrumenting a function with Edebug will now try to preserve | ||
| 1736 | previously-set breakpoints. If the code has changed substantially, | ||
| 1737 | this may not be possible. | ||
| 1738 | |||
| 1739 | +++ | ||
| 1740 | *** New command 'edebug-remove-instrumentation. | ||
| 1741 | This command removes Edebug instrumentation from all functions that | ||
| 1742 | have been instrumented. | ||
| 1743 | |||
| 1744 | +++ | ||
| 1745 | *** The runtime behavior of Edebug's instrumentation can be changed | ||
| 1746 | using the new variables 'edebug-behavior-alist', | ||
| 1747 | 'edebug-after-instrumentation-function' and | ||
| 1748 | 'edebug-new-definition-function'. Edebug's behavior can be changed | ||
| 1749 | globally or for individual definitions. | ||
| 1750 | |||
| 1751 | +++ | ||
| 1752 | *** Edebug's backtrace buffer now uses 'backtrace-mode'. | ||
| 1753 | Backtrace mode adds fontification, links and commands for changing the | ||
| 1754 | appearance of backtrace frames. See the node "(elisp) Backtraces" in | ||
| 1755 | the Elisp manual for documentation of the new mode and its commands. | ||
| 1756 | |||
| 1757 | The binding of 'd' in Edebug's keymap is now 'edebug-pop-to-backtrace' | ||
| 1758 | which replaces 'edebug-backtrace'. Consequently Edebug's backtrace | ||
| 1759 | windows now behave like those of the Lisp Debugger and of ERT, in that | ||
| 1760 | when they appear they will be the selected window. | ||
| 1761 | |||
| 1762 | The new 'backtrace-goto-source' command, bound to 's', works in | ||
| 1763 | Edebug's backtraces on backtrace frames whose source code has | ||
| 1764 | been instrumented by Edebug. | ||
| 1765 | |||
| 1766 | ** Enhanced xterm support | ||
| 1767 | |||
| 1768 | *** New user option 'xterm-set-window-title' controls whether Emacs sets | ||
| 1769 | the XTerm window title. This feature is experimental and is disabled | ||
| 1770 | by default. | ||
| 1771 | |||
| 1772 | ** Grep | ||
| 1773 | |||
| 1774 | +++ | ||
| 1775 | *** 'rgrep', 'lgrep' and 'zrgrep' now hide part of the command line | ||
| 1776 | that contains a list of ignored directories and files. | ||
| 1777 | Clicking on the button with ellipsis unhides it. | ||
| 1778 | The abbreviation can be disabled by the new user option | ||
| 1779 | 'grep-find-abbreviate'. The new command | ||
| 1780 | 'grep-find-toggle-abbreviation' toggles it interactively. | ||
| 1781 | |||
| 1782 | *** 'grep-find-use-xargs' is now customizable with sorting options. | ||
| 1783 | |||
| 1784 | ** ERT | ||
| 1785 | |||
| 1786 | +++ | ||
| 1787 | *** New variable 'ert-quiet' allows to make ERT output in batch mode | ||
| 1788 | less verbose by removing non-essential information. | ||
| 1789 | |||
| 1790 | +++ | ||
| 1791 | *** ERT's backtrace buffer now uses 'backtrace-mode'. | ||
| 1792 | Backtrace mode adds fontification and commands for changing the | ||
| 1793 | appearance of backtrace frames. See the node "(elisp) Backtraces" in | ||
| 1794 | the Elisp manual for documentation of the new mode and its commands. | ||
| 1795 | |||
| 1796 | ** Gamegrid | ||
| 1797 | |||
| 1798 | --- | ||
| 1799 | *** Gamegrid now determines its default glyph size based on display | ||
| 1800 | dimensions, instead of always using 16 pixels. As a result, Tetris, | ||
| 1801 | Snake and Pong are more playable on HiDPI displays. | ||
| 1802 | |||
| 1803 | --- | ||
| 1804 | *** 'gamegrid-add-score' can now sort scores from lower to higher. | ||
| 1805 | This is useful for games where lower scores are better, like time-based games. | ||
| 1806 | |||
| 1807 | ** Filecache | ||
| 1808 | |||
| 1809 | --- | ||
| 1810 | *** Completing filenames in the minibuffer via 'C-TAB' now uses the | ||
| 1811 | styles as configured by the user option 'completion-styles'. | ||
| 1812 | |||
| 1813 | ** New macros 'thunk-let' and 'thunk-let*'. | ||
| 1814 | These macros are analogue to 'let' and 'let*', but create bindings that | ||
| 1815 | are evaluated lazily. | ||
| 1816 | |||
| 1817 | ** next-error | ||
| 1818 | |||
| 1819 | +++ | ||
| 1820 | *** New user option 'next-error-find-buffer-function'. | ||
| 1821 | The value should be a function that determines how to find the | ||
| 1822 | next buffer to be used by 'next-error' and 'previous-error'. The | ||
| 1823 | default is to use the last buffer that navigated to the current | ||
| 1824 | error. | ||
| 1825 | |||
| 1826 | +++ | ||
| 1827 | *** New command 'next-error-select-buffer'. | ||
| 1828 | It can be used to set any buffer as the next one to be used by | ||
| 1829 | 'next-error' and 'previous-error'. | ||
| 1830 | |||
| 1831 | ** nxml-mode | ||
| 1832 | |||
| 1833 | --- | ||
| 1834 | *** The default value of 'nxml-sexp-element-flag' is now t. | ||
| 1835 | This means that pressing 'C-M-SPACE' now selects the entire tree by | ||
| 1836 | default, and not just the opening element. | ||
| 1837 | |||
| 1838 | ** Eshell | ||
| 1839 | |||
| 1840 | *** TAB completion uses the standard 'completion-at-point' rather than | ||
| 1841 | 'pcomplete'. Its UI is slightly different but can be customized to | ||
| 1842 | behave similarly, e.g. Pcomplete's default cycling can be obtained | ||
| 1843 | with '(setq completion-cycle-threshold 5)'. | ||
| 1844 | |||
| 1845 | --- | ||
| 1846 | *** Eshell no longer re-initializes its keymap every call. | ||
| 1847 | This allows users to use (define-key eshell-mode-map ...) as usual. | ||
| 1848 | Some modules have their own minor mode now to account for these | ||
| 1849 | changes. | ||
| 1850 | |||
| 1851 | +++ | ||
| 1852 | *** Expansion of history event designators is disabled by default. | ||
| 1853 | To restore the old behavior, use | ||
| 1854 | |||
| 1855 | (add-hook 'eshell-expand-input-functions | ||
| 1856 | #'eshell-expand-history-references) | ||
| 1857 | |||
| 1858 | --- | ||
| 1859 | *** The function 'eshell-uniquify-list' has been renamed from | ||
| 1860 | 'eshell-uniqify-list'. | ||
| 1861 | |||
| 1862 | *** The function 'eshell/kill' is now able to handle signal switches. | ||
| 1863 | Previously 'eshell/kill' would fail if provided a kill signal to send | ||
| 1864 | to the process. It now accepts signals specified either by name or by | ||
| 1865 | its number. | ||
| 1866 | |||
| 1867 | --- | ||
| 1868 | *** Emacs now follows symlinks in history-related files. | ||
| 1869 | The files specified by 'eshell-history-file-name' and | ||
| 1870 | 'eshell-last-dir-ring-file-name' can include symlinks; these are now | ||
| 1871 | followed when Emacs writes the relevant history variables to the disk. | ||
| 1872 | |||
| 1873 | ** Shell | ||
| 1874 | |||
| 1875 | --- | ||
| 1876 | *** Program name completion inside remote shells works now as expected. | ||
| 1877 | |||
| 1878 | +++ | ||
| 1879 | *** The user option 'shell-file-name' can be set now as connection-local | ||
| 1880 | variable for remote shells. It still defaults to "/bin/sh". | ||
| 1881 | |||
| 1882 | ** Single shell commands | ||
| 1883 | |||
| 1884 | +++ | ||
| 1885 | *** 'async-shell-command-width' defines the number of display columns | ||
| 1886 | available for output of asynchronous shell commands. | ||
| 1887 | |||
| 1888 | +++ | ||
| 1889 | *** Prompt for shell commands can now show the current directory. | ||
| 1890 | Customize the new user option 'shell-command-prompt-show-cwd' to enable it. | ||
| 1891 | |||
| 1892 | ** Pcomplete | ||
| 1893 | |||
| 1894 | *** The 'pcomplete' command is now obsolete. | ||
| 1895 | The Pcomplete functionality can be obtained via 'completion-at-point' | ||
| 1896 | instead, by adding 'pcomplete-completions-at-point' to | ||
| 1897 | 'completion-at-point-functions'. | ||
| 1898 | |||
| 1899 | *** The function 'pcomplete-uniquify-list' has been renamed from | ||
| 1900 | 'pcomplete-uniqify-list'. | ||
| 1901 | |||
| 1902 | --- | ||
| 1903 | *** 'pcomplete/make' now completes on targets in included files, recursively. | ||
| 1904 | To recover the previous behavior, set new user option | ||
| 1905 | 'pcmpl-gnu-makefile-includes' to nil. | ||
| 1906 | |||
| 1907 | ** Auth-source | ||
| 1908 | |||
| 1909 | --- | ||
| 1910 | *** The Secret Service backend supports the ':create' key now. | ||
| 1911 | |||
| 1912 | *** ".authinfo" and ".netrc" files now use a new mode: 'authinfo-mode'. | ||
| 1913 | This is just like 'fundamental-mode', except that it hides passwords | ||
| 1914 | under a "****" display property. When the cursor moves to this text, | ||
| 1915 | the real password is revealed (via 'reveal-mode'). The new | ||
| 1916 | 'authinfo-hidden' user option can be used to control what to hide. | ||
| 1917 | |||
| 1918 | ** Tramp | ||
| 1919 | |||
| 1920 | +++ | ||
| 1921 | *** New connection method "nextcloud", which allows to access OwnCloud | ||
| 1922 | or NextCloud hosted files and directories. | ||
| 1923 | |||
| 1924 | +++ | ||
| 1925 | *** New connection method "rclone", which allows to access system | ||
| 1926 | storages via the 'rclone' program. This feature is experimental. | ||
| 1927 | |||
| 1928 | +++ | ||
| 1929 | *** New connection method "sudoedit", which allows to edit local files | ||
| 1930 | with different user credentials. Contrary to the "sudo" method, no | ||
| 1931 | session is run permanently in the background. This is for security | ||
| 1932 | reasons. | ||
| 1933 | |||
| 1934 | +++ | ||
| 1935 | *** Connection methods "obex" and "synce" are removed, because they | ||
| 1936 | are obsoleted in GVFS. | ||
| 1937 | |||
| 1938 | +++ | ||
| 1939 | *** Validated passwords are saved by auth-source backends which support this. | ||
| 1940 | |||
| 1941 | +++ | ||
| 1942 | *** During user and host name completion in the minibuffer, results | ||
| 1943 | from auth-source search are taken into account. This can be disabled | ||
| 1944 | by setting the user option 'tramp-completion-use-auth-sources' to nil. | ||
| 1945 | |||
| 1946 | +++ | ||
| 1947 | *** The user option 'tramp-ignored-file-name-regexp' allows to disable | ||
| 1948 | Tramp for some look-alike remote file names. | ||
| 1949 | |||
| 1950 | +++ | ||
| 1951 | *** For some connection methods, like "su" or "sudo", the host name in | ||
| 1952 | ad-hoc multi-hop file names must match the previous hop. Default host | ||
| 1953 | names are adjusted to the host name from the previous hop. | ||
| 1954 | |||
| 1955 | +++ | ||
| 1956 | *** For the connection methods "sudo" and "doas" there exists a | ||
| 1957 | timeout, after which the underlying session is disabled. This is for | ||
| 1958 | security reasons. | ||
| 1959 | |||
| 1960 | +++ | ||
| 1961 | *** For some connection methods, like "sshx" or "plink", it is | ||
| 1962 | possible to configure the remote login shell. This avoids problems | ||
| 1963 | with remote hosts, where "/bin/sh" is a link to a shell which | ||
| 1964 | cooperates badly with Tramp. | ||
| 1965 | |||
| 1966 | +++ | ||
| 1967 | *** New commands 'tramp-rename-files' and 'tramp-rename-these-files'. | ||
| 1968 | They allow to save remote files somewhere else when the corresponding | ||
| 1969 | host is not reachable anymore. | ||
| 1970 | |||
| 1971 | ** Rcirc | ||
| 1972 | |||
| 1973 | --- | ||
| 1974 | *** New user option 'rcirc-url-max-length'. | ||
| 1975 | Setting this option to an integer causes URLs displayed in Rcirc | ||
| 1976 | buffers to be truncated to that many characters. | ||
| 1977 | |||
| 1978 | --- | ||
| 1979 | *** The default '/quit' and '/part' reasons are now configurable. | ||
| 1980 | Two new user options are provided for this: | ||
| 1981 | 'rcirc-default-part-reason' and 'rcirc-default-quit-reason'. | ||
| 1982 | |||
| 1983 | ** Register | ||
| 1984 | |||
| 1985 | --- | ||
| 1986 | *** The return value of method 'register-val-describe' includes the | ||
| 1987 | names of buffers shown by the windows of a window configuration. | ||
| 1988 | |||
| 1989 | --- | ||
| 1990 | ** The options.el library has been removed. | ||
| 1991 | It was obsolete since Emacs 22.1, replaced by customize. | ||
| 1992 | |||
| 1993 | ** The tls.el and starttls.el libraries are now marked obsolete. | ||
| 1994 | Use of built-in libgnutls based functionality (described in the Emacs | ||
| 1995 | GnuTLS manual) is recommended instead. | ||
| 1996 | |||
| 1997 | ** Message | ||
| 1998 | |||
| 1999 | *** Completion of email addresses can use the standard completion UI | ||
| 2000 | This is controlled by 'message-expand-name-standard-ui'. | ||
| 2001 | With the standard UI the different sources (ecomplete, bbdb, and eudc) | ||
| 2002 | are matched together and try to obey 'completion-styles'. | ||
| 2003 | It should work for other completion front ends like Company. | ||
| 2004 | |||
| 2005 | *** 'message-mode' now supports highlighting citations of different depths. | ||
| 2006 | This can be customized via the new user option | ||
| 2007 | 'message-cite-level-function' and the new 'message-cited-text-*' faces. | ||
| 2008 | |||
| 2009 | +++ | ||
| 2010 | *** Messages can now be systematically encrypted | ||
| 2011 | when the PGP keyring contains a public key for every recipient. To | ||
| 2012 | achieve this, add 'message-sign-encrypt-if-all-keys-available' to | ||
| 2013 | 'message-send-hook'. | ||
| 2014 | |||
| 2015 | --- | ||
| 2016 | *** When replying a message that have addresses on the form | ||
| 2017 | '"foo@bar.com" <foo@bar.com>', Message will elide the repeated "name" | ||
| 2018 | from the address field in the response. | ||
| 2019 | |||
| 2020 | --- | ||
| 2021 | *** The default of 'message-forward-as-mime' has changed from t to nil | ||
| 2022 | as it has been reported that many recipients can't read forwards that | ||
| 2023 | are formatted as MIME digests. | ||
| 2024 | |||
| 2025 | +++ | ||
| 2026 | *** 'message-forward-included-headers' has changed its default to | ||
| 2027 | exclude most headers when forwarding. | ||
| 2028 | |||
| 2029 | *** 'mml-secure-openpgp-sign-with-sender' sets also "gpg --sender" | ||
| 2030 | When 'mml-secure-openpgp-sign-with-sender' is non-nil message sender's | ||
| 2031 | email address (in addition to its old behavior) will also be used to | ||
| 2032 | set gpg's "--sender email@domain" option. | ||
| 2033 | |||
| 2034 | The option is useful for two reasons when verifying the signature: | ||
| 2035 | |||
| 2036 | 1. GnuPG's TOFU statistics are updated for the specific user id | ||
| 2037 | (email) only. See gpg(1) man page about "--sender". | ||
| 2038 | |||
| 2039 | 2. GnuPG's '--auto-key-retrieve' functionality can use WKD (web key | ||
| 2040 | directory) method for finding the signer's key. You need GnuPG | ||
| 2041 | 2.2.17 to fully benefit from this feature. See gpg(1) man page for | ||
| 2042 | '--auto-key-retrieve'. | ||
| 2043 | |||
| 2044 | --- | ||
| 2045 | ** EasyPG | ||
| 2046 | |||
| 2047 | --- | ||
| 2048 | *** 'epa-pinentry-mode' is renamed to 'epg-pinentry-mode'. | ||
| 2049 | It now applies to epg functions as well as epa functions. | ||
| 2050 | |||
| 2051 | --- | ||
| 2052 | *** The alias functions 'epa--encode-coding-string', | ||
| 2053 | 'epa--decode-coding-string', and 'epa--select-safe-coding-system' have | ||
| 2054 | been removed. Use 'encode-coding-string', 'decode-coding-string', and | ||
| 2055 | 'select-safe-coding-system' instead. | ||
| 2056 | |||
| 2057 | *** 'epg-context' structure supports now 'sender' slot. | ||
| 2058 | The value of the new 'sender' slot (if a string) is used to set gpg's | ||
| 2059 | '--sender' option. This feature is used by | ||
| 2060 | 'mml-secure-openpgp-sign-with-sender'. See gpg(1) manual page about | ||
| 2061 | '--sender' for more information. | ||
| 2062 | |||
| 2063 | --- | ||
| 2064 | ** Rmail | ||
| 2065 | |||
| 2066 | +++ | ||
| 2067 | *** New user option 'rmail-output-reset-deleted-flag'. | ||
| 2068 | If this option is non-nil, messages appended to an output file by the | ||
| 2069 | 'rmail-output' command have their Deleted flag reset. | ||
| 2070 | |||
| 2071 | *** The command 'rmail-summary-by-senders' with an empty argument | ||
| 2072 | selects the messages to summarize with a regexp that matches the | ||
| 2073 | sender of the current message. | ||
| 2074 | |||
| 2075 | ** Threads | ||
| 2076 | |||
| 2077 | +++ | ||
| 2078 | *** New variable 'main-thread' holds Emacs's main thread. | ||
| 2079 | This is handy in Lisp programs that run on a non-main thread and want | ||
| 2080 | to signal the main thread, e.g., when they encounter an error. | ||
| 2081 | |||
| 2082 | +++ | ||
| 2083 | *** 'thread-join' returns the result of the finished thread now. | ||
| 2084 | |||
| 2085 | +++ | ||
| 2086 | *** 'thread-signal' does not propagate errors to the main thread. | ||
| 2087 | Instead, error messages are just printed in the main thread. | ||
| 2088 | |||
| 2089 | --- | ||
| 2090 | *** 'thread-alive-p' is now obsolete, use 'thread-live-p' instead. | ||
| 2091 | |||
| 2092 | +++ | ||
| 2093 | *** New command 'list-threads' shows Lisp threads. | ||
| 2094 | See the current list of live threads in a tabulated-list buffer which | ||
| 2095 | automatically updates. In the buffer, you can use 's q' or 's e' to | ||
| 2096 | signal a thread with quit or error respectively, or get a snapshot | ||
| 2097 | backtrace with 'b'. | ||
| 2098 | |||
| 2099 | ** thingatpt.el | ||
| 2100 | |||
| 2101 | --- | ||
| 2102 | *** 'thing-at-point' supports a new "thing" called 'uuid'. | ||
| 2103 | A symbol 'uuid' can be passed to 'thing-at-point' and it returns the | ||
| 2104 | UUID at point. | ||
| 2105 | |||
| 2106 | --- | ||
| 2107 | *** 'number-at-point' will now recognize hex numbers like 0xAb09 and #xAb09 | ||
| 2108 | and return them as numbers. | ||
| 2109 | |||
| 2110 | --- | ||
| 2111 | *** 'word-at-point' and 'sentence-at-point' accept NO-PROPERTIES. | ||
| 2112 | Just like 'thing-at-point' itself. | ||
| 2113 | |||
| 2114 | ** Interactive automatic highlighting | ||
| 2115 | |||
| 2116 | +++ | ||
| 2117 | *** 'highlight-regexp' can now highlight subexpressions. | ||
| 2118 | The new command accepts a prefix numeric argument to choose the | ||
| 2119 | subexpression. | ||
| 2120 | |||
| 2121 | ** Mouse display of minor mode menu | ||
| 2122 | |||
| 2123 | --- | ||
| 2124 | *** 'minor-mode-menu-from-indicator' now displays full minor mode name. | ||
| 2125 | When there is no menu for a mode, display the mode name after the | ||
| 2126 | indicator instead of just the indicator (which is sometimes cryptic). | ||
| 2127 | |||
| 2128 | ** rx | ||
| 2129 | |||
| 2130 | --- | ||
| 2131 | *** rx now handles raw bytes in character alternatives correctly, | ||
| 2132 | when given in a string. Previously, '(any "\x80-\xff")' would match | ||
| 2133 | characters U+0080...U+00FF. Now the expression matches raw bytes in | ||
| 2134 | the 128...255 range, as expected. | ||
| 2135 | |||
| 2136 | --- | ||
| 2137 | *** The rx 'or' and 'seq' forms no longer require any arguments. | ||
| 2138 | (or) produces a regexp that never matches anything, while (seq) | ||
| 2139 | matches the empty string, each being an identity for the operation. | ||
| 2140 | This also works for their aliases: '|' for 'or'; ':', 'and' and | ||
| 2141 | 'sequence' for 'seq'. | ||
| 2142 | The symbol 'unmatchable' can be used as an alternative to (or). | ||
| 2143 | |||
| 2144 | --- | ||
| 2145 | *** 'regexp' and new 'literal' accept arbitrary lisp as arguments. | ||
| 2146 | In this case, 'rx' will generate code which produces a regexp string | ||
| 2147 | at run time, instead of a constant string. | ||
| 2148 | |||
| 2149 | --- | ||
| 2150 | *** New rx extension mechanism: 'rx-define', 'rx-let', 'rx-let-eval'. | ||
| 2151 | These macros add new forms to the rx notation. | ||
| 2152 | |||
| 2153 | +++ | ||
| 2154 | *** 'anychar' is now an alias for 'anything'. | ||
| 2155 | Both match any single character; 'anychar' is more descriptive. | ||
| 2156 | |||
| 2157 | +++ | ||
| 2158 | *** New 'intersection' form for character sets. | ||
| 2159 | With 'or' and 'not', it can be used to compose character-matching | ||
| 2160 | expressions from simpler parts. | ||
| 2161 | |||
| 2162 | +++ | ||
| 2163 | *** 'not' argument can now be a character or single-char string. | ||
| 2164 | |||
| 2165 | ** Frames | ||
| 2166 | |||
| 2167 | +++ | ||
| 2168 | *** New command 'make-frame-on-monitor' makes a frame on the specified monitor. | ||
| 2169 | |||
| 2170 | +++ | ||
| 2171 | *** New value of 'minibuffer' frame parameter 'child-frame'. | ||
| 2172 | This allows to create and parent immediately a minibuffer-only child | ||
| 2173 | frame when making a frame. | ||
| 2174 | |||
| 2175 | --- | ||
| 2176 | *** New predicates 'display-blink-cursor-p' and 'display-symbol-keys-p'. | ||
| 2177 | These predicates are to be preferred over 'display-graphic-p' when | ||
| 2178 | testing for blinking cursor capability and the capability to have | ||
| 2179 | symbols (e.g., '[return]', '[tab]', '[backspace]') as keys respectively. | ||
| 2180 | |||
| 2181 | ** Tabulated List mode | ||
| 2182 | |||
| 2183 | +++ | ||
| 2184 | *** New user options for tabulated list sort indicators. | ||
| 2185 | You can now customize which sorting indicator character to display | ||
| 2186 | near the current column in Tabulated Lists (see user options | ||
| 2187 | 'tabulated-list-gui-sort-indicator-asc', | ||
| 2188 | 'tabulated-list-gui-sort-indicator-desc', | ||
| 2189 | 'tabulated-list-tty-sort-indicator-asc', and | ||
| 2190 | 'tabulated-list-tty-sort-indicator-desc'). | ||
| 2191 | |||
| 2192 | +++ | ||
| 2193 | *** Two new commands and keystrokes have been added to the tabulated | ||
| 2194 | list mode: 'w' (which widens the current column) and 'c' which makes | ||
| 2195 | the current column contract. | ||
| 2196 | |||
| 2197 | +++ | ||
| 2198 | *** New function 'tabulated-list-clear-all-tags'. | ||
| 2199 | This function clears all tags from the padding area in the current | ||
| 2200 | buffer. Tags are typically added by calling 'tabulated-list-put-tag'. | ||
| 2201 | |||
| 2202 | ** Text mode | ||
| 2203 | |||
| 2204 | +++ | ||
| 2205 | *** 'text-mode-variant' is now obsolete, use 'derived-mode-p' instead. | ||
| 2206 | |||
| 2207 | ** CUA mode | ||
| 2208 | |||
| 2209 | --- | ||
| 2210 | *** New user option 'cua-rectangle-terminal-modifier-key'. | ||
| 2211 | This user option allows for the customization of the modifier key used | ||
| 2212 | in a terminal frame. | ||
| 2213 | |||
| 2214 | ** JS mode | ||
| 2215 | |||
| 2216 | --- | ||
| 2217 | *** JSX syntax is now automatically detected and enabled. | ||
| 2218 | If a file imports Facebook's 'React' library, or if the file uses the | ||
| 2219 | extension '.jsx', then various features supporting XML-like syntax | ||
| 2220 | will be supported in 'js-mode' and derivative modes. ('js-jsx-mode' | ||
| 2221 | no longer needs to be enabled.) | ||
| 2222 | |||
| 2223 | --- | ||
| 2224 | *** New user option 'js-jsx-detect-syntax' disables automatic detection. | ||
| 2225 | This is turned on by default. | ||
| 2226 | |||
| 2227 | --- | ||
| 2228 | *** New user option 'js-jsx-syntax' enables JSX syntax unconditionally. | ||
| 2229 | This is off by default. | ||
| 2230 | |||
| 2231 | --- | ||
| 2232 | *** New variable 'js-jsx-regexps' controls JSX detection. | ||
| 2233 | |||
| 2234 | --- | ||
| 2235 | *** JSX syntax is now highlighted like SGML. | ||
| 2236 | |||
| 2237 | --- | ||
| 2238 | *** JSX code is properly indented in many more scenarios. | ||
| 2239 | Previously, JSX indentation usually only worked when an element was | ||
| 2240 | wrapped in parenthesis (e.g. in a 'return' statement or a function | ||
| 2241 | call). It would also fail in many intricate cases. Now, indentation | ||
| 2242 | should work anywhere without parenthesis; many more intricacies are | ||
| 2243 | supported; and, indentation conventions align more closely with those | ||
| 2244 | of the React developer community (see 'js-jsx-align->-with-<'), | ||
| 2245 | otherwise still adhering to SGML conventions. | ||
| 2246 | |||
| 2247 | --- | ||
| 2248 | *** New user option 'js-jsx-align->-with-<' controls '>' indents. | ||
| 2249 | Commonly in JSX code, a '>' on its own line is indented at the same | ||
| 2250 | level as its opening '<'. This is the new default for JSX. This | ||
| 2251 | behavior is slightly different than that used by SGML in Emacs, where | ||
| 2252 | '>' is indented at the same level as attributes, which was also the | ||
| 2253 | old default for JSX. | ||
| 2254 | |||
| 2255 | This is turned on by default. To get back the old default indentation | ||
| 2256 | behavior of aligning '>' with attributes, set 'js-jsx-align->-with-<' | ||
| 2257 | to nil. | ||
| 2258 | |||
| 2259 | --- | ||
| 2260 | *** Indentation uses 'js-indent-level' instead of 'sgml-basic-offset'. | ||
| 2261 | Since JSX is a syntax extension of JavaScript, it makes the most sense | ||
| 2262 | for JSX expressions to be indented the same number of spaces as other | ||
| 2263 | JS expressions. This is a breaking change, but it probably aligns | ||
| 2264 | with how you'd expect this indentation to behave. If you want JSX to | ||
| 2265 | be indented like JS, you won't need to change your config. | ||
| 2266 | |||
| 2267 | The old behavior can be emulated by controlling JSX indentation | ||
| 2268 | independently of JS, by setting 'js-jsx-indent-level'. | ||
| 2269 | |||
| 2270 | --- | ||
| 2271 | *** New user option 'js-jsx-indent-level' for different JSX indentation. | ||
| 2272 | If you wish to indent JSX by a different number of spaces than JS, set | ||
| 2273 | this user option to the desired number. | ||
| 2274 | |||
| 2275 | --- | ||
| 2276 | *** New user option 'js-jsx-attribute-offset' for JSX attribute indents. | ||
| 2277 | |||
| 2278 | --- | ||
| 2279 | *** New variable 'js-syntactic-mode-name' controls mode name display. | ||
| 2280 | Previously, the mode name was simply 'JavaScript'. Now, when a syntax | ||
| 2281 | extension like JSX is enabled, the mode name is 'JavaScript[JSX]'. | ||
| 2282 | Set this variable to nil to disable the new behavior. | ||
| 2283 | |||
| 2284 | --- | ||
| 2285 | *** New function 'js-use-syntactic-mode-name' for deriving modes. | ||
| 2286 | Packages deriving from 'js-mode' with 'define-derived-mode' should | ||
| 2287 | call this function to add enabled syntax extensions to their mode | ||
| 2288 | name, too. | ||
| 2289 | |||
| 2290 | ** Autorevert | ||
| 2291 | |||
| 2292 | *** New user option 'auto-revert-avoid-polling' for saving power. | ||
| 2293 | When set to a non-nil value, buffers in Auto Revert mode are no longer | ||
| 2294 | polled for changes periodically. This reduces the power consumption | ||
| 2295 | of an idle Emacs, but may fail on some network file systems; set | ||
| 2296 | 'auto-revert-notify-exclude-dir-regexp' to match files where | ||
| 2297 | notification is not supported. The default value is nil. | ||
| 2298 | |||
| 2299 | *** New variable 'buffer-auto-revert-by-notification' | ||
| 2300 | A major mode can declare that notification on the buffer's default | ||
| 2301 | directory is sufficient to know when updates are required, by setting | ||
| 2302 | the new variable 'buffer-auto-revert-by-notification' to a non-nil | ||
| 2303 | value. Auto Revert mode can use this information to avoid polling the | ||
| 2304 | buffer periodically when 'auto-revert-avoid-polling' is non-nil. | ||
| 2305 | |||
| 2306 | --- | ||
| 2307 | *** 'global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer' can now also be a predicate | ||
| 2308 | function that can be used for more fine-grained control of which | ||
| 2309 | buffers to auto-revert. | ||
| 2310 | |||
| 2311 | ** auth-source-pass | ||
| 2312 | |||
| 2313 | +++ | ||
| 2314 | *** New user option 'auth-source-pass-filename'. | ||
| 2315 | Allows setting the path to the password-store, defaults to | ||
| 2316 | "~/.password-store". | ||
| 2317 | |||
| 2318 | +++ | ||
| 2319 | *** New user option 'auth-source-pass-port-separator'. | ||
| 2320 | Specifies separator between host and port, defaults to colon ":". | ||
| 2321 | |||
| 2322 | --- | ||
| 2323 | *** Minimize the number of decryptions during password lookup. | ||
| 2324 | This makes the package usable with physical tokens requiring touching | ||
| 2325 | a sensor for every decryption. | ||
| 2326 | |||
| 2327 | --- | ||
| 2328 | *** 'auth-source-pass-get' is now autoloaded. | ||
| 2329 | |||
| 2330 | ** Bookmarks | ||
| 2331 | |||
| 2332 | --- | ||
| 2333 | *** 'bookmark-file' and 'bookmark-old-default-file' are now obsolete | ||
| 2334 | aliases of 'bookmark-default-file'. | ||
| 2335 | |||
| 2336 | *** New user option 'bookmark-watch-bookmark-file'. | ||
| 2337 | When non-nil, watch whether the bookmark file has changed on disk. | ||
| 2338 | |||
| 2339 | --- | ||
| 2340 | *** The old bookmark file format is no longer supported. | ||
| 2341 | This bookmark file format has not been used in Emacs since at least | ||
| 2342 | version 19.34, released in 1996, and will no longer be automatically | ||
| 2343 | converted to the new bookmark file format. | ||
| 2344 | |||
| 2345 | The following functions are now declared obsolete: | ||
| 2346 | bookmark-grok-file-format-version, bookmark-maybe-upgrade-file-format, | ||
| 2347 | bookmark-upgrade-file-format-from-0, bookmark-upgrade-version-0-alist | ||
| 2348 | |||
| 2349 | --- | ||
| 2350 | ** The mantemp.el library is now marked obsolete. | ||
| 2351 | This library generates manual C++ template instantiations. It should | ||
| 2352 | no longer be useful on modern compilers, which do this automatically. | ||
| 2353 | |||
| 2354 | ** Ispell | ||
| 2355 | |||
| 2356 | --- | ||
| 2357 | *** New hook 'ispell-change-dictionary-hook'. | ||
| 2358 | This runs after changing the dictionary and could be used to | ||
| 2359 | automatically spellcheck a buffer when changing language without | ||
| 2360 | needing to advice 'ispell-change-dictionary'. | ||
| 2361 | |||
| 2362 | ** scroll-lock | ||
| 2363 | |||
| 2364 | --- | ||
| 2365 | *** New command 'scroll-lock-next-line-always-scroll'. | ||
| 2366 | This command is bound to 'S-down' and scrolls the buffer up in | ||
| 2367 | particular when the end of the buffer is visible in the window. | ||
| 2368 | |||
| 2369 | ** mwheel.el | ||
| 2370 | |||
| 2371 | --- | ||
| 2372 | *** 'mwheel-install' is now obsolete. | ||
| 2373 | Use 'mouse-wheel-mode' instead. Note that 'mouse-wheel-mode' is | ||
| 2374 | already enabled by default on most graphical displays. | ||
| 2375 | |||
| 2376 | ** Gravatar | ||
| 2377 | |||
| 2378 | +++ | ||
| 2379 | *** 'gravatar-cache-ttl' is now a number of seconds. | ||
| 2380 | The previously used timestamp format of a list of integers is still | ||
| 2381 | supported, but is deprecated. The default value has not changed. | ||
| 2382 | |||
| 2383 | +++ | ||
| 2384 | *** 'gravatar-size' can now be nil. | ||
| 2385 | This results in the use of Gravatar's default size of 80 pixels. | ||
| 2386 | |||
| 2387 | +++ | ||
| 2388 | *** The default fallback gravatar is now configurable. | ||
| 2389 | This is possible using the new user options 'gravatar-default-image' | ||
| 2390 | and 'gravatar-force-default'. | ||
| 2391 | |||
| 2392 | ** ada-mode | ||
| 2393 | |||
| 2394 | *** The built-in ada-mode is now deleted. The GNU ELPA package is a | ||
| 2395 | good replacement, even in very large source files. | ||
| 2396 | |||
| 2397 | ** time-stamp | ||
| 2398 | |||
| 2399 | *** New '%5z' conversion for 'time-stamp-format' gives time zone offset. | ||
| 2400 | Specifying '%5z' in 'time-stamp-format' or 'time-stamp-pattern' | ||
| 2401 | expands to the time zone offset, e.g., '+0100'. The time zone used is | ||
| 2402 | specified by 'time-stamp-time-zone'. | ||
| 2403 | |||
| 2404 | Because this feature is new in Emacs 27.1, do not use it in the local | ||
| 2405 | variables section of any file that might be edited by an older version | ||
| 2406 | of Emacs. | ||
| 2407 | |||
| 2408 | *** Some conversions recommended for 'time-stamp-format' have changed. | ||
| 2409 | The new documented/recommended %-conversions are closer to those | ||
| 2410 | used by 'format-time-string' and are compatible at least as far back | ||
| 2411 | as Emacs 22.1 (released in 2007). | ||
| 2412 | |||
| 2413 | Uppercase abbreviated day name of week: was %3A, now %#a | ||
| 2414 | Full day name of week: was %:a, now %:A | ||
| 2415 | Uppercase abbreviated month name: was %3B, now %#b | ||
| 2416 | Full month name: was %:b, now %:B | ||
| 2417 | Four-digit year: was %:y, now %Y | ||
| 2418 | Lowercase timezone name: was %z, now %#Z | ||
| 2419 | Fully-qualified host name: was %s, now %Q | ||
| 2420 | Unqualified host name: (was none), now %q | ||
| 2421 | Login name: was %u, now %l | ||
| 2422 | User's full name: was %U, now %L | ||
| 2423 | |||
| 2424 | Merely having '(add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)' in your | ||
| 2425 | Emacs init file does not expose you to this change. However, | ||
| 2426 | if you set 'time-stamp-format' or 'time-stamp-pattern' with a | ||
| 2427 | file-local variable, you may need to update the value. | ||
| 2428 | |||
| 2429 | ** mode-local | ||
| 2430 | *** Declare 'define-overload' and 'define-child-mode' as obsolete | ||
| 2431 | *** Rename several internal functions to use a ''mode-local-' prefix | ||
| 2432 | |||
| 2433 | ** CC Mode | ||
| 2434 | |||
| 2435 | +++ | ||
| 2436 | *** You can now flag "wrong style" comments with font-lock-warning-face. | ||
| 2437 | To do this, use c-toggle-comment-style, if needed, to set the desired | ||
| 2438 | default comment style (block or line); then set the option | ||
| 2439 | c-mark-wrong-style-of-comment to non-nil. | ||
| 2440 | |||
| 2441 | |||
| 2442 | * New Modes and Packages in Emacs 27.1 | ||
| 2443 | |||
| 2444 | ** Tab Bars | ||
| 2445 | |||
| 2446 | +++ | ||
| 2447 | *** Tab Bar mode | ||
| 2448 | The new command 'tab-bar-mode' enables the tab bar at the top of each | ||
| 2449 | frame, where you can use tabs to switch between named persistent | ||
| 2450 | window configurations. | ||
| 2451 | |||
| 2452 | The 'C-x t' sequence is the new prefix key for tab-related commands: | ||
| 2453 | 'C-x t 2' creates a new tab; 'C-x t 0' deletes the current tab; | ||
| 2454 | 'C-x t b' switches to buffer in another tab; 'C-x t f' and 'C-x t C-f' | ||
| 2455 | edit file in another tab; and 'C-TAB' and 'S-C-TAB' switch to the next | ||
| 2456 | or previous tab. You can also switch between tabs and create/delete | ||
| 2457 | tabs with a mouse. | ||
| 2458 | |||
| 2459 | Tab-related commands are available even when 'tab-bar-mode' is | ||
| 2460 | disabled: by default, they enable 'tab-bar-mode' in that case. | ||
| 2461 | |||
| 2462 | The X resource "tabBar", class "TabBar" enables the tab bar | ||
| 2463 | when its value is "on", "yes" or "1". | ||
| 2464 | |||
| 2465 | The user option 'tab-bar-position' specifies where to show the tab bar. | ||
| 2466 | |||
| 2467 | Read the new Info node "(emacs) Tab Bars" for full description | ||
| 2468 | of all related features. | ||
| 2469 | |||
| 2470 | *** Tab Line mode | ||
| 2471 | The new command 'global-tab-line-mode' enables the tab line above each | ||
| 2472 | window, which you can use to switch buffers in the window. Selecting | ||
| 2473 | the previous window-local tab is the same as typing 'C-x <LEFT>' | ||
| 2474 | ('previous-buffer'), selecting the next tab is the same as 'C-x <RIGHT>' | ||
| 2475 | ('next-buffer'). Both commands support a numeric prefix argument as | ||
| 2476 | a repeat count. Clicking on the plus icon adds a new buffer to the | ||
| 2477 | window-local tab line of buffers. Using the mouse wheel on the tab | ||
| 2478 | line scrolls tabs. | ||
| 2479 | |||
| 2480 | ** fileloop.el lets one setup multifile operations like search&replace. | ||
| 2481 | |||
| 2482 | +++ | ||
| 2483 | ** Emacs can now visit files in archives as if they were directories. | ||
| 2484 | This feature uses Tramp and works only on systems which support GVFS, | ||
| 2485 | i.e. GNU/Linux, roughly spoken. See the node "(tramp) Archive file | ||
| 2486 | names" in the Tramp manual for full documentation of these facilities. | ||
| 2487 | |||
| 2488 | +++ | ||
| 2489 | ** New library for writing JSONRPC applications (https://jsonrpc.org). | ||
| 2490 | The 'jsonrpc' library enables writing Emacs Lisp applications that | ||
| 2491 | rely on this protocol. Since the protocol is designed to be | ||
| 2492 | transport-agnostic, the library provides an API to implement new | ||
| 2493 | transport strategies as well as a separate API to use them. A | ||
| 2494 | transport implementation for process-based communication, such as is | ||
| 2495 | used by the Language Server Protocol (LSP), is readily available. | ||
| 2496 | |||
| 2497 | +++ | ||
| 2498 | ** Backtrace mode improves viewing of Elisp backtraces. | ||
| 2499 | Backtrace mode adds pretty printing, fontification and ellipsis | ||
| 2500 | expansion to backtrace buffers produced by the Lisp debugger, Edebug | ||
| 2501 | and ERT. See the node "(elisp) Backtraces" in the Elisp manual for | ||
| 2502 | documentation of the new mode and its commands. | ||
| 2503 | |||
| 2504 | +++ | ||
| 2505 | ** so-long.el helps to mitigate performance problems with long lines. | ||
| 2506 | When 'global-so-long-mode' has been enabled, visiting a file with very | ||
| 2507 | long lines will (subject to configuration) cause the user's preferred | ||
| 2508 | 'so-long-action' to be automatically invoked (by default, the buffer's | ||
| 2509 | major mode is replaced by 'so-long-mode'). In extreme cases this can | ||
| 2510 | prevent delays of several minutes, and make Emacs responsive almost | ||
| 2511 | immediately. Type 'M-x so-long-commentary' for full documentation. | ||
| 2512 | |||
| 2513 | |||
| 2514 | * Incompatible Lisp Changes in Emacs 27.1 | ||
| 2515 | |||
| 2516 | --- | ||
| 2517 | ** Incomplete destructive splicing support has been removed. | ||
| 2518 | Support for Common Lisp style destructive splicing (",.") was | ||
| 2519 | incomplete and broken for a long time. It has now been removed. | ||
| 2520 | |||
| 2521 | This means that backquote substitution now works for identifiers | ||
| 2522 | starting with a period ("."). Consider the following example: | ||
| 2523 | |||
| 2524 | (let ((.foo 42)) `,.foo) | ||
| 2525 | |||
| 2526 | In the past, this would have incorrectly evaluated to '(\,\. foo)', | ||
| 2527 | but will now instead evaluate to '42'. | ||
| 2528 | |||
| 2529 | --- | ||
| 2530 | ** The REGEXP in 'magic-mode-alist' is now matched case-sensitively. | ||
| 2531 | Likewise for 'magic-fallback-mode-alist'. | ||
| 2532 | |||
| 2533 | +++ | ||
| 2534 | ** 'add-hook' does not always add to the front or the end any more. | ||
| 2535 | The replacement of 'append' with 'depth' implies that the function is | ||
| 2536 | not always added to the very front (when append/depth is nil) or the | ||
| 2537 | very end (when append/depth is t) any more because other functions on | ||
| 2538 | the hook may have specified higher/lower depths. This makes it | ||
| 2539 | possible to control the ordering of functions more precisely, as was | ||
| 2540 | already possible in 'add-function' and 'advice-add'. | ||
| 2541 | |||
| 2542 | |||
| 2543 | ** In 'compilation-error-regexp-alist' the old undocumented feature | ||
| 2544 | where 'line' could be a function of 2 arguments has been dropped. | ||
| 2545 | |||
| 2546 | ** 'define-fringe-bitmap' is always defined, even when Emacs is built | ||
| 2547 | without any GUI support. | ||
| 2548 | |||
| 2549 | --- | ||
| 2550 | ** Just loading a theme's file no longer activates the theme's settings. | ||
| 2551 | Loading a theme with 'M-x load-theme' still activates the theme, as it | ||
| 2552 | did before. However, loading the theme's file with 'M-x load-file', | ||
| 2553 | or using 'require' or 'load' in a Lisp program, doesn't actually apply | ||
| 2554 | the theme's settings until you either invoke 'M-x enable-theme' or | ||
| 2555 | type 'M-x load-theme'. (In a Lisp program, calling 'enable-theme' or | ||
| 2556 | invoking 'load-theme' with NO-ENABLE argument omitted or nil has the | ||
| 2557 | same effect of activating a theme whose file has been loaded.) The | ||
| 2558 | special case of the 'user' theme is an exception: it is frequently | ||
| 2559 | used for ad-hoc customizations, so the settings of that theme are by | ||
| 2560 | default applied immediately. | ||
| 2561 | |||
| 2562 | The variable 'custom--inhibit-theme-enable' controls this behavior; | ||
| 2563 | its default value changed in Emacs 27.1. | ||
| 2564 | |||
| 2565 | ** The REPETITIONS argument of 'benchmark-run' can now also be a variable. | ||
| 2566 | |||
| 2567 | ** Interpretation of relative 'HOME' directory has changed. | ||
| 2568 | If "$HOME" is set to a relative file name, 'expand-file-name' now | ||
| 2569 | interprets it relative to the directory where Emacs was started, not | ||
| 2570 | relative to the 'default-directory' of the current buffer. We recommend | ||
| 2571 | always setting "$HOME" to an absolute file name, so that its meaning is | ||
| 2572 | independent of where Emacs was started. | ||
| 2573 | |||
| 2574 | ** 'file-name-absolute-p' no longer considers "~foo" to be an absolute | ||
| 2575 | file name if there is no user named "foo". | ||
| 2576 | |||
| 2577 | ** The FILENAME argument to 'file-name-base' is now mandatory and no | ||
| 2578 | longer defaults to 'buffer-file-name'. | ||
| 2579 | |||
| 2580 | +++ | ||
| 2581 | ** File metadata primitives now signal an error if I/O, access, or | ||
| 2582 | other serious errors prevent them from determining the result. | ||
| 2583 | Formerly, these functions often (though not always) returned nil. | ||
| 2584 | For example, if there is an access error, I/O error or low-level | ||
| 2585 | integer overflow when getting the attributes of a file F, | ||
| 2586 | '(file-attributes F)' now signals an error instead of returning nil. | ||
| 2587 | These functions still behave as before if the only problem is that the | ||
| 2588 | file does not exist. The affected primitives are | ||
| 2589 | 'directory-files-and-attributes', 'file-acl', 'file-attributes', | ||
| 2590 | 'file-modes', 'file-newer-than-file-p', 'file-selinux-context', | ||
| 2591 | 'file-system-info', and 'set-visited-file-modtime'. | ||
| 2592 | |||
| 2593 | --- | ||
| 2594 | ** The function 'eldoc-message' now accepts a single argument. | ||
| 2595 | Programs that called it with multiple arguments before should pass | ||
| 2596 | them through 'format' first. Even that is discouraged: for ElDoc | ||
| 2597 | support, you should set 'eldoc-documentation-function' instead of | ||
| 2598 | calling 'eldoc-message' directly. | ||
| 2599 | |||
| 2600 | ** Old-style backquotes now generate an error. | ||
| 2601 | They have been generating warnings for a decade. To interpret | ||
| 2602 | old-style backquotes as new-style, bind the new variable | ||
| 2603 | 'force-new-style-backquotes' to t. | ||
| 2604 | |||
| 2605 | ** Defining a Common Lisp structure using 'cl-defstruct' or | ||
| 2606 | 'cl-struct-define' whose name clashes with a builtin type (e.g., | ||
| 2607 | 'integer' or 'hash-table') now signals an error. | ||
| 2608 | |||
| 2609 | ** When formatting a floating-point number as an octal or hexadecimal | ||
| 2610 | integer, Emacs now signals an error if the number is too large for the | ||
| 2611 | implementation to format. | ||
| 2612 | |||
| 2613 | ** 'logb' now returns infinity when given an infinite or zero argument, | ||
| 2614 | and returns a NaN when given a NaN. Formerly, it returned an extreme | ||
| 2615 | fixnum for such arguments. | ||
| 2616 | |||
| 2617 | --- | ||
| 2618 | ** Some functions and variables obsolete since Emacs 22 have been removed: | ||
| 2619 | archive-mouse-extract, assoc-ignore-case, assoc-ignore-representation, | ||
| 2620 | backward-text-line, blink-cursor, bookmark-exit-hooks, | ||
| 2621 | c-opt-op-identitier-prefix, comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields, | ||
| 2622 | compilation-finish-function, count-text-lines, cperl-vc-header-alist, | ||
| 2623 | custom-face-save-command, cvs-display-full-path, cvs-fileinfo->full-path, | ||
| 2624 | delete-frame-hook, derived-mode-class, describe-char-after, describe-project, | ||
| 2625 | desktop-basefilename, desktop-buffer-handlers, desktop-buffer-misc-functions, | ||
| 2626 | desktop-buffer-modes-to-save, desktop-enable, desktop-load-default, | ||
| 2627 | dired-omit-files-p, disabled-command-hook, dungeon-mode-map, | ||
| 2628 | electric-nroff-mode, electric-nroff-newline, electric-perl-terminator, | ||
| 2629 | focus-frame, forward-text-line, generic-define-mswindows-modes, | ||
| 2630 | generic-define-unix-modes, generic-font-lock-defaults, goto-address-at-mouse, | ||
| 2631 | highlight-changes-colours, ibuffer-elide-long-columns, ibuffer-hooks, | ||
| 2632 | ibuffer-mode-hooks, icalendar-convert-diary-to-ical, | ||
| 2633 | icalendar-extract-ical-from-buffer, imenu-always-use-completion-buffer-p, | ||
| 2634 | ipconfig-program, ipconfig-program-options, isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup, | ||
| 2635 | isearch-lazy-highlight-initial-delay, isearch-lazy-highlight-interval, | ||
| 2636 | isearch-lazy-highlight-max-at-a-time, iswitchb-use-fonts, | ||
| 2637 | latin1-char-displayable-p, mouse-wheel-click-button, mouse-wheel-down-button, | ||
| 2638 | mouse-wheel-up-button, new-frame, pascal-outline, process-kill-without-query, | ||
| 2639 | recentf-menu-append-commands-p, rmail-pop-password, | ||
| 2640 | rmail-pop-password-required, savehist-load, set-default-font, | ||
| 2641 | spam-list-of-processors, speedbar-add-ignored-path-regexp, | ||
| 2642 | speedbar-buffers-line-path, speedbar-ignored-path-expressions, | ||
| 2643 | speedbar-ignored-path-regexp, speedbar-line-path, speedbar-path-line, | ||
| 2644 | timer-set-time-with-usecs, tooltip-gud-display, tooltip-gud-modes, | ||
| 2645 | tooltip-gud-toggle-dereference, unfocus-frame, unload-hook-features-list, | ||
| 2646 | update-autoloads-from-directories, vc-comment-ring, vc-comment-ring-index, | ||
| 2647 | vc-comment-search-forward, vc-comment-search-reverse, vc-comment-to-change-log, | ||
| 2648 | vc-diff-switches-list, vc-next-comment, vc-previous-comment, view-todo, | ||
| 2649 | x-lost-selection-hooks, x-sent-selection-hooks. | ||
| 2650 | |||
| 2651 | --- | ||
| 2652 | ** Further functions and variables obsolete since Emacs 24 have been removed: | ||
| 2653 | default-directory-alist, dired-default-directory, | ||
| 2654 | dired-default-directory-alist, dired-enable-local-variables, | ||
| 2655 | dired-hack-local-variables, dired-local-variables-file, dired-omit-here-always. | ||
| 2656 | |||
| 2657 | ** Garbage collection no longer treats miscellaneous objects specially; | ||
| 2658 | they are now allocated like any other pseudovector. As a result, the | ||
| 2659 | 'garbage-collect' and 'memory-use-count' functions no longer return a | ||
| 2660 | 'misc' component, and the 'misc-objects-consed' variable has been | ||
| 2661 | removed. | ||
| 2662 | |||
| 2663 | +++ | ||
| 2664 | ** Reversed character ranges are no longer permitted in 'rx'. | ||
| 2665 | Previously, ranges where the starting character is greater than the | ||
| 2666 | ending character were silently omitted. | ||
| 2667 | For example, '(rx (any "@z-a" (?9 . ?0)))' would match '@' only. | ||
| 2668 | Now, such 'rx' expressions generate an error. | ||
| 2669 | |||
| 2670 | --- | ||
| 2671 | ** Internal 'rx' functions and variables have been removed, | ||
| 2672 | as a consequence of an improved implementation. Packages using | ||
| 2673 | these should use the public 'rx' and 'rx-to-string' instead. | ||
| 2674 | 'rx-constituents' is still available for compatibility, but the new | ||
| 2675 | extension mechanism is preferred: 'rx-define', 'rx-let' and | ||
| 2676 | 'rx-let-eval'. | ||
| 2677 | |||
| 2678 | +++ | ||
| 2679 | ** 'text-mode' no longer sets the value of 'indent-line-function'. | ||
| 2680 | The global value of 'indent-line-function', which defaults to | ||
| 2681 | 'indent-relative', will no longer be reset locally when turning on | ||
| 2682 | 'text-mode'. | ||
| 2683 | |||
| 2684 | To get back the old behavior, add a function to 'text-mode-hook' which | ||
| 2685 | performs '(setq-local indent-line-function #'indent-relative)'. | ||
| 2686 | |||
| 2687 | ** 'make-process' no longer accepts a non-nil ':stop' key. This has | ||
| 2688 | never worked reliably, and now causes an error. | ||
| 2689 | |||
| 2690 | +++ | ||
| 2691 | ** 'eventp' no longer returns non-nil for lists whose car is nil. | ||
| 2692 | This is consistent with the fact that nil, though a symbol, is not a | ||
| 2693 | valid event type. | ||
| 2694 | |||
| 2695 | --- | ||
| 2696 | ** The obsolete package xesam.el (since Emacs 24) has been removed. | ||
| 2697 | |||
| 2698 | +++ | ||
| 2699 | ** The XBM image handler now accepts a ':stride' argument, which should | ||
| 2700 | be specified in image specs representing the entire bitmap as a single | ||
| 2701 | bool vector. | ||
| 2702 | |||
| 2703 | +++ | ||
| 2704 | ** 'regexp-quote' may return its argument string. | ||
| 2705 | If the argument needs no quoting, it can be returned instead of a copy. | ||
| 2706 | |||
| 2707 | +++ | ||
| 2708 | ** Mouse scroll up and down with control key modifier changes font size. | ||
| 2709 | Previously, the control key modifier was used to scroll up or down by | ||
| 2710 | an amount which was close to near a full screen. This is now instead | ||
| 2711 | available by scrolling with the meta modifier key. | ||
| 2712 | |||
| 2713 | To get the old behavior back, customize the user option | ||
| 2714 | 'mouse-wheel-scroll-amount', or add the following to your init file: | ||
| 2715 | |||
| 2716 | (customize-set-variable 'mouse-wheel-scroll-amount | ||
| 2717 | '(5 ((shift) . 1) ((control) . nil))) | ||
| 2718 | |||
| 2719 | By default, the font size will be changed in the window that the mouse | ||
| 2720 | pointer is over. To change this behavior, you can customize the user | ||
| 2721 | option 'mouse-wheel-follow-mouse'. Note that this will also affect | ||
| 2722 | scrolling. | ||
| 2723 | |||
| 2724 | ** Mouse scroll up and down with control key modifier also works on images | ||
| 2725 | where it scales the image under the mouse pointer. | ||
| 2726 | |||
| 2727 | --- | ||
| 2728 | ** help-follow-symbol now signals 'user-error' if point (or the | ||
| 2729 | position pointed to by the argument POS) is not in a symbol. | ||
| 2730 | |||
| 2731 | |||
| 2732 | * Lisp Changes in Emacs 27.1 | ||
| 2733 | |||
| 2734 | +++ | ||
| 2735 | ** New macro 'benchmark-progn'. | ||
| 2736 | This macro works like 'progn', but messages how long it takes to | ||
| 2737 | evaluate the body forms. The value of the last form is the return | ||
| 2738 | value. | ||
| 2739 | |||
| 2740 | +++ | ||
| 2741 | ** New function 'read-char-from-minibuffer'. | ||
| 2742 | This function works like 'read-char', but uses 'read-from-minibuffer' | ||
| 2743 | to read a character, so it maintains a history that can be navigated | ||
| 2744 | via usual minibuffer keystrokes 'M-p'/'M-n'. | ||
| 2745 | |||
| 2746 | ** New variables 'set-message-function' and 'clear-message-function' | ||
| 2747 | can be used to specify functions to show and clear messages that | ||
| 2748 | normally are displayed in the echo area. | ||
| 2749 | |||
| 2750 | ** 'setq-local' can now set an arbitrary number of variables, which | ||
| 2751 | makes the syntax more like 'setq'. | ||
| 2752 | |||
| 2753 | ** 'reveal-mode' can now also be used for more than to toggle between | ||
| 2754 | invisible and visible: It can also toggle 'display' properties in | ||
| 2755 | overlays. This is only done on 'display' properties that have the | ||
| 2756 | 'reveal-toggle-invisible' property set. | ||
| 2757 | |||
| 2758 | +++ | ||
| 2759 | ** 'process-contact' now takes an optional NO-BLOCK argument to allow | ||
| 2760 | not waiting for a process to be set up. | ||
| 2761 | |||
| 2762 | --- | ||
| 2763 | ** New variable 'read-process-output-max' controls sub-process throughput. | ||
| 2764 | This variable determines how many bytes can be read from a sub-process | ||
| 2765 | in one read operation. The default, 4096 bytes, was previously a | ||
| 2766 | hard-coded constant. Setting it to a larger value might enhance | ||
| 2767 | throughput of reading from sub-processes that produces vast | ||
| 2768 | (megabytes) amounts of data in one go. | ||
| 2769 | |||
| 2770 | +++ | ||
| 2771 | ** The new user option 'quit-window-hook' is now run first when | ||
| 2772 | executing the 'quit-window' command. | ||
| 2773 | |||
| 2774 | ** The user options 'help-enable-completion-auto-load', | ||
| 2775 | 'help-enable-auto-load' and 'vhdl-project-auto-load', as well as the | ||
| 2776 | function 'vhdl-auto-load-project' have been renamed to have "autoload" | ||
| 2777 | without the hyphen in their names. Obsolete aliases from the old | ||
| 2778 | names have been added. | ||
| 2779 | |||
| 2780 | +++ | ||
| 2781 | ** Buttons (created with 'make-button' and related functions) can | ||
| 2782 | now use the 'button-data' property. If present, the data in this | ||
| 2783 | property will be passed on to the 'action' function instead of the | ||
| 2784 | button itself in 'button-activate'. | ||
| 2785 | |||
| 2786 | ** 'defcustom' now takes a ':local' keyword that can be either t or | ||
| 2787 | 'permanent', which mean that the variable should be automatically | ||
| 2788 | buffer-local. 'permanent' also sets the variable's 'permanent-local' | ||
| 2789 | property. | ||
| 2790 | |||
| 2791 | +++ | ||
| 2792 | ** The new macro 'with-suppressed-warnings' can be used to suppress | ||
| 2793 | specific byte-compile warnings. | ||
| 2794 | |||
| 2795 | +++ | ||
| 2796 | ** The new macro 'ignore-error' is like 'ignore-errors', but takes a | ||
| 2797 | specific error condition, and will only ignore that condition. (This | ||
| 2798 | can also be a list of conditions.) | ||
| 2799 | |||
| 2800 | --- | ||
| 2801 | ** The new function 'byte-compile-info-message' can be used to output | ||
| 2802 | informational messages that look pleasing during the Emacs build. | ||
| 2803 | |||
| 2804 | --- | ||
| 2805 | ** New 'help-fns-describe-variable-functions' hook. | ||
| 2806 | Makes it possible to add metadata information to 'describe-variable'. | ||
| 2807 | |||
| 2808 | ** i18n (internationalization) | ||
| 2809 | |||
| 2810 | *** ngettext can be used now to return the right plural form | ||
| 2811 | according to the given numeric value. | ||
| 2812 | |||
| 2813 | +++ | ||
| 2814 | ** 'inhibit-null-byte-detection' is renamed to 'inhibit-nul-byte-detection'. | ||
| 2815 | |||
| 2816 | +++ | ||
| 2817 | ** 'self-insert-command' takes the char to insert as (optional) argument. | ||
| 2818 | |||
| 2819 | ** 'lookup-key' can take a list of keymaps as argument. | ||
| 2820 | |||
| 2821 | +++ | ||
| 2822 | ** 'condition-case' now accepts 't' to match any error symbol. | ||
| 2823 | |||
| 2824 | +++ | ||
| 2825 | ** New function 'proper-list-p'. | ||
| 2826 | Given a proper list as argument, this predicate returns its length; | ||
| 2827 | otherwise, it returns nil. 'format-proper-list-p' is now an obsolete | ||
| 2828 | alias for the new function. | ||
| 2829 | |||
| 2830 | +++ | ||
| 2831 | ** Emacs Lisp integers can now be of arbitrary size. | ||
| 2832 | Emacs uses the GNU Multiple Precision (GMP) library to support | ||
| 2833 | integers whose size is too large to support natively. The integers | ||
| 2834 | supported natively are known as "fixnums", while the larger ones are | ||
| 2835 | "bignums". The new predicates 'bignump' and 'fixnump' can be used to | ||
| 2836 | distinguish between these two types of integers. | ||
| 2837 | |||
| 2838 | All the arithmetic, comparison, and logical (a.k.a. "bitwise") | ||
| 2839 | operations where bignums make sense now support both fixnums and | ||
| 2840 | bignums. However, note that unlike fixnums, bignums will not compare | ||
| 2841 | equal with 'eq', you must use 'eql' instead. (Numerical comparison | ||
| 2842 | with '=' works on both, of course.) | ||
| 2843 | |||
| 2844 | Since large bignums consume a lot of memory, Emacs limits the size of | ||
| 2845 | the largest bignum a Lisp program is allowed to create. The | ||
| 2846 | nonnegative value of the new variable 'integer-width' specifies the | ||
| 2847 | maximum number of bits allowed in a bignum. Emacs signals an integer | ||
| 2848 | overflow error if this limit is exceeded. | ||
| 2849 | |||
| 2850 | Several primitive functions formerly returned floats or lists of | ||
| 2851 | integers to represent integers that did not fit into fixnums. These | ||
| 2852 | functions now simply return integers instead. Affected functions | ||
| 2853 | include functions like 'encode-char' that compute code-points, functions | ||
| 2854 | like 'file-attributes' that compute file sizes and other attributes, | ||
| 2855 | functions like 'process-id' that compute process IDs, and functions like | ||
| 2856 | 'user-uid' and 'group-gid' that compute user and group IDs. | ||
| 2857 | |||
| 2858 | +++ | ||
| 2859 | ** overflow-error is now documented as a subcategory of range-error. | ||
| 2860 | Formerly it was undocumented, and was (incorrectly) a subcategory | ||
| 2861 | of domain-error. | ||
| 2862 | |||
| 2863 | ** Time values | ||
| 2864 | |||
| 2865 | +++ | ||
| 2866 | *** New function 'time-convert' converts Lisp time values to Lisp | ||
| 2867 | timestamps of various forms, including a new timestamp form '(TICKS | ||
| 2868 | . HZ)' where TICKS is an integer and HZ a positive integer denoting a | ||
| 2869 | clock frequency. | ||
| 2870 | |||
| 2871 | +++ | ||
| 2872 | *** Although the default timestamp format is still '(HI LO US PS)', | ||
| 2873 | it is planned to change in a future Emacs version, to exploit bignums. | ||
| 2874 | The documentation has been updated to mention that the timestamp | ||
| 2875 | format may change and that programs should use functions like | ||
| 2876 | 'format-time-string', 'decode-time', and 'time-convert' rather than | ||
| 2877 | probing the innards of a timestamp directly, or creating a timestamp | ||
| 2878 | by hand. | ||
| 2879 | |||
| 2880 | +++ | ||
| 2881 | *** Decoded (calendrical) timestamps now have subsecond resolution. | ||
| 2882 | This affects 'decode-time', which generates these timestamps, as well | ||
| 2883 | as functions like 'encode-time' that accept them. The subsecond info | ||
| 2884 | is present as a '(TICKS . HZ)' value in the seconds element of a | ||
| 2885 | decoded timestamp, and 'decode-time' has a new optional FORM argument | ||
| 2886 | specifying the form of the seconds member. For example, if X is the | ||
| 2887 | timestamp '(1566009571321878186 . 1000000000)', which represents | ||
| 2888 | "2019-08-17 02:39:31.321878186 UTC", '(decode-time X t t)' returns | ||
| 2889 | '((31321878186 . 1000000000) 39 2 17 8 2019 6 nil 0)' instead of the | ||
| 2890 | traditional '(31 39 2 17 8 2019 6 nil 0)' returned by plain | ||
| 2891 | '(decode-time X t)'. Although the default FORM is currently | ||
| 2892 | 'integer', which truncates the seconds to an integer and is the | ||
| 2893 | traditional behavior, this default may change in future Emacs | ||
| 2894 | versions, so callers requiring an integer should specify FORM | ||
| 2895 | explicitly. | ||
| 2896 | |||
| 2897 | +++ | ||
| 2898 | *** 'encode-time' supports a new API '(encode-time TIME)'. | ||
| 2899 | The old 'encode-time' API is still supported. | ||
| 2900 | |||
| 2901 | +++ | ||
| 2902 | *** A new package to parse ISO 8601 time, date, durations and | ||
| 2903 | intervals has been added. The main function to use is | ||
| 2904 | 'iso8601-parse', but there's also 'iso8601-parse-date', | ||
| 2905 | 'iso8601-parse-time', 'iso8601-parse-duration' and | ||
| 2906 | 'iso8601-parse-interval'. All these functions return decoded time | ||
| 2907 | structures, except the final one, which returns three of them (start, | ||
| 2908 | end and duration). | ||
| 2909 | |||
| 2910 | +++ | ||
| 2911 | *** 'time-add', 'time-subtract', and 'time-less-p' now accept | ||
| 2912 | infinities and NaNs too, and propagate them or return nil like | ||
| 2913 | floating-point operators do. If both arguments are finite, these | ||
| 2914 | functions now return exact results instead of rounding in some cases, | ||
| 2915 | and they also avoid excess precision when that is easy. | ||
| 2916 | |||
| 2917 | +++ | ||
| 2918 | *** New function 'time-equal-p' compares time values for equality. | ||
| 2919 | |||
| 2920 | +++ | ||
| 2921 | *** 'format-time-string' supports a new conversion specifier flag '+' | ||
| 2922 | that acts like the '0' flag but also puts a '+' before nonnegative | ||
| 2923 | years containing more than four digits. This is for compatibility | ||
| 2924 | with POSIX.1-2017. | ||
| 2925 | |||
| 2926 | +++ | ||
| 2927 | *** To access (or alter) the elements a decoded time value, the | ||
| 2928 | 'decoded-time-second', 'decoded-time-minute', 'decoded-time-hour', | ||
| 2929 | 'decoded-time-day', 'decoded-time-month', 'decoded-time-year', | ||
| 2930 | 'decoded-time-weekday', 'decoded-time-dst' and 'decoded-time-zone' | ||
| 2931 | accessors can be used. | ||
| 2932 | |||
| 2933 | *** The new functions 'date-days-in-month' (which will say how many | ||
| 2934 | days there are in a month in a specific year), 'date-ordinal-to-time' | ||
| 2935 | (that computes the date of an ordinal day), 'decoded-time-add' (for | ||
| 2936 | doing computations on a decoded time structure), 'make-decoded-time' | ||
| 2937 | (for making a decoded time structure with only the given keywords | ||
| 2938 | filled out), and 'encoded-time-set-defaults' (which fills in nil | ||
| 2939 | elements as if it's midnight January 1st, 1970) have been added. | ||
| 2940 | |||
| 2941 | ** 'define-minor-mode' automatically documents the meaning of ARG. | ||
| 2942 | |||
| 2943 | +++ | ||
| 2944 | ** The function 'recenter' now accepts an additional optional argument. | ||
| 2945 | By default, calling 'recenter' will not redraw the frame even if | ||
| 2946 | 'recenter-redisplay' is non-nil. Call 'recenter' with the new second | ||
| 2947 | argument non-nil to force redisplay per 'recenter-redisplay's value. | ||
| 2948 | |||
| 2949 | +++ | ||
| 2950 | ** New functions 'major-mode-suspend' and 'major-mode-restore'. | ||
| 2951 | Use them when switching temporarily to another major mode, e.g. for | ||
| 2952 | 'hexl-mode', or to switch between 'c-mode' and 'image-mode' in XPM. | ||
| 2953 | |||
| 2954 | +++ | ||
| 2955 | ** New macro 'dolist-with-progress-reporter'. | ||
| 2956 | This works like 'dolist', but reports progress similar to | ||
| 2957 | 'dotimes-with-progress-reporter'. | ||
| 2958 | |||
| 2959 | +++ | ||
| 2960 | ** New hook 'after-delete-frame-functions'. | ||
| 2961 | This works like 'delete-frame-functions', but runs after the frame to | ||
| 2962 | be deleted has been made dead and removed from the frame list. | ||
| 2963 | |||
| 2964 | --- | ||
| 2965 | ** The function 'provided-mode-derived-p' was extended to support aliases. | ||
| 2966 | The function now returns non-nil when the argument MODE is derived | ||
| 2967 | from any alias of any of MODES. | ||
| 2968 | |||
| 2969 | +++ | ||
| 2970 | ** New frame focus state inspection interface. | ||
| 2971 | The hooks 'focus-in-hook' and 'focus-out-hook' are now obsolete. | ||
| 2972 | Instead, attach to 'after-focus-change-function' using 'add-function' | ||
| 2973 | and inspect the focus state of each frame using 'frame-focus-state'. | ||
| 2974 | |||
| 2975 | +++ | ||
| 2976 | ** Emacs now requests and recognizes focus-change notifications from TTYs. | ||
| 2977 | On terminal emulators that support the feature, Emacs can now support | ||
| 2978 | 'focus-in-hook' and 'focus-out-hook' for TTY frames. | ||
| 2979 | |||
| 2980 | +++ | ||
| 2981 | ** Window-specific face remapping. | ||
| 2982 | Face specifications (of the kind used in 'face-remapping-alist') | ||
| 2983 | now support filters, allowing faces to vary between different windows | ||
| 2984 | displaying the same buffer. See the node "(elisp) Face Remapping" | ||
| 2985 | of the Emacs Lisp Reference manual for more detail. | ||
| 2986 | |||
| 2987 | +++ | ||
| 2988 | ** Window change functions have been redesigned. | ||
| 2989 | Hooks reacting to window changes run now only when redisplay detects | ||
| 2990 | that a change has actually occurred. Six hooks are now provided: | ||
| 2991 | 'window-buffer-change-functions' (run after window buffers have | ||
| 2992 | changed), 'window-size-change-functions' (run after a window was | ||
| 2993 | assigned a new buffer or size), 'window-configuration-change-hook' | ||
| 2994 | (like the former but run also when a window was deleted), | ||
| 2995 | 'window-selection-change-functions' (run when the selected window | ||
| 2996 | changed) and 'window-state-change-functions' and | ||
| 2997 | 'window-state-change-hook' (run when any of the preceding ones is | ||
| 2998 | run). Applications can enforce running the latter two using the new | ||
| 2999 | function 'set-frame-window-state-change'. 'window-scroll-functions' | ||
| 3000 | are unaffected by these changes. | ||
| 3001 | |||
| 3002 | In addition, a number of functions now allow the caller to detect what | ||
| 3003 | has changed since last redisplay: 'window-old-buffer' returns for any | ||
| 3004 | window the buffer it showed at that time. ‘old-selected-window’ and | ||
| 3005 | 'old-selected-frame' return the window and frame that were selected | ||
| 3006 | during last redisplay. 'window-old-pixel-width' (renamed from | ||
| 3007 | 'window-pixel-width-before-size-change'), 'window-old-pixel-height' | ||
| 3008 | (renamed from 'window-pixel-height-before-size-change'), | ||
| 3009 | 'window-old-body-pixel-width' and 'window-old-body-pixel-height' | ||
| 3010 | return the total and body sizes of any window during last redisplay. | ||
| 3011 | |||
| 3012 | Also 'run-window-configuration-change-hook' is declared obsolete. | ||
| 3013 | |||
| 3014 | See the section "(elisp) Window Hooks" in the Elisp manual for a | ||
| 3015 | detailed explanation of the new behavior. | ||
| 3016 | |||
| 3017 | +++ | ||
| 3018 | ** Making scroll bar and fringe settings persistent for windows. | ||
| 3019 | The functions 'set-window-scroll-bars' and 'set-window-fringes' now | ||
| 3020 | have a new optional argument that makes the settings they produce | ||
| 3021 | reliably survive subsequent invocations of 'set-window-buffer'. | ||
| 3022 | |||
| 3023 | +++ | ||
| 3024 | ** New user option 'resize-mini-frames'. | ||
| 3025 | This option allows to automatically resize minibuffer-only frames | ||
| 3026 | similarly to how minibuffer windows are resized on "normal" frames. | ||
| 3027 | |||
| 3028 | +++ | ||
| 3029 | ** New buffer display action function 'display-buffer-in-direction'. | ||
| 3030 | This function allows to specify the location of the window chosen by | ||
| 3031 | 'display-buffer' in various ways. | ||
| 3032 | |||
| 3033 | +++ | ||
| 3034 | ** New buffer display action alist entry 'dedicated'. | ||
| 3035 | Such an entry allows to specify the dedicated status of a window | ||
| 3036 | created by 'display-buffer'. | ||
| 3037 | |||
| 3038 | +++ | ||
| 3039 | ** New buffer display action alist entry 'window-min-height'. | ||
| 3040 | Such an entry allows to specify a minimum height of the window used | ||
| 3041 | for displaying a buffer. 'display-buffer-below-selected' is the only | ||
| 3042 | action function to respect it at the moment. | ||
| 3043 | |||
| 3044 | +++ | ||
| 3045 | ** New buffer display action alist entry 'direction'. | ||
| 3046 | This entry is used to specify the location of the window chosen by | ||
| 3047 | 'display-buffer-in-direction'. | ||
| 3048 | |||
| 3049 | +++ | ||
| 3050 | ** Additional meaning of display action alist entry 'window'. | ||
| 3051 | A 'window' entry can now also specify a reference window for | ||
| 3052 | 'display-buffer-in-direction'. | ||
| 3053 | |||
| 3054 | +++ | ||
| 3055 | ** The function 'assoc-delete-all' now takes an optional predicate argument. | ||
| 3056 | |||
| 3057 | +++ | ||
| 3058 | ** New function 'string-distance' to calculate the Levenshtein distance | ||
| 3059 | between two strings. | ||
| 3060 | |||
| 3061 | ** 'print-quoted' now defaults to t, so if you want to see | ||
| 3062 | '(quote x)' instead of 'x you will have to bind it to nil where applicable. | ||
| 3063 | |||
| 3064 | +++ | ||
| 3065 | ** Numbers formatted via '%o' or '%x' are now formatted as signed integers. | ||
| 3066 | This avoids problems in calls like '(read (format "#x%x" -1))', and is | ||
| 3067 | more compatible with bignums. To get the traditional machine-dependent | ||
| 3068 | behavior, set the experimental variable 'binary-as-unsigned' to t, | ||
| 3069 | and if the new behavior breaks your code please email | ||
| 3070 | <32252@debbugs.gnu.org>. Because '%o' and '%x' can now format signed | ||
| 3071 | integers, they now support the '+' and space flags. | ||
| 3072 | |||
| 3073 | +++ | ||
| 3074 | ** In Emacs Lisp mode, symbols with confusable quotes are highlighted. | ||
| 3075 | For example, the first character in '‘foo' would be highlighted in | ||
| 3076 | 'font-lock-warning-face'. | ||
| 3077 | |||
| 3078 | +++ | ||
| 3079 | ** Omitting variables after '&optional' and '&rest' is now allowed. | ||
| 3080 | For example '(defun foo (&optional))' is no longer an error. This is | ||
| 3081 | sometimes convenient when writing macros. See the ChangeLog entry | ||
| 3082 | titled "Allow '&rest' or '&optional' without following variable | ||
| 3083 | (Bug#29165)" for a full listing of which arglists are accepted across | ||
| 3084 | versions. | ||
| 3085 | |||
| 3086 | ** Internal parsing commands now use 'syntax-ppss' and disregard | ||
| 3087 | 'open-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start'. This affects mostly things like | ||
| 3088 | 'forward-comment', 'scan-sexps', and 'forward-sexp' when parsing backward. | ||
| 3089 | The new variable 'comment-use-syntax-ppss' can be set to nil to recover | ||
| 3090 | the old behavior if needed. | ||
| 3091 | |||
| 3092 | ** The 'server-name' and 'server-socket-dir' variables are set when a | ||
| 3093 | socket has been passed to Emacs. | ||
| 3094 | |||
| 3095 | --- | ||
| 3096 | ** The 'file-system-info' function is now available on all platforms. | ||
| 3097 | instead of just Microsoft platforms. This fixes a 'get-free-disk-space' | ||
| 3098 | bug on OS X 10.8 and later. | ||
| 3099 | |||
| 3100 | --- | ||
| 3101 | ** The function 'get-free-disk-space' returns now a non-nil value for | ||
| 3102 | remote systems, which support this check. | ||
| 3103 | |||
| 3104 | +++ | ||
| 3105 | ** 'memory-limit' now returns a better estimate of memory consumption. | ||
| 3106 | |||
| 3107 | +++ | ||
| 3108 | ** When interpreting 'gc-cons-percentage', Emacs now estimates the | ||
| 3109 | heap size more often and (we hope) more accurately. E.g., formerly | ||
| 3110 | '(progn (let ((gc-cons-percentage 0.8)) BODY1) BODY2)' continued to use | ||
| 3111 | the 0.8 value during BODY2 until the next garbage collection, but that | ||
| 3112 | is no longer true. Applications may need to re-tune their GC tricks. | ||
| 3113 | |||
| 3114 | +++ | ||
| 3115 | ** New macro 'combine-change-calls' arranges to call the change hooks | ||
| 3116 | ('before-change-functions' and 'after-change-functions') just once | ||
| 3117 | each around a sequence of lisp forms, given a region. This is | ||
| 3118 | useful when a function makes a possibly large number of repetitive | ||
| 3119 | changes and the change hooks are time consuming. | ||
| 3120 | |||
| 3121 | +++ | ||
| 3122 | ** 'eql', 'make-hash-table', etc. now treat NaNs consistently. | ||
| 3123 | Formerly, some of these functions ignored signs and significands of | ||
| 3124 | NaNs. Now, all these functions treat NaN signs and significands as | ||
| 3125 | significant. For example, '(eql 0.0e+NaN -0.0e+NaN)' now returns nil | ||
| 3126 | because the two NaNs have different signs; formerly it returned t. | ||
| 3127 | Also, Emacs now reads and prints NaN significands; e.g., if X is a | ||
| 3128 | NaN, '(format "%s" X)' now returns "0.0e+NaN", "1.0e+NaN", etc., | ||
| 3129 | depending on X's significand. | ||
| 3130 | |||
| 3131 | +++ | ||
| 3132 | ** The function 'make-string' accepts an additional optional argument. | ||
| 3133 | If the optional third argument is non-nil, 'make-string' will produce | ||
| 3134 | a multibyte string even if its second argument is an ASCII character. | ||
| 3135 | |||
| 3136 | ** '(format "%d" X)' no longer mishandles a floating-point number X that | ||
| 3137 | does not fit in a machine integer. | ||
| 3138 | |||
| 3139 | --- | ||
| 3140 | ** New coding-system 'ibm038'. | ||
| 3141 | This is the International EBCDIC encoding, also available as aliases | ||
| 3142 | 'ebcdic-int' and 'cp038'. | ||
| 3143 | |||
| 3144 | +++ | ||
| 3145 | ** In the DST slot, 'encode-time' and 'parse-time-string' now return -1 | ||
| 3146 | if it is not known whether daylight saving time is in effect. | ||
| 3147 | Formerly they were inconsistent: 'encode-time' returned t in this | ||
| 3148 | situation, whereas 'parse-time-string' returned nil. Now they | ||
| 3149 | consistently use use nil to mean that DST is not in effect, and use -1 | ||
| 3150 | to mean that it is not known whether DST is in effect. | ||
| 3151 | |||
| 3152 | ** New JSON parsing and serialization functions 'json-serialize', | ||
| 3153 | 'json-insert', 'json-parse-string', and 'json-parse-buffer'. These | ||
| 3154 | are implemented in C using the Jansson library. | ||
| 3155 | |||
| 3156 | +++ | ||
| 3157 | ** New function 'ring-resize'. | ||
| 3158 | 'ring-resize' can be used to grow or shrink a ring. | ||
| 3159 | |||
| 3160 | +++ | ||
| 3161 | ** New function 'flatten-tree'. | ||
| 3162 | 'flatten-list' is provided as an alias. These functions take a tree | ||
| 3163 | and 'flatten' it such that the result is a list of all the terminal | ||
| 3164 | nodes. | ||
| 3165 | |||
| 3166 | +++ | ||
| 3167 | ** 'zlib-decompress-region' can partially decompress corrupted data. | ||
| 3168 | If the new optional ALLOW-PARTIAL argument is passed, then the data | ||
| 3169 | that was decompressed successfully before failing will be inserted | ||
| 3170 | into the buffer. | ||
| 3171 | |||
| 3172 | ** Mailcap | ||
| 3173 | |||
| 3174 | --- | ||
| 3175 | *** The new function 'mailcap-file-name-to-mime-type' has been added. | ||
| 3176 | It's a simple convenience function for looking up MIME types based on | ||
| 3177 | file name extensions. | ||
| 3178 | |||
| 3179 | *** The default way the list of possible external viewers for MIME | ||
| 3180 | types is sorted and chosen has changed. Earlier, the most specific | ||
| 3181 | viewer was chosen, even if there was a general override in "~/.mailcap". | ||
| 3182 | For instance, if "/etc/mailcap" has an entry for "image/gif", that one | ||
| 3183 | will be chosen even if you have an entry for "image/*" in your | ||
| 3184 | "~/.mailcap" file. But with the new method, entries from "~/.mailcap" | ||
| 3185 | overrides all system and Emacs-provided defaults. To get the old | ||
| 3186 | method back, set 'mailcap-prefer-mailcap-viewers' to nil. | ||
| 3187 | |||
| 3188 | ** URL | ||
| 3189 | |||
| 3190 | *** The 'file:' handler no longer looks for "index.html" in | ||
| 3191 | directories if you ask it for a "file:///dir" URL. Since this is a | ||
| 3192 | low-level library, such decisions (if they are to be made at all) are | ||
| 3193 | left to higher-level functions. | ||
| 3194 | |||
| 3195 | --- | ||
| 3196 | ** The url-ns.el library is now marked obsolete. | ||
| 3197 | This library is used to open configuration files for the long defunct | ||
| 3198 | web browser Netscape, and is no longer relevant. | ||
| 3199 | |||
| 3200 | ** Image mode | ||
| 3201 | |||
| 3202 | *** New library Exif. | ||
| 3203 | An Exif library has been added that can parse JPEG files and output | ||
| 3204 | data about creation times and orientation and the like. | ||
| 3205 | 'exif-parse-file' and 'exif-parse-buffer' are the main interface | ||
| 3206 | functions. | ||
| 3207 | |||
| 3208 | *** 'image-mode' now uses this library to automatically rotate images | ||
| 3209 | according to the orientation in the Exif data, if any. | ||
| 3210 | |||
| 3211 | *** New library image-converter. | ||
| 3212 | If you need to view exotic image formats for which Emacs doesn't have | ||
| 3213 | native support, customize the new user option | ||
| 3214 | 'image-use-external-converter' to t. If your system has | ||
| 3215 | GraphicsMagick, ImageMagick or 'ffmpeg' installed, they will then be | ||
| 3216 | used to convert images automatically before displaying them. | ||
| 3217 | |||
| 3218 | *** 'auto-mode-alist' now includes many of the types typically | ||
| 3219 | supported by the external image converters, like WEPB, BMP and ICO. | ||
| 3220 | These now default to using 'image-mode'. | ||
| 3221 | |||
| 3222 | *** 'imagemagick-types-inhibit' disables using ImageMagick by default. | ||
| 3223 | 'image-mode' started using ImageMagick by default for all images | ||
| 3224 | some years back. It now respects 'imagemagick-types-inhibit' as a way | ||
| 3225 | to disable that. | ||
| 3226 | |||
| 3227 | --- | ||
| 3228 | *** Some 'image-mode' variables are now buffer-local. | ||
| 3229 | The image parameters 'image-transform-rotation', | ||
| 3230 | 'image-transform-scale' and 'image-transform-resize' are now declared | ||
| 3231 | buffer-local, so each buffer could have its own values for these | ||
| 3232 | parameters. | ||
| 3233 | |||
| 3234 | +++ | ||
| 3235 | *** Three new 'image-mode' commands have been added: 'm', which marks | ||
| 3236 | the file in the dired buffer(s) for the directory the file is in; 'u', | ||
| 3237 | which unmarks the file; and 'w', which pushes the current buffer's file | ||
| 3238 | name to the kill ring. | ||
| 3239 | |||
| 3240 | +++ | ||
| 3241 | *** The command 'image-rotate' now accepts a prefix argument. | ||
| 3242 | With a prefix argument, 'image-rotate' now rotates the image at point | ||
| 3243 | 90 degrees counter-clockwise, instead of the default clockwise. | ||
| 3244 | |||
| 3245 | ** Modules | ||
| 3246 | |||
| 3247 | *** The function 'load' now behaves correctly when loading modules. | ||
| 3248 | Specifically, it puts the module name into 'load-history', prints | ||
| 3249 | loading messages if requested, and protects against recursive loads. | ||
| 3250 | |||
| 3251 | *** New module environment function 'process_input' to process user | ||
| 3252 | input while module code is running. | ||
| 3253 | |||
| 3254 | *** New module environment functions 'make_time' and 'extract_time' to | ||
| 3255 | convert between timespec structures and Emacs Lisp time values. | ||
| 3256 | |||
| 3257 | *** New module environment functions 'make_big_integer' and | ||
| 3258 | 'extract_big_integer' to create and extract arbitrary-size integer | ||
| 3259 | values. | ||
| 3260 | |||
| 3261 | *** emacs-module.h now defines a macro 'EMACS_MAJOR_VERSION' that expands | ||
| 3262 | to the major version of the latest Emacs supported by the header. | ||
| 3263 | |||
| 3264 | +++ | ||
| 3265 | ** The function 'read-variable' now uses its own history list. | ||
| 3266 | The history of variable names read by 'read-variable' is recorded in | ||
| 3267 | the new variable 'custom-variable-history'. | ||
| 3268 | |||
| 3269 | --- | ||
| 3270 | ** The functions 'string-to-unibyte' and 'string-to-multibyte' are no | ||
| 3271 | longer declared obsolete. We have found that there are legitimate use | ||
| 3272 | cases for these functions, where there's no better alternative. We | ||
| 3273 | believe that the incorrect uses of these functions all but disappeared | ||
| 3274 | by now, so we are un-obsoleting them. | ||
| 3275 | |||
| 3276 | +++ | ||
| 3277 | ** New function 'group-name' returns a group name corresponding to GID. | ||
| 3278 | |||
| 3279 | +++ | ||
| 3280 | ** 'make-process' now takes a keyword argument ':file-handler'; if | ||
| 3281 | that is non-nil, it will look for a file name handler for the current | ||
| 3282 | buffer's 'default-directory' and invoke that file name handler to make | ||
| 3283 | the process. That way 'make-process' can start remote processes. | ||
| 3284 | |||
| 3285 | +++ | ||
| 3286 | ** Emacs now supports resizing and rotating images without ImageMagick. | ||
| 3287 | All modern systems support this feature. (On GNU and Unix systems, | ||
| 3288 | Cairo drawing or the XRender extension to X11 is required for this to | ||
| 3289 | be available; the configure script will test for it and, if found, | ||
| 3290 | enable scaling.) | ||
| 3291 | |||
| 3292 | The new function 'image-transforms-p' can be used to test whether any | ||
| 3293 | given frame supports these capabilities. | ||
| 3294 | |||
| 3295 | +++ | ||
| 3296 | ** '(locale-info 'paper)' now returns the paper size on systems that support it. | ||
| 3297 | This is currently supported on GNUish hosts and on modern versions of | ||
| 3298 | MS-Windows. | ||
| 3299 | |||
| 3300 | +++ | ||
| 3301 | ** The function 'regexp-opt' accepts an additional optional argument. | ||
| 3302 | By default, the regexp returned by 'regexp-opt' may match the strings | ||
| 3303 | in any order. If the new third argument is non-nil, the match is | ||
| 3304 | guaranteed to be performed in the order given, as if the strings were | ||
| 3305 | made into a regexp by joining them with '\|'. | ||
| 3306 | |||
| 3307 | +++ | ||
| 3308 | ** The function 'regexp-opt', when given an empty list of strings, now | ||
| 3309 | returns a regexp that never matches anything, which is an identity for | ||
| 3310 | this operation. Previously, the empty string was returned in this | ||
| 3311 | case. | ||
| 3312 | |||
| 3313 | ** New constant 'regexp-unmatchable' contains a never-matching regexp. | ||
| 3314 | It is a convenient and readable way to specify a regexp that should | ||
| 3315 | not match anything, and is as fast as any such regexp can be. | ||
| 3316 | |||
| 3317 | ++++ | ||
| 3318 | ** New functions to handle the URL variant of base-64 encoding. | ||
| 3319 | New functions 'base64url-encode-string' and 'base64url-encode-region' | ||
| 3320 | implement the url-variant of base-64 encoding as defined in RFC4648. | ||
| 3321 | |||
| 3322 | The functions 'base64-decode-string' and 'base64-decode-region' now | ||
| 3323 | accept an optional argument to decode the URL variant of base-64 | ||
| 3324 | encoding. | ||
| 3325 | |||
| 3326 | +++ | ||
| 3327 | ** The function 'file-size-human-readable' accepts more optional arguments. | ||
| 3328 | The new third argument is a string put between the number and unit; it | ||
| 3329 | defaults to the empty string. The new fourth argument is a string | ||
| 3330 | representing the unit to use; it defaults to "B" when the second | ||
| 3331 | argument is 'iec' and the empty string otherwise. We recomment a | ||
| 3332 | space or non-breaking space as third argument, and "B" as fourth | ||
| 3333 | argument, circumstances allowing. | ||
| 3334 | |||
| 3335 | +++ | ||
| 3336 | ** 'format-spec' has been expanded with several modifiers to allow | ||
| 3337 | greater flexibility when customizing variables. The modifiers include | ||
| 3338 | zero-padding, upper- and lower-casing, and limiting the length of the | ||
| 3339 | interpolated strings. The function has now also been documented in | ||
| 3340 | the Emacs Lisp manual. | ||
| 3341 | |||
| 3342 | +++ | ||
| 3343 | ** 'directory-files-recursively' can now take an optional PREDICATE | ||
| 3344 | parameter to control descending into subdirectories, and a | ||
| 3345 | FOLLOW-SYMLINK parameter to say that symbolic links that point to | ||
| 3346 | other directories should be followed. | ||
| 3347 | |||
| 3348 | +++ | ||
| 3349 | ** New function 'xor' returns the boolean exclusive-or of its args. | ||
| 3350 | The function was previously defined in array.el, but has been moved to | ||
| 3351 | subr.el so that it is available by default. It now always returns the | ||
| 3352 | non-nil argument when the other is nil. Several duplicates of 'xor' | ||
| 3353 | in other packages are now obsolete aliases of 'xor'. | ||
| 3354 | |||
| 3355 | +++ | ||
| 3356 | ** 'define-globalized-minor-mode' now takes BODY forms. | ||
| 3357 | |||
| 3358 | +++ | ||
| 3359 | ** New text property 'help-echo-inhibit-substitution'. | ||
| 3360 | Setting this on the first character of a help string disables | ||
| 3361 | conversions via 'substitute-command-keys'. | ||
| 3362 | |||
| 3363 | +++ | ||
| 3364 | ** 'undo' can be made to ignore the active region for a command | ||
| 3365 | by setting 'undo-inhibit-region' symbol property of that command to | ||
| 3366 | non-nil. This is used by 'mouse-drag-region' to make the effect | ||
| 3367 | easier to undo immediately afterwards. | ||
| 3368 | |||
| 3369 | --- | ||
| 3370 | ** When called interactively, next-buffer and previous-buffer now | ||
| 3371 | signal 'user-error' if there is no buffer to switch to. | ||
| 3372 | |||
| 3373 | |||
| 3374 | * Changes in Emacs 27.1 on Non-Free Operating Systems | ||
| 3375 | |||
| 3376 | --- | ||
| 3377 | ** Battery status is now supported in all Cygwin builds. | ||
| 3378 | Previously it was supported only in the Cygwin-w32 build. | ||
| 3379 | |||
| 3380 | ** Emacs now handles key combinations involving the macOS "command" | ||
| 3381 | and "option" modifier keys more correctly. | ||
| 3382 | |||
| 3383 | ** MacOS modifier key behavior is now more adjustable. | ||
| 3384 | The behavior of the macOS "Option", "Command", "Control" and | ||
| 3385 | "Function" keys can now be specified separately for use with | ||
| 3386 | ordinary keys, function keys and mouse clicks. This allows using them | ||
| 3387 | in their standard macOS way for composing characters. | ||
| 3388 | |||
| 3389 | ** The special handling of 'frame-title-format' on NS where setting it | ||
| 3390 | to 't' would enable the macOS proxy icon has been replaced with a | ||
| 3391 | separate variable, 'ns-use-proxy-icon'. 'frame-title-format' will now | ||
| 3392 | work as on other platforms. | ||
| 3393 | |||
| 3394 | --- | ||
| 3395 | ** New primitive 'w32-read-registry'. | ||
| 3396 | This primitive lets Lisp programs access the MS-Windows Registry by | ||
| 3397 | retrieving values stored under a given key. It is intended to be used | ||
| 3398 | for supporting features such as XDG-like location of important files | ||
| 3399 | and directories. | ||
| 3400 | |||
| 3401 | +++ | ||
| 3402 | ** The default value of 'w32-pipe-read-delay' is now zero. | ||
| 3403 | This speeds up reading output from sub-processes that produce a lot of | ||
| 3404 | data. | ||
| 3405 | |||
| 3406 | This variable may need to be non-zero only when running DOS programs | ||
| 3407 | as Emacs subprocesses, which by now is not supported on modern | ||
| 3408 | versions of MS-Windows. Set this variable to 50 if for some reason | ||
| 3409 | you need the old behavior (and please report such situations to Emacs | ||
| 3410 | developers). | ||
| 3411 | |||
| 3412 | --- | ||
| 3413 | ** New variable 'w32-multibyte-code-page'. | ||
| 3414 | This variable holds the value of the multibyte code page used by the | ||
| 3415 | system. It is usually zero, which indicates that 'w32-ansi-code-page' | ||
| 3416 | is being used, except in Far Eastern locales. When this variable is | ||
| 3417 | non-zero, Emacs at startup sets 'locale-coding-system' to the | ||
| 3418 | corresponding encoding, instead of using 'w32-ansi-code-page'. | ||
| 3419 | |||
| 3420 | --- | ||
| 3421 | ** The default value of 'inhibit-compacting-font-caches' is t on MS-Windows. | ||
| 3422 | Experience shows that compacting font caches causes more trouble on | ||
| 3423 | MS-Windows than it helps. | ||
| 3424 | |||
| 3425 | +++ | ||
| 3426 | ** Font lookup on MS-Windows was improved to support rare scripts. | ||
| 3427 | To activate the improvement, run the new function | ||
| 3428 | 'w32-find-non-USB-fonts' once per Emacs session, or assign to the new | ||
| 3429 | variable 'w32-non-USB-fonts' the list of scripts and the corresponding | ||
| 3430 | fonts. See the documentation of this function and variable in the | ||
| 3431 | Emacs manual for more details. | ||
| 3432 | |||
| 3433 | +++ | ||
| 3434 | ** On NS the behavior of drag and drop can now be modified by use of | ||
| 3435 | modifier keys in line with Apples guidelines. This makes the drag and | ||
| 3436 | drop behavior more consistent, as previously the sending application | ||
| 3437 | was able to 'set' modifiers without the knowledge of the user. | ||
| 3438 | |||
| 3439 | ** On NS multicolor font display is enabled again since it is also | ||
| 3440 | implemented in Emacs on free operating systems via Cairo drawing. | ||
| 3441 | |||
| 3442 | |||
| 3443 | ---------------------------------------------------------------------- | ||
| 3444 | This file is part of GNU Emacs. | ||
| 3445 | |||
| 3446 | GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify | ||
| 3447 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by | ||
| 3448 | the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or | ||
| 3449 | (at your option) any later version. | ||
| 3450 | |||
| 3451 | GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, | ||
| 3452 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of | ||
| 3453 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the | ||
| 3454 | GNU General Public License for more details. | ||
| 3455 | |||
| 3456 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License | ||
| 3457 | along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. | ||
| 3458 | |||
| 3459 | |||
| 3460 | Local variables: | ||
| 3461 | coding: utf-8 | ||
| 3462 | mode: outline | ||
| 3463 | paragraph-separate: "[ ]*$" | ||
| 3464 | end: | ||
diff --git a/etc/refcards/ru-refcard.tex b/etc/refcards/ru-refcard.tex index 59741f31ebe..ab94acedf2c 100644 --- a/etc/refcards/ru-refcard.tex +++ b/etc/refcards/ru-refcard.tex | |||
| @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ | |||
| 40 | \newlength{\ColThreeWidth} | 40 | \newlength{\ColThreeWidth} |
| 41 | \setlength{\ColThreeWidth}{25mm} | 41 | \setlength{\ColThreeWidth}{25mm} |
| 42 | 42 | ||
| 43 | \newcommand{\versionemacs}[0]{27} % version of Emacs this is for | 43 | \newcommand{\versionemacs}[0]{28} % version of Emacs this is for |
| 44 | \newcommand{\cyear}[0]{2019} % copyright year | 44 | \newcommand{\cyear}[0]{2019} % copyright year |
| 45 | 45 | ||
| 46 | \newcommand\shortcopyrightnotice[0]{\vskip 1ex plus 2 fill | 46 | \newcommand\shortcopyrightnotice[0]{\vskip 1ex plus 2 fill |
diff --git a/lisp/cus-edit.el b/lisp/cus-edit.el index 081d4c9213e..439667a578c 100644 --- a/lisp/cus-edit.el +++ b/lisp/cus-edit.el | |||
| @@ -1163,7 +1163,7 @@ Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." | |||
| 1163 | (unless (eq symbol basevar) | 1163 | (unless (eq symbol basevar) |
| 1164 | (message "`%s' is an alias for `%s'" symbol basevar)))) | 1164 | (message "`%s' is an alias for `%s'" symbol basevar)))) |
| 1165 | 1165 | ||
| 1166 | (defvar customize-changed-options-previous-release "25.3" | 1166 | (defvar customize-changed-options-previous-release "26.3" |
| 1167 | "Version for `customize-changed-options' to refer back to by default.") | 1167 | "Version for `customize-changed-options' to refer back to by default.") |
| 1168 | 1168 | ||
| 1169 | ;; Packages will update this variable, so make it available. | 1169 | ;; Packages will update this variable, so make it available. |
diff --git a/msdos/sed2v2.inp b/msdos/sed2v2.inp index 39cffdb6f3b..f69b8bc8db3 100644 --- a/msdos/sed2v2.inp +++ b/msdos/sed2v2.inp | |||
| @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ | |||
| 66 | /^#undef PACKAGE_NAME/s/^.*$/#define PACKAGE_NAME ""/ | 66 | /^#undef PACKAGE_NAME/s/^.*$/#define PACKAGE_NAME ""/ |
| 67 | /^#undef PACKAGE_STRING/s/^.*$/#define PACKAGE_STRING ""/ | 67 | /^#undef PACKAGE_STRING/s/^.*$/#define PACKAGE_STRING ""/ |
| 68 | /^#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME/s/^.*$/#define PACKAGE_TARNAME ""/ | 68 | /^#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME/s/^.*$/#define PACKAGE_TARNAME ""/ |
| 69 | /^#undef PACKAGE_VERSION/s/^.*$/#define PACKAGE_VERSION "27.0.50"/ | 69 | /^#undef PACKAGE_VERSION/s/^.*$/#define PACKAGE_VERSION "28.0.50"/ |
| 70 | /^#undef SYSTEM_TYPE/s/^.*$/#define SYSTEM_TYPE "ms-dos"/ | 70 | /^#undef SYSTEM_TYPE/s/^.*$/#define SYSTEM_TYPE "ms-dos"/ |
| 71 | /^#undef HAVE_DECL_GETENV/s/^.*$/#define HAVE_DECL_GETENV 1/ | 71 | /^#undef HAVE_DECL_GETENV/s/^.*$/#define HAVE_DECL_GETENV 1/ |
| 72 | /^#undef SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED/s/^.*$/#define SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED 1/ | 72 | /^#undef SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED/s/^.*$/#define SYS_SIGLIST_DECLARED 1/ |
diff --git a/nt/README.W32 b/nt/README.W32 index 64b35f68eb5..64dc4c9e68b 100644 --- a/nt/README.W32 +++ b/nt/README.W32 | |||
| @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ | |||
| 1 | Copyright (C) 2001-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. | 1 | Copyright (C) 2001-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
| 2 | See the end of the file for license conditions. | 2 | See the end of the file for license conditions. |
| 3 | 3 | ||
| 4 | Emacs version 27.0.50 for MS-Windows | 4 | Emacs version 28.0.50 for MS-Windows |
| 5 | 5 | ||
| 6 | This README file describes how to set up and run a precompiled | 6 | This README file describes how to set up and run a precompiled |
| 7 | distribution of the latest version of GNU Emacs for MS-Windows. You | 7 | distribution of the latest version of GNU Emacs for MS-Windows. You |
diff --git a/src/msdos.c b/src/msdos.c index 1192b37a0d4..d80e58bb713 100644 --- a/src/msdos.c +++ b/src/msdos.c | |||
| @@ -1794,7 +1794,7 @@ internal_terminal_init (void) | |||
| 1794 | } | 1794 | } |
| 1795 | 1795 | ||
| 1796 | Vinitial_window_system = Qpc; | 1796 | Vinitial_window_system = Qpc; |
| 1797 | Vwindow_system_version = make_fixnum (27); /* RE Emacs version */ | 1797 | Vwindow_system_version = make_fixnum (28); /* RE Emacs version */ |
| 1798 | tty->terminal->type = output_msdos_raw; | 1798 | tty->terminal->type = output_msdos_raw; |
| 1799 | 1799 | ||
| 1800 | /* If Emacs was dumped on DOS/V machine, forget the stale VRAM | 1800 | /* If Emacs was dumped on DOS/V machine, forget the stale VRAM |